Home

ProppFrexx ONAIR User Manual

1. C U r O wn D ES U C o par C Ww Ej H wy D H 7 C U D K Q D H Z iL DEFAULT 100 EFAULT 1 ULT NULL T NULL Ta Te H 9 H D DK Era FER HE HD r aea Q OE o LS E Bes Dc BO Be Oh ae SO ae i ae a Oy The only mandatory column is LOCATION all other columns might be defaulted or can be NULL or doesn t even have to exist whatever column is present will however be evaluated RADIO42 Confidential 211 ProppFrexx ONAIR You might even use a VIEW to create this table When using a database view make sure the view contains SELECT INSERT and UPDATE tights otherwise it can only be read in but not saved Column hints LOCATION The either relative or absolute path and filename of the location of track Note the location must be accessible from the client and can be a UNC path For a database connection within ProppFrexx ONAIR you can always specify a so called Base Directory which when given will be use to normalize relative file paths the Base Directory is preceeded the given filena
2. Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loop True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop sampler to play stop either 1 2 3 A or B loop play the sample looped True False PLS CURRENT _CURRENT_SELECTLOOPP Selects a loop point of the current DJ Player OINT Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1l unchanged Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to leave unchanged play start playback PLS CURRENT CURRENT _SETLOOPPOIN Sets Toggles a loop point type of the current DJ Player TTYPE Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 toggle play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to toggle the current type between Off and Loop play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER A SELECTLOOP Selects a loop point of the DJ Player A POINT Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 unchanged play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to leave unchanged play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER A SETLOOPPOI Sets Toggles a loop point type of the DJ Player A NTTYPE Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop
3. Gets the status none string Parameter Reply of Player D of status Empty Playing or Cued the current playlist CURR Gl NT PLAYER A OUTPUT G Gl Parameter Reply Gets the output none string mixer of Player A of the current output mixer name playlist CURR ee NT PLAYER B OUTPUT G Gl Parameter Reply Gets the output none string mixer of Player B output mixer name of the current pl lay List CURR isa Z 3 PLAYER C OUTPUT G Gl Parameter Reply Gets the output none string mixer of Player C output mixer name of the current pl lay list CURR Gl NT PLAYER D OUTPUT G Gl Parameter Reply Gets the output none string mixer of Player D output mixer name of the current pl lay List CURR zal Z a PLAYER A OUTPUT S TI Sets the output Parameter MIXER OUTPUT mixer of Player A string Reply OK ERROR To get a list of available output NAMES GET mixername of the current mixernames see pl lay list PLS CURRENT PLAYER B OUTPUT SET Parameter MIXER OUTPUT mixername Sets the output mixer of Player B string Reply OK ERROR To get a list of available output NAMES GET
4. EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU Sends a Mac device see Parameter Reply OK E Note cmd depend on t kie Control Universal command to the 2 MIDI Output below for details string cmd paraml paramN RROR denotes the command to send paraml to paramN he cmd see below for details EXEC _SEND_ SERIAL WRITEBIN Sends binar Parameter Reply OK E y data to a serial I O port string bytes RROR The bytes must be seperated by a space character and can be any ASCII strin value if p g if enclosed in quotes byte number value or a HEX refixed with 0x which will be sent to the output EXEC_SEND SERIAL WRITE Sends a str Parameter Reply OK E ing to a serial I O port string content RROR EXEC_SEND SERIAL WRITE2 Sends a str Parameter Reply OK E The paramet condition Example S cplispla ing to a serial I O port depending on a condition string parameter criterion truecontent falsecontent RROR er is evaluated against the criterion If it meets the the truecontent is send else the falsecontent is send yinga Equals 1 PLAYING NOTPLAYING EXEC _SEND_OSC Sends an OS Parameter Reply OK E T must one bit floatin double prec array Eg C message to the OSC remote server string address T datal T data2 T data3 RROR of the following i for a 32 bit integer f for a 32 g point h for a 64 bit integer d for a 64
5. MIXER INPUT SILENCEDETECTION ON Temporarily enables the silence detection for the mixer channel Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR f no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT_SELECT see MIXER INPUT SILENCEDETECTION OF E Temporarily disables the silence detection for the mixer channel Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR f no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT SELECT see MIXER OUTPUT DSP SET Sets a mixer DSPs parameter value Parameter mixername dspname param value Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT dspname AGC EQ COMP or DSP1 4 param the parameter name to change value the new value depends on param Here is a list of param names and their value range AGC ON float 0 0 Off 1 0 On PRESET string preset name QUIET float 0 0 1 0 RATE float 0 0 1 0 TARGET Float 0 Oace1 9 DELAY Tleat U 0ee0 d 0 GAIN float 0 0 1 0 EQ ON float 0 0 Off 0 On PRESET string preset name AMP floaty I l 0sss 10 BANDO float 1 0 1 0 BANDI float 1 0 1 0 BAND2 float cd Oye 30 BAND3 float 1 000 1 0 BAND4 float 1 0 1 0 BAND5 float 1 0 1 0 BAND6 float R 1 0 on 10 236 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX BAND7 float 1 0 221 0 BAND8 Pileak
6. Table Name Specifies the database table name to use for this media library Base Directory If specified the media locations as defined in the column LOCATION will be relative to this path else they must be absolute and fully qualified UNC paths are supported Test Click here to test your database connection You must add an Open Database Connectivity ODBC data source to connect ProppFrexx to your database instance e g to an MySQL or SQL Server To add a data source you can use ODBC Data Source Administrator launched by clicking Data Sources ODBC under Administrative Tools in the Windows Control Panel and selecting the appropriate DSN Configuration Wizard Note In a 64 bit windows operating system there are TWO ODBC managers When you pull up the usual menu for the odbc dsn system it is for the 64 bit odbc manager and 32 bit applications like ProppFrexx ONAIR will not work using these DSN s This is where the 32 bit odbc manager is CA Windows Sys WOW 64 odbcad3 2 exe Please refer to your database manual for more details on how to create and manage an ODBC data source Add Remote Adds a new connection to a remote Media Library Server allowing you to use a media library from that server A remote media library will access the media entries from a running Media Library Server instead of the above The remote media entries are not loaded into memory but only accessed remotely Note On the remote host the pro
7. Gets the volume of a WDM output device Parameter device Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB device l first WDM OUTPUT VOLUME INCREASE Increases the volume of a WDM output device Parameter device Reply OK ERROR device l first WDM OUTPUT VOLUME DECREASE Decreases the volume of a WDM output device Parameter device Reply OK ERROR device l first MODSTREAM WATCHER START Starts the MODStream Watcher to monitor a certain URL Parameter url length stopPlaylist startWithNextTrack songTitle playonce i ntrofile outrofile url2 Reply OK ERROR url the URL address to monitor length max playtime in seconds stopPlaylist true to turn AutoPlay off startWithNextTrack false to start immediate songTitle optional initial song title playonce true to only play the stream once no MODSTREAM WATCHER STOP needed introfile an optional audio file to play right before the modstream plays outrofile an optional audio file to play right after the midstream played url2 alternative 2nd url MODSTREAI M WATCHER STOP Stops the MODStream Watcher and closes any active or playing MODStreams Reply OK ERROR MODSTREAM STATUS GET Gets the status of the MODStream player Reply string status None Paused Connected Waiting or Playing OVERLAY DOPLAY Starts playback of the currently opened overlay player Reply OK ERROR O
8. The next goal was highest sound quality as well as totally free mixer layout and routing capabilities It should be possible to use ProppFrexx ONAIR without any external mixer or it should be possible to integrate ProppFrexx ONAIR into any existing studio environment including any remote operations control eg via GPIOs or MIDD In addition ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated user management and access control which allows you to operate it within a multi user environment even on the same machine And last but not least ProppFrexx ONAIR should offer all tools which ate needed in your daily radio business eg an on air clock integrated web browser and RSS news feed reader super fast media explorer and finder full streaming server support etc So the combination of the audio engine the playlist management and the scripting and scheduler engine which also comes with a fully featured advertising management and overlay system simply should make your life a lot easier RADIO42 Confidential 11 ProppFrexx ONAIR INSTALLATION Hardware and Software Requirements Supported Operating Systems Microsoft Windows XP family 32 bit and 64 bit SP3 recommended Microsoft Windows Server 2003 family 32 bit and 64 bit Microsoft Windows Vista SP2 32 bit and 64 bit SP1 recommended Microsoft Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit recommended Microsoft Windows Server 2008 family 32 bit and 64 bit recommende
9. To add a new control command you might simply select a new action and specify its parameters in the lower half and then dick on the New button A Help text will be displayed for the selected control command to guide you through its use A control command is actually a certain message string composed out of an action and a parameter part which is executed by ProppFrexx ONAIR Each control command has the following format action parameter space character in between Action The action associated with the currently selected control command Parameter The parameter s associated with the currently selected control command which might contain macros see Appendix Control Command Macros Multiple parameters are separated by a pipe character Test C ick here to execute the current control command and display the result New Click here to create a new command and add it to the end of the current list Set C ick here to save the current changes back to the currently selected command Delete Cek here to deletes the currently selected command 138 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Input and Output Settings This category contains the definition of input and output mixer channels devices n n Analog In 2 Delta 1010 O Analog In 1 Delta 1010 Figure 104 Input Output Configuration In this dialog you can configure the same settings as already described in the
10. checks if the parameter is greater than a certain value The pe is optional default is double and can be int32 int64 float double time or string GreaterEq value type checks if the parameter is greater or equal than a certain value The pe is optional default is double and can be int32 int64 float double time or string Less value type checks if the parameter is less than a certain value The pe is optional default is double and can be int32 int64 float double time or string LessEq value type checks if the parameter is less or equal than a certain value The pe is optional default is double and can be int32 int64 float double time or string RADIO42 Confidential 281 ProppFrexx ONAIR Exists checks the filename parameter exists physically on the file system Example 1 a S cplisplaying Equals 1 The criterion Eguals 1 would eval TRUE if the parameter macro cp isplaying resolves to 1 Example 2 n cplisplaying NOT Equals 1 The criterion NOT Equals 1 would eval TRUE if the parameter macro cplisplaying resolves to 0 Example 3 S mainvolume AND Greater 0 5 LessEq 1 0 The criterion AND Greater 0 5 LessEg 1 0 would eval
11. yy MM dd HH mm ss machinename username userdomainname originalfilename album albumartist composer year artist title tracknumber genre publisher copyright conductor grouping mood rating isre Folder Specifies the pattern to be used to create new sub directories during ripping Available macros are yyyy yy MM dd HH mm ss machinename username userdomainname originalfilename album albumartist composer year artist title tracknumber genre publisher copyright conductor grouping mood rating isre 134 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Logging Settings This category contains the configuration of log file settings Logging Figure 100 Logging Configuration Two general log files allowing you to keep track of what tracks have been played 1 a global log file 2 a playlist specific log file Log files are not generated or written to automatically by means of any application specific logic No log file entries are only generated via the general event and control command mechanism Within ProppFrexx ONAIR you have the capability to associate numerous pre defined events system related track related script related etc with so called control commands This means that whenever an event is rai
12. Lee CT_CART_17 Selects the 17th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR ry wv td Q hi CART_18 Selects the 18th Cart in the Cartwall Parameter none Reply O R and only this one t J J O Gl Gl CT CART 19 Selects the 19th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O td J J Oo w t a 7 CART 20 Selects the 20th Cart in the Cartwall Parameter none Reply OK ERROR and only this one Gl LB CT CART 21 Selects the 21th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ti wv J O w TA Gl CT_CART_22 Selects the 22th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ti wv J O w Gl CT_CART_23 Selects the 23th Cart in the Cartwall Parameter none Reply O and only this one t wv J O w RADIO42 Confidential 265 ProppFrexx ONAIR CW ELECT CA RT 24 Selects the 24th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW ELECT CA RT 25 Selects the 25th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW ELECT CA RT 26 Selects the 26th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW ELECT CA RT_27 Selects the 27
13. MIXER_INPUT RESET FULLDUPLEX Resets a mixers Full Duplex buffers Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT _RECREATERESET Recreates and Resets a mixer Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT SND2_GET Gets a mixers SND2 value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_SND2_ TOGGLE Toggles a mixers SND2 value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_SND2_ ON Sets a mixer to SND2 Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER _INPUT_ SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_SND2_OFF Sets a mixer to NOT SND2 Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_REC_GET Gets a mixers REC value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT REC TOGGLE Toggles a mixers REC va
14. More to come soon RADIO42 Confidential 201 ProppFrexx ONAIR APPENDIX Keyboard Shortcuts Main Window F1 Online Help Shifit 1 Display Keyboard Shortcuts Ctri F1 Display User Manual Alt F1 Check for Updates Cirl Shift F1 Display About F2 Master TalkOver On Off Shift F2 Scheduler On Off Cirl Shift F4 Follow On Off Ctrl F2 Open the Scheduler A F 2 TalkUser On Off F3 Change Global Settings Shift F3 Logoff Change User Ctri F3 Change User Settings Alt F 3 Rename current Playlist F4 AutoPlay On Off Shift F4 Fading On Off Ct F4 Close current Playlist Alt F4 Close Application F5 Play or Pause Player A Use Fading Shiftt F5 Play or Pause Player A No Fading Cirl F5 Stop Eject Player A Use Fading Cirl Shift F5 Stop Eject Player A No Fading Alt F5 Starts or Stops PFL for Player A Altt Shift F3 Rewind Player A to CueIn and Pause Alt Cirl F5 Load Next Track to Player A F6 Play or Pause Player B Use Fading Shifit F6 Play or Pause Player B No Fading 202 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Cirl F6 Stop Eject Player B Use Fading Cirl Shift F6 Stop Eject Player B No Fading Alt F6 Starts or Stops PFL for Player A Alt Shift F6 Rewind Player B to CueIn and Pause Alt Cil F6 Load Next Track to Player B F7 Play or Pause Player C Use Fading Shifit F7 Play or Pause Player C No Fading Cirl F7 Stop Eject Player C Use Fading Cirl Shift
15. Parameter non Reply OK ERRO e R PLS PLAYPAUSEONLY A Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter pla Reply OK ERRO he current track in seFading no Eject ylistname R Player of an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSEONLY B Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter non Reply OK ERRO he current track in seFading no Eject e R Player of the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSEONLY B Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter pla Reply OK ERRO he current track in Player of an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSEONLY C Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter non Reply OK ERRO Player of the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSEONLY C Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter pla Reply OK ERRO Player of an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSEONLY D Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter non Reply OK ERRO Player oF the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSEONLY D Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter pla Reply OK ERRO seFading no Eject ylistname R he current track in seFading no Eject e R he current track in seFading no Eject ylistname R he current track in seFading no Eject e R he current track in seFading no Eject ylistname R Player of an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADE A Plays Pauses t no Fading Parameter non Reply OK ERRO he current track in e R
16. Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR The playlistname to add the selected track to PLS CURRENT SAVE Saves the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS SAV Gl Saves an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT SAVEAS Saves the current playlist under a given name Parameter filename Reply OK ERROR PLS SAVEAS Saves an open playlist under a given name Parameter playlistname filename Reply OK ERROR _GET PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER_ POSITION Gets the cross fader position of the current playlist Parameter none Reply float faderposition between 1 0 left and 1 0 right 250 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER POSITION SET Sets the cross fader position of the current playlist Parameter float faderposition between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER POSITION _ SLIDE Slides the cross fader position of the current playlist to a new value Parameter float faderposition between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER MODE GET Gets the cross fader mode of the current playlist Parameter none Reply int mode O LinearFull l Logarithmic 2 LinearHalf 3 Off PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER MODE SET Sets the cross fader mode of the current playlist Parameter int mode O LinearFull 1 L
17. com apple iTunes CONDUCTOR ASF WM Conductor RIFF ITCH Alternatives Lyricist ID3v2 TEXT TXT OGG LYRICIST APE Lyricist MP4 com apple iTunes LYRICIST ASF WM Writer RIFF IWRI Alternatives TEXTER SONGWRITER Remixer ID3v2 TPE4 TP4 OGG REMIXER APE MixArtist MP4 com apple iTunes REMIXER ASF WM ModifiedBy RIFF IEDT Alternatives ModifiedBy Producer ID3v2 TIPL IPL OGG PRODUCER APE Producer MP4 com apple iTunes PRODUCER ASF WM Producer RIFF IPRO Alternatives Comment ID3v2 COMM COM OGG COMMENT APE Comment MP4 cmt ASF WM Description RIFF ICMT Alternatives DESCRIPTION Grouping ID3v2 TIT1 TT1 OGG GROUPING APE Grouping MP4 grp ASF WM ContentGroupDescription RIFF ISRF Alternatives GROUP RADIO42 Confidential 181 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mood ID3v2 TMOO OGG MOOD APE Mood MP4 com apple i Tunes MOOD ASF WM Mood RIFF IKEY Alternatives Rating ID3v2 POPM OGG RATING APE Rating MP4 rtng ASF WM SharedUserRating RIFF ISHP Alternatives TXXX RATING IRTD ISRC ID3v2 TSCR OGG ISRC APE ISRC MP4 com apple iTunes ISRC ASF WM ISRC RIFF ISRC Alternatives BPM ID3v2 TBPM TBP OGG BPM APE BPM MP4 com apple iTunes BPM ASF WM BeatsPerMinute RIFF IBPM Alternatives TEMPO IDPI tmpo H2_BPM BEATSPERMINUTE Replaygain_Track_Gain ID3v2 TXXX r
18. entry in the current playlist to the beginning Gl A zal Z a PLS_CURRENT_MOVE_TOEND Moves the current the end Parameter none Reply OK ERROR entry in the current playlist to PLS CURR zal Z a TOGGLE MARKASPLAYED Toggles the current entry in the current playlist between mark as played or not played Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT TOGGLE OPTIONSTOP Toggles the StopAtEnd option for the current entry in the current playlist between Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT TOGGLE OPTIONLOOP Toggles the LoopTrack option for the current entry in the current playlist between Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT TOGGLE OPTIONHOOK Toggles the Hook option for the current entry in the current playlist between Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT SHOWMODWINDOW_ TOGGL E Toggles the show moderator window for the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT SHOWINFOPANEL TOGGL E Toggles the show info panel for the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT GET ENTRY Gets a certain entry of the current playlist Parameter int index Reply string the playlist entry player filename trackname duration playtime schedule status elap sedtime remaintime album year genre ramp outro The index must
19. monitoring currently the entry selected entry in the from start PLS CURRENT _PFL END z Opens the P current pl Parameter L Player for the laylist none Reply OK ERROR monitoring currently the entry selected entry in the at the end PLS CURRENT PFL STOP Closes Hides Parameter Reply O Es the PFL Player none RROR PLS CURRENT _PFL MIXING z Performs P current playlist L Mixing on the currently selected entries in the Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT SEGUE EDIT Opens the Segue Editor for the currently selected entry in the current playlist Parameter Reply O none ERROR PLS CURRENT TAG EDIT Opens the current playlist Parameter Reply O none ERROR TAG Editor for the currently selected entry in the CURR Gl NT PLAYER A STATUS GET Parameter Reply Gets the status none string of Player A of status Empty Playing or Cued the current playlist CURR ie Z 7 PLAYER B STATUS GET Parameter Reply Gets the status none string of Player B of status Empty Playing or Cued the current playlist CURR J NT PLAYER C STATUS GET Parameter Reply Gets the status none string of Player C of status Empty Playing or Cued the current playlist CURR ie Z PLAYER D STATUS G Gl
20. Gets all available names which can be selected as a Cartwall II Playlist Parameter none Reply string line list of available Cartwall Playlist names one per CW2_PLAYLIST_SET Selects a Cartwall II P1 cartwallplayl Parameter Reply OK ERROR To get the list of avail CW2_ PLAYLIST NAMES GET aylist istname able Cartwall Playlist names use CW2_ PLAYLIST SET SHORTCUT Selects a Cartwall II Pl Parameter 1 2 3 4 Reply OK ERROR You can select a cartwal ll playlist either from aylist from a shortcut shortcut 1 25 3 OL CW2_ PLAYLIST GET SHORTCUT 4 Gets the Cartwall II P1 Parameter 1 2 3 4 Reply string the sho aylist from a shortcut rtcut cartwall playlist name RADIO42 Confidential 269 ProppFrexx ONAIR CW2_CART NAMES GET Gets all available Carts in the Cartwall II Parameter none Reply string list of available Carts in the Cartwall II one per line ID trackname filename effectiveplaytime CW2_CART COUNT GET Gets the number of available Carts in the Cartwall II Parameter none Reply int number of available Carts in the Cartwall II CW2 SELECT CART NAMES GET Gets all selected Carts in the Cartwall II Parameter none Reply string list of selected Carts in the Cartwall II one per line ID trackname filename effectiveplaytime CW2 SELECT CART COUNT GET Gets the number of se
21. Note that audio processing might significantly leverage your I O sub system harddisks system bus etc especially when using low latency settings with your soundcard driver as not only the audio data needs to ravel through your system but also the raw audio file data needs to be read in Please think of the following the lower the latency the smaler the playback buffer the more often a file access to the playing audio file s is needed This means while playing back one or more audio file especially in parallel the more often the system needs to read data from these file and this leverages your I O sub system harddisks As such if your I O sub system harddisks is not fast enough to deliver the data as needed you might experience dropouts and breaks in the sound 20 RADIO42 Confidential INSTALLATION Another usefull option might be to increase the time interval at which the windows operating system tries to synchronize its system clock with a precise internet time atomic time By default Windows synchronizes its system time every 7 days To change this you can edit the following registry key HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services W32Time TimeProvider s NtpClient Change the SpecialPolllnterval key accordingly which gives the intervall in seconds E g change it from 604800 to 86400 to synchronize the time once a day If you anyhow discover any issues with your system please make sure
22. Server Station Identification Specifies the meta data attributes to use and to publish to the server Encoder The type of encoder to use with this streaming server SHOUTcast MP3 or AACplus ICEcast OGG MP3 or AACplus WMaAcast WMA Force 16 Bit If checked only 16 bit sample data will be send to the underlying encoder else the maximum resolution supported by the encoder will be used Profile Select the encoder profile to be used with this streaming server The profile determines the encoding format like bitrate quality resolution etc Source Defines the source for this streaming server which is the mixer channel from where to pick up the audio signal Initial Title Specify a song title to be be used at initial startup of the server Format Specify the format to be used with song title updates any regular track marcros might be used Leave empty to use the global default streaming server song title format Auto Update Automatically update the server song title with the currently playing track of the currently active playlist Force Update Updates the song title with the currently playing track even if the server is not connected This setting might be useful if you want to use an external streaming client encoder but only want to update the song tiltle from this ProppFrexx instance UTF 8 Forces to use UTF 8 title updates Depending on the streaming server and stream format being used title updates might be
23. adds a value to num p1 the value to add e g 5 multi multiplies a value to num p1 the value to multiply e g 2 0 div devides num by a value p1 the divisor e g 2 0 mod reminder after division num num p1 p1 the divisor e g 2 0 odd makes the mum value odd num num p1 1 p1 the value to multiply e g 2 0 none uses zum unmodified p1 not used p1 see the above notes for the conv parameter Example TOINT S cartid add 7 0 Will result to 8 assuming the macro cartid will resolve to 1 MAKEWORD combines a low and high numeric value Returns a new numeric value by combining a low and high numeric value using an optional bitmask shift operation plus an optional conversion format Syntax MAKEWORD high low mask Parameters high the high numeric value to use i e a byte or word low the low numeric value to use i e a byte or word mask the bitmask to apply to the result value which also defines the result Example 1 MAKEWORD OxOF 0x0A OxFF Will result to a byte value 0xFA Example 2 MAKEWORD 0x01 S mixerlevelhui 0x7F Will result to a byte value 0x1A assuming the macro mixerlevelhui will resolve to 10 Example 3 MAKEWORD 0x07 0x3C OxFFFF Will result to an Int16 value 0x073c DATE converts and formats a datetime value to a string representation Returns a new str
24. else they are empty whenever ProppFrexx ONAIR is restarted Auto Save If checked all media libraries will automatically saved if changed every 60 minutes Additional Media Libraries Click here to manage your media libraries manually and to add individual media libraries eg if they are not located within your media library path Reload C ck here to rescans the media library path and reloads all found media libraries Info Shows an information dialog about all loaded media libraries ProppFrexx actually maintains a separate set of media libraries dedicated for cartwalls only named Cartwall Libraries These typically include your jingles station IDs promos etc While maintaining these libraries are separated the general concept is absolutely the same So the same applies to Cartwall Libraries as for Media Libraries 96 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Manage Additional Media Libraries To manage additional media libraries c ck on the Additional Media Libraries button The following dialog allows you to manually manage your individual media libraries and assign individual parameters to them This is actually the recommended way of defining media libraries as it allows you to exactly specify which media libraries to use Figure 66 Additional Media Libraries Dialog The tree list shows all defined and loaded media libraries grouped by its category which have been manually added to
25. mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM MIXER _OUTPUT_ADM OFF Sets a mixer to ASIO Direct Monitoring OFF Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM MIXER_INPUT_NAMES GET Gets the list of available input mixers Parameter none Reply string list of input mixer names one per line MIXER INPUT SELECT Selects a mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter index mixername Reply OK ERROR You can either specify a numeric index or a mixername as a parameter Not giving any parameter selects the next mixer To get the list of available MixerNames use MIXER_INPUT_NAMES GET MIXER INPUT S Gl ib t o E E Selects the lst mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Gl Gl C t Q 5 N MIXER INPUT S Selects the 2nd mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply O RROR Gl MIXER INPUT S LF Gl Cr 3 Selects the 3rd mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MIXER INPUT S Gl Ca cT 4 Selects the 4th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply O RROR Gl M
26. of the current mixernames see playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYER C OUTPUT SET Sets the output mixer of Player C Parameter string mixername of the current playlist RADIO42 Confidential 253 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply OK ERROR To get a list of available output mixernames see MIXER OUTPUT NAMES GET PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUT SET Sets the output mixer of Player D of the current playlist Parameter string mixername Reply OK ERROR To get a list of available output mixernames see MIXER OUTPUT NAMES GET PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Gets the output volume value of Player A of the current playlist ME GET Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Sets the output volume value of Player A of the current playlist ME SET Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 OdB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Gets the output volume value of Player B of the current playlist ME GET Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Sets the output volume value of Player B of the current playlist M
27. parallel 1 Playlist based Media Libraries A standard playlist e g a pfp or m3u file is used as one media library Each playlist file entry is used as a media entry within the media library You can use different playlist files to use multiple different media libraries The media library name is taken from the playlist file name 2 Folder based Media Libraries A certain base folder directory is used as one media library Any audio file within this base folder and any sub folder is used as a media entry within the media library You can use different base folders to use multiple different media libraries The media library 172 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES name is taken from the base folder name 3 Database based Media Libraries A certain database table or view is used as one media library Each row within the database table is used as a media entry within the media library You can use different database tables resp views to use multiple different media libraries The media library name is taken from the database table name ProppFrexx ONAIR maintains all media libraries inside main memory When a media library is re loaded all related entries are read in from the related source of course only the reference location TAG and meta data and NOT the physical audio file itself Once loaded the source isn t touched during normal operation access A media library with all its media entries
28. s Hook Next position in seconds 3 decimal places hooknextms the track s Hook Next position in whole milliseconds hookcueout the track s Hook CueOut position as a string HH MM SS hookcueoutsec the track s Hook CueOut position in seconds 3 decimal places hookcueoutms the track s Hook CueOut position in whole milliseconds TAG tagid will be replaced by the content of the specific TAG identifier Script Scheduler Macros available for scheduler and script events GNOD GGG GNV YH programname the name of the program programtype the type of the program programstart the program start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mmiss programend the program end date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss programstarttype the start type of the program Fixed Soft programstarttypeid the start type of the program 0 1 programover lay the overlay type of the program None OneCycle EndTime programoverlayid the overlay type of the program 0 1 2 programmaxdelay the maximum delay time in whole seconds of the program programmixtime the mix time in whole milliseconds of the program 294 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX scri scri scri scri scri scri scri tar CE oS v a E tar tar tar tar tar tar HN DA DH YH HN WH O NW tar star aa e t ae eo a e a ey E p aa eo a ee a y a 3 a e e a eo B Cy a Cy a y a eo G e S C a oy a e a i a oo
29. so that only have to care of one program within one playlist window So the Script which is defined in the Program now executes in this new playlist window and automatically schedules new tracks to this playlist window The playlist is then run in AutoPlay mode and as such the scheduled tracks from the Script will be automatically mixed and played one after the other one So the best is if you have a hourly program schedule to define 24 or even more different Programs and as such 24 or more different Scripts All can be defined on the fly in the Scheduler control which is invoked from the ribbon page called Scheduler Control just click on the Program Scheduler button to open it In the scheduler control right click in an empty area to invoke the context menu and e g select New Program resp New recurring Program This will bring up the Program Editor dialog in which you can define the start and end time the type and the Script related to this new program A program soft start means that the program might be delayed by some time see below for details A program fix start means that the program will always start accurate on time In the Script Editor dialog you can then define your scripting Meaning how new tracks should be added to a playlist automatically when the script executes Here you can e g add random tracks from any of your media library or even load the entries from any playlist f
30. string list of available Cartwall Playlist names one per line CW1 PLAYLIST SET Selects a Cartwall I Playlist Parameter cartwallplaylistname Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Cartwall Playlist names use CW1_ PLAYLIST NAMES GET CW1_ PLAYLIST SET SHORTCUT Selects a Cartwall I Playlist from a shortcut Parameter 1 2 3 4 Reply OK ERROR You can select a cartwall playlist either from shortcut 1 2 3 or 4 CW1_ PLAYLIST GET SHORTCUT Gets the Cartwall I Playlist from a shortcut Parameter 1 2 3 4 Reply string the shortcut cartwall playlist name CW1_ CART NAMES GET Gets all available Carts in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply string list of available Carts in the Cartwall I line ID trackname filename effectiveplaytime one per CW1_CART COUNT GET Gets the number of available Carts in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply int number of available Carts in the Cartwall I CW1 SELECT CART NAMES GET Gets all selected Carts in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply string list of selected Carts in the Cartwall I line ID trackname filename effectiveplaytime one per CW1 SELECT CART COUNT GET Gets the number of selected Carts in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply int number of selected Carts in the Cartwall I CW1_ SELECT CART Selects certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERRO
31. supports direct cue point editing ReplayGain calculation as well as full TAG editing as well as volume attenuation of the overlapping segue audio tracks Support for Embedded Containers ProppFrexx ONAIR not only allows you to use audio tracks within a playlist In addition placeholders document references and embedded containers are supported An embedded container is a collection of entries which is treated as one logical unit An embedded container can be a list of audio tracks an embedded playlist or even an embedded script which allows you generate dynamic content You can create embedded containers on the fly and even define hook openers separators and closers for individual media types Track Information Moderator Support ProppFrexx ONAIR supports the DJ with his voice over task by displaying all currently relevant track information together with any predefined moderator text and comment in a separate and legibly window Full Timecode Control ProppFrexx ONAIR not only shows you what time it is You are also always informed about the current track position elapsed track time the remaining time until Cue Out until the next track until Fade Out as well as the remaining Ramp Intro and Outro times Freely configurable Automatic Mixing ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to freely define manual and automatic mixing settings to control how tracks or type of tracks are mixed during automation or automatic playback Cue Points might be a
32. 0 0 1 0 outputmixer9volume the volume of the 9t output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 286 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX wnnwnrvnrysAnrvAnrnnHnHnHrYHnHYYNHeHenAHrHennnnrnHnHrHnHAHYnHeHeYnTeHnHeHnHAeHnHnHHHHeHnreHrenAnrennHAnHnHnHeHeHeHeHeHrenHAeHnHrnHn HH HH UN NH Ch och ocr cr cet er eh ct Sch och ch oct CP AGE eh EP AGE er ich ch ah CP 6h ch er Gh cs ce ct Gk Mcr Ach ck cer AGP leh igh scr oak Ck Gh eT am am ct pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu tmixerlpan tmixer2pan tmixer3pan tmixer4pan tmixer5pan tmixer6pan tmixer7pan tmixer8pan tmixer9pan tmixerlsnd2 tmixer2snd2 tmixer4snd2 tmixer5snd2 tmixer6snd2 tmixer7snd2 tmixer8snd2 tmixerl tmixer2 tmixer4 tmixer5 tmixer6 tmixer9 tmixerlgain tmixer2gain tmixer3gain tmixer4gain tmixer5gain tmixer6gain tmixer9gain tmixerlsnd2vol tmixer2snd2vol tmixer3snd2vol tmixer4snd2vol tmixer5snd2vol tmixer6snd2vol tmixer7snd2vol tmixer8snd2vol tmixer9snd2vol ume ume ume ume ume ume ume ume ume 0 the 1st mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 the 274 mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 the 3 mixer channel pan as a string the 4 mixer channel pan as a string the 5 mixer channel pan as a string the 6 mixer channel pan as a string the 7
33. 2 Skip 1 toggle play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to toggle the current type between Off and Loop play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SELECTLOOP Selects a loop point of the DJ Player B POINT Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 unchanged play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to leave unchanged play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SETLOOPPOI Sets Toggles a loop point type of the DJ Player B NTTYPE Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1l toggle play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to toggle the current type between Off and Loop play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SELECTLOOP Selects a loop point of the DJ Player C POINT Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 unchanged play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to leave unchanged play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SETLOOPPOI Sets Toggles a loop point type of the DJ Player C 258 RADIO42
34. H HUG 5 5 TLE varchar 255 DE RTIST varchar 255 DI varchar 255 LBUMARTIST varchar ENRE varchar 45 D EAR varchar 10 DEFAULT N UPING varchar 45 DEFAULT NULL OOD varchar 45 DEFAULT N RATING varchar 45 NOT NU ISRC varchar 15 DEFAULT COPYRIGHT varchar 255 D ENCODEDBY varchar 255 DI COMPOSER varchar 255 DE PUBLISHER varchar 255 D CONDUCTOR varchar 255 D LYRICIST varchar 255 DE REMIXER varchar 255 DE PRODUCER varchar 255 TRACKNO varchar 10 DI DISCNO varchar 10 DE COMMENT varchar 512 ODERATORTEXT text PM double NOT NULL DEFAULT 1 RACKENDINDICATOR char 1 DEFAULT NULL ERATE int 11 NULL E int 11 NU DIOCHANNELS int 11 N double NOT N double NOT PO double DE ITIALGAIN double DE EIN double DEFAULT LLEVEL double DEFAULT NULL P double DEFAULT NULL P2 double DEFAULT NULL TRO double DEFAULT NULL DEOUT double DEFAULT NULL XT double DEFAULT NULL UEOUT double DEFAULT NULL OOKCUEIN double DEFAULT NULL OOKFULLLEVEL double DEFAULT NULL HOOKRAMP double DEFAULT NULL HOOKRAMP2 double DEFAULT NULL HOOKOUTRO double DEFAULT NULL HOOKFADEOUT double DEFAULT NULL HOOKNEXT double DEFAULT NULL HOOKCUEOUT double DEFAULT NULL PRIMARY KEY LOCATION ENGINE InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET ucs2 ZQNKHQPrPrPHOaHY w G E
35. OK ERROR PLS PAUSENOFADE B Pauses the current track in Player B of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _PAUSENOFADE_C Pauses the current track in Player C of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PAUSENOFADE C Pauses the current track in Player C of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _PAUSENOFADE D Pauses the current track in Player D of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PAUSENOFADE D Pauses the current track in Player D of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECT A Ejects the current track in Player A of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECT A Ejects the current track in Player A of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECT B Ejects the current track in Player B of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECT B Ejects the current track in Player B of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECT C Ejects the current track in Player C of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECT _C Ejects the current track in Player C of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parame
36. OK ERROR from denotes the sender email address to denotes the recipient email address subject the subject text message the message text EXEC_SEND_ TCP Sends a string to a TCP server Parameter string host port content Reply OK ERROR EXEC_SEND_TCPBIN Sends binary data to a TCP server Parameter string host port bytes Reply OK ERROR The bytes must be seperated by a space character and can be any ASCII string if enclosed in quotes byte number value or a HEX value if prefixed with 0x which will be sent to the output EXEC SEND UDP Sends a string to a UDP server Parameter string host port content Reply OK ERROR EXEC_SEND_UDPBIN Sends binary data to a UDP server Parameter string host port bytes Reply OK ERROR The bytes must be seperated by a space character and can be any ASCII string if enclosed in quotes byte number value or a HEX value if prefixed with 0x which will be sent to the output EXEC_SEND HTTP GET Sends a Http request to a Web server using the GET method Parameter string username password uri Reply OK ERROR EXEC_SEND HTTP POST Sends a Http request to a Web server using the POST method to send x www form urlencoded content Parameter string username password uri content Reply OK ERROR EXEC_SEND HTTP _POSTPLAIN Sends a Http request to a Web server using the POST method to send the content natively http encoded P
37. Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS RESET _D Re Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player D of an open playlist to all defaults Parameter playlistname ply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT AUTOLOAD GET Gets the current playlist AUTOLOAD value Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS AUTOLOAD GET Gets an open playlist AUTOLOAD value Parameter playlistname Reply bool True if set False if not PLS CURRENT _AUTOLOAD_ TOGGLE Toggles the current playlist AUTOLOAD value Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS _AUTOLOAD_TOGGLE Toggles an open playlist AUTOLOAD value Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT AUTOLOAD ON Sets the current playlist to AUTOLOAD Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS AUTOLOAD ON Sets an open playlist to AUTOLOAD Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS_CURRENT_AUTOLOAD_OFF Sets the current playlist to MANUAL LOAD Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS AUTOLOAD OFF Sets an open playlist to MANUAL LOAD Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _AUTOUNLOAD_ GET Gets the current playlist AUTOUNLOAD value Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS AUTOUNLOAD GET Gets an open playlist AUTOUNLOAD value Pa Re rameter playlistname ply bool True if set False if not LS CURRENT AUTOUNLOAD TOGGLE Toggles the current playlist AUTOUNLOAD value Pa Re rameter no
38. Player Eject on AutoUnloading of the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADE A Plays Pauses the current track in Player of an open playlist no Fading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADE B Plays Pauses the current track in Player of the current playlist no Fading Parameter non Reply OK ERRO R Eject on AutoUnloading PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADE B Plays Pauses t Fading Eject Parameter pla Reply OK ERRO he current track in on AutoUnloading ylistname R Player of an open playlist no PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADE C Plays Pauses t no Fading Parameter non Reply OK ERRO he current track in e R Player Eject on AutoUnloading of the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADE C Plays Pauses t Fading Eject Parameter pla Reply OK ERRO he current track in on AutoUnloading ylistname R Player of an open playlist no PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADE D Plays Pauses t no Fading Parameter non Reply OK ERRO he current track in e R Player Eject on AutoUnloading of the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADE D Plays Pauses t Fading Parameter Reply OK ERRO he current track in Eject on AutoUnloading playlistname R Player of an open playlist no PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY A Plays Pauses t no Fading no Parameter Reply OK ERR
39. R CLOSE CANCEL Closes the InstanceRecording without saving R_CLOSE_SAVE Closes Reply o O t Reply OK the InstanceRecording with saving O SEGUE SELECT CURRENT Selects the current main track within the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR Subsequent SegueEditor commands are related to the select track SEGUE_SELECT_NEXT Selects the next main track within the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR Subsequent SegueEditor commands are related to the select track SEGUE_SELECT_NEXTAFTER Selects the last main track within the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR Subsequent SegueEditor commands are related to the select track SEGUE_INVOKE_ I Invokes opens the general InstanceRecording dialog from within the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR SEGUE PLAYPAUS E Starts or Stops playback of the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR 280 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX SEGUE_STOPALL Stops any playback and resets the positions Reply OK ERROR SEGUE SELECTED MOVELEFT Moves the selected track to the left Reply O RROR Gy SEGUE SELECTED MOVERIGHT Moves the selected track to the right Reply OK ERROR SEGUE_NEXT Selects the next playlist tracks into the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR SEGUE PREVIOUS Selects the previous playlist tracks into the SegueEditor Reply OK ERROR SEGUE_CLOSE Closes the SegueEd
40. Reply OK ERROR track in Player A of an open PLS CURRENT PLAYFADE B Starts playback of the current playlist using fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR track in Player B of the current PLS PLAYFADE B Starts playback of the current playlist using fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR track in Player B of an open PLS CURRENT PLAYFADE C playlist using fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Starts playback of the current track in Player C of the current PLS PLAYFADE C playlist using fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR Starts playback of the current track in Player C of an open PLS CURRENT PLAYFADE D playlist using fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Starts playback of the current track in Player D of the current PLS PLAYFADE_D playlist using fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR Starts playback of the current track in Player D of an open PLS CURRENT PAUSE A Pauses the current track FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR in Player A of the current playlist PLS PAUSE A Pauses the current track on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR in Player A of an open playlist FadesOut PLS CURRENT PAUSE B Pauses the current track FadesOut on UseFading Param
41. Select the game port device to use this is the game port which is receiving the events to remotely control ProppFrexx ONAIR Port Control Enabled If checked the game port remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Mapping Select the game port event mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the GamePort Event Mapping dialog see below Monitor C ck here to inspect incoming game port events Watch the incoming game port events and how they trigger the defined control command execution A similar mechanism is used for game port events as already described in the chapter MIDI Devices see above This means any game port device button and button state change is matched against the selected mapping file Each mapping entry of the mapping file therefore 148 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR works like a filter For each button state all mapping entries are checked If a button state matches one of the defined filters the related control command s is executed Keyboard Hotkey Mapping When activated any keyboard activity can be translated to any ProppFrexx ONAIR control command So whenever you press a certain key on your keyboard you might trigger the execution of any control command s This allows you to either remap any of the predefined keyboard shortcuts or even use specia
42. The Segue Editor Multi Track Editor The Segue Editor is invoked from the playlist via Alt F11 or the context menu starting with the currently selected focused track in the playlist It allows you to define the segue mix of two subsequent tracks in a visual fashion The first current track is shown in green whereas the next track is shown in blue You might navigate through the tracks within the underlying playlist by using the Previous and Next button in the upper left of the toolbar If one of these two main playlist tracks contains any track or playlist insert events those inserts are shown as separate tracks in red Figure 119 The Segue Editor Multi Track Editor You might hover over the icons in the segue editor to see the tooltips and the keyboard short cuts To start playback PFL you might use the Play Pause First Space button or the Play Pause Next Shiftt Space button 186 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH PLAYLISTS You can position the current playback position by simply clicking to upper half of the related WaveForm So using Space Play Pause First will then start the PFL playback from the current position of the First track whereas using Shiftt Space Play Pause Next will start the PFL playback from the current position of the Next track All functions in the bottom toolbar will relate to the currently selected track You select a track by simply cli
43. The client must at least send a PING command every so often in order to keep a server connection alive If the client doesn t send any command within the specified timeout period the connection is automatically closed by this server d The client should send a BYE command in order to close the connection If you have selected the Regular Expression protocol a similar mechanism is used as already described in the chapter MIDI Devices see above except that for MIDI messages we always receive three fix data bytes as for serial I O messages we receive an arbitrary number of data bytes This means any message string recetved via the COM port is matched based on regulat expressions against the selected mapping file Each mapping entry of the mapping file therefore works like a filter For each incoming serial message string all mapping entries are checked If the incoming message matches one of the defined regular expressions the related control command s is executed A regular expression is a special text string for describing a search pattern You can think of regular expressions as wildcards on steroids Please refer to the common sources to learn more about regular expressions Rg here http www regular expressions info http en wikipedia org wiki Regular_expression By using the Regular Expression protocol and the related message mapping you should be able to actually use most of external device supporting serial
44. Use RF64 If checked a BWF RF64 wave format is generated instead of a standard wave format Add BEXT If checked a BWF BEXT chunk is added to the resulting file Note The BEXT chunk data is directly taken from the TAG information Add CART If checked a BWF CART chunk is added to the resulting file Note The CART chunk data is directly taken from the TAG information MP3 Encoder Settings AP3 Encoder Se ungs Figure 89 MP3 Encoder Settings Mode The general MP3 encoding mode stereo joint stereo mono etc RADIO42 Confidential 127 ProppFrexx ONAIR WMA Encoder Settings Quality Encoding quality eg QO Highest quality slow Q9 Poor quality very fast Quality Q2 default Speed Q7 Use Variable Bitrate Use Variable Bitrate VBR If unchecked Constant Bitrate CBR will be used Bitrate Constant bitrate CBR in kbps Note When using VBR this value specifies the minimum allowed VBR bitrate value if you also set the Limit flag Enforce CBR Strictly enforce the use of constant bitrate VBR Quality The variable bitrate VBR quality setting 0 highest quality 9 lowest Maximum Bitrate Specify maximum allowed bitrate in kbps VBR only Note To specify VBR set the Bitrate value to the minimum VBR and the Max value to the maximum VBR bitrate value Limit the VBR Bitrate Strictly enforce the minimum and maximum bitrate for use with players that do not support low bitrate mp3 only VBR Av
45. WM AlbumArtist RIFF ISBJ Alternatives H2_ALBUMARTIST REMIXER ENSEMBLE ORCHESTRA BAND PERFORMER iaar Track numbers ID3v2 TRCK TRK OGG TRACKNUMBER APE Track MP4 trkn ASF WM TrackNumber RIFF IPRT ITRK RADIO42 Confidential 179 ProppFrexx ONAIR Alternatives TRACKNUM Disc numbers ID3v2 TPOS TPA OGG DISCNUMBER APE Disc MP4 disk ASF WM PartOfSet RIFF IFRM Alternatives DISCNUM Year ID3v2 TYER TYE OGG DATE APE Year MP4 Oday ASF WM Yeat RIFF ICRD Alternatives TDRC RELEASEDATE RELEASE DATE Genre ID3v2 TCON TCO OGG GENRE APE Genre MP4 Ogen ASF WM Genre RIFF IGNR Alternatives Copyright ID3v2 TCOP TCR OGG COPYRIGHT APE Copyright MP4 cprt ASF Copyright RIFF ICOP Alternatives PROVIDER WM Provider EncodedBy ID3v2 TENC TEN OGG ENCODEDBY APE EncodedBy MP4 too ASF WM EncodedBy RIFF ISFT Alternatives VERSION ENCODED BY ENCODED BY ENCODER SOFTWARE TOOL Publisher ID3v2 TPUB TPB OGG LABEL APE Label MP4 com apple iTunes LABEL ASF WM Publisher RIFF ICMS Alternatives PUBLISHER ORIGINALSOURCE VENDOR Composer ID3v2 TCOM TCM 180 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES OGG COMPOSER APE Composer MP4 wrt ASF WM Composer RIFF IENG Alternatives ORGANIZATION WRITER IMUS Conductor ID3v2 TPE3 TP3 OGG CONDUCTOR APE Conductor MP4
46. and played back on an output device by the Windows sound management When also using these devices from within ProppFrexx RADIO42 Confidential 19 ProppFrexx ONAIR this might result in an unwanted echo effect or duplication of the sound output depending on your mixer setup E g when you use an input mixer channel and monitor it on a mixer output channel via the Route To or SND function and the same used input device is also monitored by the Windows sound management on an output device you will hear the same input signal twice but unsynchronized as ProppFrexx and Windows independently copy the audio signal So make sure that only either ProppFrexx or Windows performs such monitoring To disable the Windows output monitoring of an input device do the following Open the Start Menu and then click on Control Panel In the Large Icon View click on the Sound options or select Manage Audio Devices In the Sound dialog select the Playback tab For each playback device listed which you might want to use from within ProppFrexx right click on it and select Properties In the properties dialog of that output device select the Leve tab If more than one level control is shown make sure to Mute any unwanted audio signals coming from other sources e g mute the Microphone level for any output device if shown Adjusting Windows Recording Device Settings When using a certain input device from within ProppFrexx you might want to adjust it
47. chapter Mixer Setup Please refer to this chapter for more information The section Output Devices lists all defined Mixer Output Channels as shown in the Mixer Window The section Input Devices lists all defined Mixer Input Channels as shown in the Mixer Window Click on the Add button to add a new output resp input mixer channel Click on the Remove button to remove the selected mixer channel from the mixer Click on the Edit button to invoke the Device Configuration Dialog for the selected mixer channel or double click on a mixer channel entry within the list Click on the arrow buttons to move the mixer channel up resp down in the list Click on the Info button to display the related soundcard driver information Press and hold the Test Tone button to generate a test tone for the selected mixer channel Monitor External Volume If checked the external volume of each mixer channels will be monitored Note Each mixer channel must also have it s Save External Mixer flag set as well within the Device Configuration In such case the external volume will be automatically restored if changed outside this application This feature can only be applied to WDM or WASAPI devices Preset Mixer setups allow you to store and retrieve different presets number of channels as well as each channel configuration Select an available setup and click Load to retrieve an already stored preset setup Or click
48. eg minimum 8 alpha numeric characters including special characters Confirm Please specify the password again to be sure there was no typo with the initial password User Profile Select the profile to assign to this user defines the user rights Image Click on the image to change the user s login image Save Click on this button to saves the currently selected user with the current settings Add C ick on this button to add a new user with the selected settings RADIO42 Confidential 111 ProppFrexx ONAIR Remove C ck on this button to remove delete the currently selected user More Click on this button to define more user settings in the following dialog Figure 79 Edit User Settings In this dialog you can edit individual user settings which might replace overwrite any general settings Active Skin Select the active skin to use Reset Will take effect with the next login of the user and will remove all user layout settings and restore all defaults Copy Layout From Copies the layout of another user to this user overwriting the current user s layout Admin only Big Font When checked the font used in the playlist window will be 50 larger Ribbon Defines the style of the ribbon Default Player Layout Defines the default DJ Player layout to be used for the user 112 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Stacked Players If checked the DJ Players within a playli
49. exactly that time it might be delayed by this maximum number of seconds When this element is about to be started the remaining time of the current track of the playlist is checked If the remaining time is less than this maximum delay time the current track will be played til the end before this element is started which will then result in a delayed start But if the remaining time is greater than this maximum delay time the current track is faded out immediately and the element start will not be delayed Note Elements defined as fixed start will always start on time but in case the element is defined as an Over ay this value defines if the current track will be stopped ejected first or continues to play Max Remaining When an element is defined as soft start so it doesn t have to start at exactly that time it might automatically be supressed skipped When this element is about to be started the remaining time of the current track of the playlist is checked If the remaining time is greater than this maximum time this element will automatically be stopped ejected and not even be played Note Set this value to 0 to supress this behaviour and always start this element delayed Elements defined as fixed start will always ignore this value Skip at Start If checked the element will not be executed initially when the script starts but only with the next occurrence E g when you have set this option and the script starts at 15 00 00 and y
50. i 0s 601 0 BAND9 float 1 0es 1 0 COMP ON float 0 0 Off 1 0 On PRESET string preset name THRESHOLD float 020 401 0 RATIO Pleat O10 0 ATTACK float 0 0 1 0 RELEASE float 0 0 1 0 GAIN float 1 0 1 0 DSP1 DSP4 VST only SET string vst plugin filename REMOVE BYPASS float 0 0 Off 1 0 On EDITOR float 0 0 Hide 1 0 Show PROGRAM float program index to set RESTORE lt idx gt float 0 N updates the idx th vst param Examples MIXER OUTPUT _DSP_ SET Out 1 EQ BAND2 0 2 MIXER _OUTPUT_DSP_SET MON DSP1 7 0 842 MIXER_INPUT DSP SET Sets a mixer DSPs parameter value Parameter mixername dspname param value Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT SELECT dspname AGC EQ COMP or DSP1 4 param the parameter name to change value the new value depends on param See abopve for a list of param names and their value range see MIXER OUTPUT STEREOTOOL SETPSTE XT Sets a mixer StereoTool VSTs RDS PS Text Parameter mixername dspidx pstext Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT dspidx 1 4 pstext the rds program service text to set StereoTool VST MIXER_INPUT STEREOTOOL SETPSTEX Ti Sets a mixer StereoTool VSTs RDS PS Text Parameter mixername dspidx pstext Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected i
51. starts with tag value should not start with key case insensitive check tag value should be equal to key case sensitive check tag value should not be equal to key case sensitive check else tag value should start with key case insensitive check Example y 197 year starts with 197 ly 197 year does not start with 197 y 1970 year is exactly 1970 l y 1970 year is not exactly 1970 As the script filter rules might not guarantee that any track at all in your selected media library matches the criteria s some maximum within the try matching algorithm is implement This means there is an upper limit of 2 times the number of tracks contained in your media lib or a maximum of 300 tries If the script cannot determine a track which matches the filter criteria it will take a next track anyhow This is needed in order to prevent the script from not being able to deliver new tracks to a playlist If you are using media libraries where the TAG data is not read from the related audio tracks at startup unless you have specified the Force TAG reading option in the general RADIO42 Confidential 167 ProppFrexx ONAIR settings or using the synced folder feature or the meta data is not present by any other means the filter option might not work properly Note When using the Filter option you should make sure that all meta data is available for all media entries in the relate
52. suspending a current playlist pausing the player here Parameter overlayName Reply OK ERROR overlayName the name of the overlay or its reference name to tigger OVERLAY IMPORT Performs an automatic import of an external overlay scheduler log file Parameter format logFilename trackBaseFolder options playlistOutputFolder Reply OK ERROR format the import format name to use logFilename the path and filename of the log file to import trackBaseFolder the folder containing the audio tracks options the import options to use playlistOutputFolder the folder where the resulting playlist files should be created OVERLAY DEACTIVATE GET Gets if the automatic processing of overlays is deactivated Parameter none Reply Reply bool True if deactive False if active OVERLAY DEACTIVATE ON Deactivates the automatic processing of overlays Parameter none Reply OK ERROR OVERLAY DEACTIVATE OFF Activates the automatic processing of overlays Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Note if processing is really performed also depends on your Stand Alone overlay setting as well as if the Scheduler is running STREAMING SERVER START ALL Starts all streaming servers Reply OK ERROR STREAMING SERVER STOP ALL Stops all streaming servers Reply OK ERROR STREAMING SERVER START Starts a streaming server Parameter servername Reply OK ERROR servername the name of the streaming
53. 1 True yes 0 False no cwlshortcut1 the Cartwall I library name of the 1 shortcut cwlshortcut2 the Cartwall I library name of the 2 4 shortcut cwlshortcut3 the Cartwall I library name of the 3 shortcut cwlshortcut4 the Cartwall I library name of the 4 shortcut cw2shortcut1 the Cartwall II library name of the 1st shortcut cw2shortcut2 the Cartwall II library name of the 24 shortcut cw2shortcut3 the Cartwall II library name of the 34 shortcut cw2shortcut4 the Cartwall II library name of the 4 shortcut cwlcartXtrackname the track name of cartX of Cartwall I cwlcartXduration the track duration as a string of cartX of Cartwall I cwlcartXisplaying is cartX of Cartwall I playing 1 True yes 0 False no cwlcartXisselected is cattX of Cartwall I selected 1 True yes 0 False no cwlcartXislooped is cattX of Cartwall I looped 1 True yes 0 False no cw2cartXtrackname the track name of cartX of Cartwall I cw2cartXduration the track duration as a string of cartX of Cartwall II cw2cartXisplaying is cartX of Cartwall II playing 1 True yes 0 False no cw2cartXisselected is cartX of Cartwall II selected 1 True yes 0 False no cw2cartXislooped is cartX of Cartwall II looped 1 True yes 0 False no standbyXisplaying is standby player X playing 1 True yes 0 False no streamingstartedservers the number of started streaming servers streamingisanyconnected is any streaming server connected 1
54. 4 Figure 43 External Mixer Control Window Name Shows the name and description if the soundcard device Fader Use the fader of the soundcard device to change the external volume level between the device s minimum and maximum level Changing the volume level will automatically be visible in the windows sound control panel vice versa 74 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Peak Level Meter The peak level meter displays the current level as provided by the device itself and includes any audio data send received by the device and such might include audio from non ProppFrexx ONAIR soutces MUTE Use the mute button to toggle the external state of the device between muted and unmuted When in muted state the button will be highlighted in red color Show Used Only If checked only those devices are shown which are used by any of the defined mixer channels else all available soundcard devices are shown Note ASIO devices are not shown in this window To change the volume level or settings of your ASIO devices you must use the ASIO control panel as provided with your soundcard Using TalkOver TalkUser While talk over is active the volume of the configured output channels which have their Apply Master Volume flag set in their Output Device Configuration is lowered by the global talk over volume see the chapter General Configuration Settings on how to define the global talk over volume
55. 99 FadesOut on STANDBY PLAYPAUSENOFADE Plays Pauses the current track in a Standby Player Eject Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 No FadeOut No STANDBY PLAYSTOPNOFADE Plays Stops the current track in a Standby Player Eject Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 9 No FadeOut STANDBY PLAY Plays the current track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 FadesIn on UseFading RADIO42 Confidential 259 ProppFrexx ONAIR STANDBY PLAYNOFADE Plays the current track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 No FadeIn STANDBY PAUSE Pauses the current track in a Standby Player UseFading Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 FadesOut on STANDBY PAUSENOFADE Plays the current track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between No FadeOut 1 and 99 STANDBY EJECT Stops Ejects the current track in a Standby Player FadesOut on UseFading Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby de
56. ABR Constrained Variable Bitrate CVBR True Variable Bitrate TVBR Note TVBR does not support the HE AAC profile Format Defines the AAC profile to use LC or HE Note True VBR does not support the HE AAC profile Bitrate Defines the constant average or contrained variable bitrate in kbps only used for mode CBR ABR CVBR Q Value Defines the quality value for True VBR between 0 and 127 The higher the value the higher the quality which will result in a higher variable bitrate Automatic Samplerate Adjustment If checked automatically choose the optimum samplerate according to the bitrate and quality Caution This might change overrule the sample rate as choosen in the ProppFrexx encoder profile If unchecked keep the samplerate as defined if possible Note QuickTime might still change the target samplerate for certain bitrate quality settings if needed AAC Encoder Settings Nero AAC ENCOGEr setungs x Figure 92 Nero AAC Encoder Settings Format Defines the AAC mode to use LC HE or HEv2 Normally you should leave this value to default as the encoder will then choose the best mode depending on the bitrate samplerate used Bitrate Constant or average bitrate in kbps RADIO42 Confidential 129 ProppFrexx ONAIR Use CBR If checked Constant Bitrate CBR is used else Variable Bitrate VBR is used OGG Encoder Settings Figure 93 OGG Encoder Settings Mode The OGG downmix encod
57. APPENDIX Sends a device query command to the Midi controller Syntax EXEC_SEND_ MIDI MCU devicequery EXEC_SEND MIDI2 MCU devicequery Parametets none Go Offline gooffline Once the connection between the Midi controller and ProppFrexx has been made it stays in online mode until it receives a Go Offline message This command is typically never needed Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU gooffline EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU gooffline Parametets none Version Request versionrequest Requests the version information from the Midi controller This command is typically never needed Syntax EXEC_SEND_ MIDI MCU versionrequest EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU versionrequest Parameters none Reset Fader resetfader Sets all faders to minimum sends all faders to the bottom of their throw Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU resetfader EXEC_SEND MIDI2 MCU resetfader Parametets none Reset LED resetled All LEDs off turns off all LEDs on MCU Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU resetled EXEC SEND _MIDI2 MCU resetled Parametets none Reset Reboot resetreboot Reset re boots the MCU into offline mode This command is typically never needed RADIO42 Confidential 315 ProppFrexx ONAIR Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU resetreboot EXEC_SEND_ MIDI2 MCU resetreboot Parametets n
58. Cirl Shift Delete Physically delete file directory Trackboard Window Space Play Stop selected Track in Quick Monitor Left Fast Forward Quick Monitor Right Fast Backward Quick Monitor F11 PFL selected Track F12 Add selected Track to the current playlist Shiftt F712 Add selected Track to the current playlist at current position Shiftt Alt KeyUp Move selected tracks up in the Trackboard Shiftt Alt KeyDown Move selected tracks down in the Trackboard Alt L Toggle Loop option for selected Track Alt E Toggle PauseAtEnd option for selected Track Alt H Toggle Hook option for selected Track Ctrl C Copy selected tracks to Clipboard Ctrl V Paste tracks from Clipboard to current position Ctrl X Cut selected tracks to Clipboard Altt Insert Add Audio Track to Trackboard ShifttAlt Insert Opens the generic Add Tracks from dialog Insert Add to MediaLibrary Add Add to other Playlist Alt Add Create embedded Container from Selection Shiftt Alt Add Create embedded Hook Container from Selection Ctrl Add Convert Selection to embedded Container Shift Cirl Add Convert Selection to embedded Hook Container Alt Subtract Expand embedded Container keep Ctrl Subtract Expand embedded Container replace Shift Delete Remove selected Entries from Trackboard 208 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Shiftt Cirl Dekte Physically deletes the selected tracks Alt Delete Cl
59. Confidential APPENDIX NTTYPE Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 toggle Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to toggle the current type between Off and Loop play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SELECTLOOP Selects a loop point of the DJ Player D POINT Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 unchanged Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to leave unchanged play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SETLOOPPOI Sets Toggles a loop point type of the DJ Player D NTTYPE Parameter loopPoint 1 2 3 A B loopType 0 Off 1 Loop 2 Skip 1 toggle play True False Reply OK ERROR loopPoint selects the loop point to select either 1 2 3 A or B loopType the optional loopType to set or 1 to toggle the current type between Off and Loop play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER A TIME GET Gets the status the elapsed and remaining time of Player A of the current playlist Reply string status duration elapsedtime remaintime rampoutro PLS CURRENT PLAYER B TIME GET Gets the sta
60. Copy selected tracks to Trackboard Ctrl C Copy selected tracks to Clipboard Ctrl V Paste tracks from Clipboard to current position CtI X Cut selected tracks to Clipboard Alt Insert Add Audio Track to Playlist Shift Alt Insert Opens the generic Add Tracks from dialog Alt C Copy selected Tracks to Folder Insert Add to MediaLibrary Add Add to other Playlist Alt Add Create embedded Container from Selection Shiftt Alt Add Create embedded Hook Container from Selection Ctrl Add Convert Selection to embedded Container Shift Cirl Add Convert Selection to embedded Hook Container Alt Subtract Expand embedded Container keep Ctri Subtract Expand embedded Container replace Shift Delete Remove selected Entries from Playlist Ctrl Delete Remove all played tracks from Playlist Shift Cirl Delete Physically deletes the selected tracks Shift Enter Open Windows Explorer at Track Location Alt 0 Load selected Track to next free Player Alt 1 Load next Track to next free Player Alt 2 Show Info for selected Tracks Alt 3 Open TAG Editor for selected Tracks Ctrl Alt 3 Toggle direct TAG editing within playlist Alt 5 Play next Track Use Fading Alt 6 Play next Track No Fading Alt 7 Play next Track only Alt 8 Play or Pause current Track Use Fading No Eject Alt 9 Play or Pause current Track No Fading No Eject Ctri Size the visible columns to best fit the window width Alt
61. Driver Model ProppFrexx ONAIR supports the following driver model types Please select the one you would like to use We do not recommend to mix different driver models when using multiple soundcards Output Devices WDM Direct Sound 1 Virtual out 7 8 Echo Indigo DJx 2 Lautsprecher SoundMAX Integrated WASAPI CoreAudio Vista Win7 only 3 Virtual out 5 6 Echo Indigo DJx 4 Virtual out 1 2 Echo Indigo DJx ASIO 5 Virtual out 3 4 Echo Indigo DJx For lowest latency we recommend using the ASIO driver model when available L Figure 5 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 2 When selecting a driver model the available soundcard devices are automatically listed to the right side In the next step you can define the sample rate to be used with your soundcard b ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard e ProppFrex Mixer Setup Sample Rate Selection Please select which sample rate you would like to use with your soundcard device Sample Rate Note If your output sample rate differs from your audio files automatic resampling will be applied Figure 6 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 3 For optimal sound quality and minimum resource usage we recommend using the sample rate you ate using with most of your audio files Eg if most of your audio files are encoded in 44 100 Hz you might want to use this sample rate also for your mixer setup In any case automatic h
62. F7 Stop Eject Player C No Fading Alt F7 Starts or Stops PFL for Player A Alt Shift F7 Rewind Player C to CueIn and Pause Alt Cir F7 Load Next Track to Player C F8 Play or Pause Player D Use Fading Shifit F8 Play or Pause Player D No Fading Cirl F8 Stop Eject Player D Use Fading Cirl Shift F8 Stop Eject Player D No Fading Alt F8 Starts or Stops PFL for Player A Alt Shift F8 Rewind Player D to CueIn and Pause Alt Ctri F8 Load Next Track to Player D F9 Play Next Track Use Fading Shift F9 Play Next Track No Fading Ctri F9 Play or Pause Current Track Use Fading Cirl Shift F9 Play or Pause Current Track No Fading A F9 Stop Current Track Use Fading Alt Shift F9 Stop Current Track No Fading Ait Ctri F9 Load Next Track to Next Player F11 PFL selected Track Cirl N New Playlist Ctrl 0 Open new Playlist Ctri Save current Playlist Chl Shift S Save current Playlist As Ctri Alt S Save All Chl Shift C Copy current Playlist To Ctrl F Open Find window RADIO42 Confidential 203 ProppFrexx ONAIR Ctrl Ctrl Ctrl Ctrl Ctrl Ctrl Ctrl Alt Alt FE Open Explorer window tM Open Mixer window B Open Trackboard window 7 Open Cartwall I window 2 Open Cartwall II window O Add selected Track to Quick Monitor List t Shift O Pause Quick Monitor Player tO Eject Quick Monitor Player R Opens the Instant Recording Dialog Playli
63. FadeOut Next CueOut e g used to store Hook cue points VolumePoints A list of additional volume points consisting of a position and a level value which in total might describe a volume envelope for the media entry EventEntries A list of event entries consisting of a position an event type and an event parameter value which might trigger a certain action at the event position The following event entry types do exist TempoChange The tracks tempo will be changed at this position to a new value FXChange A special FX e g Chorus Echo Flanger etc will be turned on or off at that position TrackInsert A media entry will be started played in parallal overlayed at that position Note this track insert will fully play til its end independend of the duration of this track PlaylistInsert A playlist file will be started played as an embedded entry all playlist entries as one continuous mix in parallal overlayed at that position Note this playlist insert will fully play til its end independend of the duration of this track ExecuteCommand The given control command s will be executed at this position SoundBed Defines a general soundbed file to be used for this entire track plus an optional attenuation value to be used for this entire track The soundbed file will be played looped as long as the media entry is playling HotstartPositions A list of up to ten positions which can be used to quickly jump
64. I O communication Por Regular Expressions the following special control command macros do exist in order to translate a matching regular expression capture group into a control command parameter regexasvolGXwithYYY results to GX withYYY S regexaspanGXwithYYY results to 2 GX withyYY 1 regexasgainGXwithyYYyY results to 30 GX withYYY 15 S regexGX results to GX Where Gx denotes the found capture group index value within the original regular expression match and withYYY a scalar factor value Example 1 Your external serial I O device sends the following data VOL70 You defined the following regular expression to match this VOL 0 9 And assign this control command assuming the maximum VOL value is 100 MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 regexasvolGlwith100 Which results to the following MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 0 7 RADIO42 Confidential 147 ProppFrexx ONAIR Explanation The regular expression VOL 0 9 matches the incoming serial I O message VOL70 and results in 2 capture groups 0 vOL70 1 70 To translate the capture group index 1 value to a ProppFrexx volume control command parameter we use the macro regexasvolGlwith100 As seen in this macro G1 will use the capture group index 1 which has a value of 70 whereas with100 specifies that this value will b
65. In addition the configured input channels which have their Unmute on TalkOver flag set in their Input Device Configuration are unmuted and the configured output channels which have their Mute on TalkOver flag set in their Output Device Configuration are muted This allows you define that eg microphone inputs are automatically unmuted and other inputs are unaffected when talk over is active and monitor speaker outputs are automatically muted whereas other outputs are either automatically lowering their volume or are unaffected by the talk over functionality Device Configuration TalkOver Effect active inactive Input Unmute on TalkOver If set the input is unmuted when active and muted when inactive If not set the input is unaffected by talk over Output App Master Volume If set the output lowers the volume when active and is restored when inactive If not set the output volume is not changed by talk over Output Mute on TalkOver If set the output is muted when active and unmuted when inactive If not set the output is unaffected by talk over To activate the master talk over function press the Ta kOver button at the bottom of the main channel strip use the Ta kOver button in the ribbon bar or press the F11 key When using the Ta kOver button at the bottom of the main channel strip Left Click talk over on off locked Right Click talk over while push
66. Instead of using the general sensing threshold level a sensing time limit is used When the recording lasts longer than the defined sensing time a new recording will be started meaning a new file will be created This allows you to split the total recording into smaller files each with a maximum duration of the defined sensing time limit 88 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Additional Output Mixer Channel Functionality To open the output mixer channel menu rightclick on the mixer channel name Figure 58 Output Mixer Channel Menu Edit Settings C ck on this item to open the mixer channel output device configuration dialog see above for details Adjust External Volume As ProppFrexx ONAIR never changes the volume level of the external soundcard devices you might use this item to adjust the external volume level Out 1 Lautsprecher SoundMAX Integrate ws Figure 59 Adjust External Volume Dialog Note ASIO devices cannot be adjusted with this option To change the volume level or settings of your ASIO devices you must use the ASIO control panel as provided with your soundcard In addition you might select the Save External Volume option If this option is checked and the Monitor External Volume option in the section Input and Output Settings of the General Configuration Section is selected the external volume of the soundcard device is constantly monitored When mo
67. MIDI data1 2 value derives from a single midi message using the data1 and data2 byte whereas the paired MIDI data value might derive from either one or two subsequent midi messages in case a continuous controller sends LSB and MSB info OSC Macros available for OSC events oscaddress the OSC address string oscdatal the OSC data1 value as a string oscdata2 the OSC data2 value as a string oscdata3 the OSC data3 value as a string oscdatalaspan the OSC datal as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdata2aspan the OSC data2 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdata3aspan the OSC data3 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdatalasgain the OSC datal as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 oscdata2asgain the OSC data2 as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 oscdata3asgain the OSC data3 as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 oscdatalasvolxxx the OSC data1 as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 oscdata2asvol xxx the OSC data2 as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 oscdata3asvol xxx the OSC data3 as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 oscdatalaspanxxx the OSC data1 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdata2aspanxxx the OSC data2 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdata3aspanxxx the OSC data3 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdatalasgainxxx the OSC data1 data as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 oscdata2asgainxxx the OSC data2 data as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 oscdata3asgainxxx the
68. OI TOSTRING converts and formats a numeric value to a SttiNg ceeeseecseesseessessseesseessessseesseesseesses SOS TOFLOAT converts an integer numeric value to a float representation c cceseseesseeseesseesseeeee 304 MAKEWORD combines a low and high numetic value c cccssessssessssesssessesssesssessesssessseessesssesees 306 DATE converts and formats a datetime value to a string representation ceceseesseeseeseeeseeeee 306 TIME converts and formats a time value to a string representation csceseesseeseesseesseesseesseesseeesee 307 LP returns a value depending Ona cOn iti Oi sate 22555 S 308 Mackie Control Universal Protocol Support cccecssssessssesessessssessssessssessssesssseenssesseseanens 309 Moye Fader fader siiscdiscsciceceltbcucitscccessbesscsthcecescsnccasssnccassacscassansesssanscessacscsssanseessseceessauseessseseesssuceonssonecnadees 309 SEC E A B CGM PAE EEE EEE EET 310 Set V Pot vpot x Det Level Meter CIEVEl sscsccssssccscsscssccsccvscsscsedecsesssessesssssessesscsccsccsecsecsessesesssessessssssssesscscesecsecsecseeseeesssesseddddseesee 312 Set Mime Display tinie scssccssesscvssesscvssesscvssesssvesonssesconsssscanssescansssscanscescansseecanscescanscescanscescanscesscnssenscnscessensses 312 Set Mime Display Weis C Tux Vires an n E RR destino LO Set Assignment Display Cassi Onin ent sscccscasesassccssscssscasecscsscosscessssssccssscasssassccssscasscasscessscoascesececesde
69. OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_CART LOOP TOGGLE Toggles the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_ CART _STOPOTHERS TOGGLE Toggles the Stop Others On Play state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 268 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX CW1_ CART PFL Starts the PFL Player for a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1l PLAY ALLSELECTED PARALLEL Plays all selected Cart Parameter none Reply OK ERROR s in the Cartwall I in parallel CW1l_ PLAY ALLSELECTED ONEBYONE Plays all selected Cart Parameter Reply OK ERROR s in the Cartwall I one after the other CW1l_FADEOUT ALLSELECTED Fades Out all selected Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Carts in the Cartwall I if playing CW1_FADEOUT Fade
70. OSC data3 data as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 where XXX denotes the maximum OSC data value to be used for the conversion e g 100 to define a data range from 0 to 100 wmwwnnvnrnvnrnvvynyeyrYrnYnHHnHnHnHYHYH HHH NH DH RegEx Macros available for Serial I O events regexasvolGXwithxxx the matched capture group value as a volume value string regexaspanGXwithxxx the matched capture group value as a pan value string regexasgainGXwithxxx the matched capture group value as a gain value string regexGXx the matched capture group value Streaming Macros available for streaming server events streamingservername the name of the streaming server S streamingserveraddress the address of the streaming server streamingserverport the port of the streaming server streamingserverisconnected is the streaming server connected 1 True On 0 False Off streamingserverlistenercount the number of listener connected if available Beside the above macros any environment variables might also be used Each environment variable is quoted with the percent sign character Eg SystemDrive will be replaced by the current system drive letter Playlist File Macros only available with EXEC_WRITE_PLAYLISTFILE The following macros are only available inside a playlist template file being used by EXEC WRITE PLAYLISTFILE note that the 01 macros relate to the current track RADIO4
71. PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER START OF F Sets the cross fader start mode of the current playlist to Off Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS_CURRENT_GET_ENTRIES Gets a list of all entries of the current playlist Parameter none Reply string list of available playlist entries one per line player filename trackname duration playtime schedule status elaps edtime remaintime album year genre ramp outro PLS CURRENT SELECT ENTRY Selects a certain entry in the current playlist Parameter int index Reply OK ERROR The index must be between 1 and TrackCount see PLS CURRENT _TRACKCOUNT_ GET PLS CURRENT SELECT NEXTPLAYABLE Selects the next playable entry in the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT SELECT NEXT Selects the next entry in the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT SELECT PREVIOUS Selects the previous entry in the current playlist Parameter none RADIO42 Confidential 251 ProppFrexx ONAIR Gl wv Reply O ROR PLS CURR Gl NT_MOVE_UP current none ROR Moves the Parameter Reply O entry in the current playlist up Gl wv ie zZ a E PLS_CURR MOVE _DOWN current down none ROR Moves the Parameter Reply O entry in the current playlist Gl wv PLS CURR Gl NT MOVE _TOBEGINNING current none ROR Moves the Parameter Reply OK
72. Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the QuickMonitor Player to MAIN ROUTE _CW1_SET Changes the routing for the Cartwall I Players Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the Cartwall Players to MAIN ROUTE CW2 SET Changes the routing for the Cartwall II Players E z a Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the Cartwall II Players to MAIN LINEIN FEED GET Gets the LineIn Feed state mixer input channel Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer input channel or empty MAIN LINEIN FEED TOGGLE Toggles the LineIn Feed option en or disable mixer input channel Parameter mixername fadetime stopplaylist fadeotherio Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer input channel to disable fadetime fading time in ms stopplaylist true stop current playlists fadeotherio overlay inputs true fade out all other player outputs and MAIN LINEIN FEED ON Sets the LineIn Feed option to ON Parameter Reply OK mixername fadetime fading time in ms playlists fadeotherio true fade overlay inputs enable mixer ERROR input channel mixername fadetime stopplaylist fadeotherio the name of the mixer input channel to disable stopplaylist true stop current out all other player outputs and MAIN LINEIN FEED OFF Sets the LineIn Feed
73. Player A of an open playlist seFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERRO R PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSE B Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter none Reply OK ERRO he current track in Player B of the current playlist seFading Eject on AutoUnloading R PLS PLAYPAUSE_B Plays Pauses t he current track in Player B of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERRO R PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSE C Plays Pauses t he current track in Player C of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter none Reply OK ERRO R PLS PLAYPAUSE C Plays Pauses t he current track in Player C of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERRO R PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSE D Plays Pauses t he current track in Player D of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter none Reply OK ERRO R PLS PLAYPAUSE_D Plays Pauses t he current track in Player D of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERRO R PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSEONLY A Plays Pauses t he current track in Player A of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading no Eject 242 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX
74. RADIO42 Confidential 221 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply OK ERROR MAIN _VOLUME_CHANGE Changes the main master volume by a delta value Parameter float volume delta between 1 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR MAIN _TALKOVER_GET Gets the main master talkover value Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not MAIN _TALKOVER_TOGGLE Toggles the main master talkover value Parameter none Reply OK MAIN TALKOVER_ON Sets the main master talkover value to ON Parameter none Reply OK MAIN TALKOVER_OFF Sets the main master talkover value to OFF Parameter none Reply OK MAIN ONAIR_GET Gets the main OnAir status Parameter none Reply bool True if on air False if off air MAIN ONAIR_TOGGLE Toggles the main OnAir status Parameter none Reply OK MAIN ONAIR_ON Sets the main OnAir status to ON Parameter none Reply OK MAIN ONAIR_OFF Sets the main master OnAir status to OFF Parameter none Reply OK MAIN ROUTE _DJA_GET Gets the routing for the DJ Player A Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the DJ Player A is routed to MAIN ROUTE _DJB_GET Gets the routing for the DJ Player B Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the DJ Player B is routed to MAIN ROUTE _DJC_GET Gets the routing for the DJ Player C Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixe
75. Select the default mixer channel which should be used as the source for new streaming servers Note You can assign an individul source mixer channel to each streaming servet in its configuration dialog Homecast Server Buffer Size The buffer size in KB for the internal Homecast Streaming Server HOMEcast MP3 Server only Update Status every Defines the frequency in seconds how often the streaming server status should be updated Limit Rate The rate that data is sent to the streaming server s might be automatically restricted to what is needed to sustain playback If this option is checked automatic rate restriction is active If you experiance any difficulties e g breaks in the source or delays you might want to check this option to enable the rate restriction else the data is send to server as processed with no rate restriction Use Standby Players If checked the Standby Players are included in song title updates else playing tracks via the Standby Players will not update any streaming song title Shoutcast Icecast Proxy Settings The Icecast or Shoutcast proxy server settings in the form of user pass setver port Specify an empty string to not use any proxy when connecting to an Icecast or Shoutcast server If only the server port part is specified then that proxy server is used without any authorization credentials Exclude from Title Update Select all the media entry types for which streaming title updates should NO
76. Size all columns to best fit the window width Cirl G Open the Goto Find playlist entry dialog Drag Move a Track to a player or move a selection inside the playlist Drop Add audio file s or a playlist file to this playlist RADIO42 Confidential 205 ProppFrexx ONAIR Double Chick Invokes the PFL Player for the selected Track Ctrl Double Click Shows the embedded content for the selected Track Shift Doubk Click Invoke the TAG Editor for the selected Track Pressing the C 7 key in the playlist menu when selecting an add track menu item will add the track to the currently selected position rather than to the end of the playlist Find Window Space Play Stop selected Track in Quick Monitor Left Fast Forward Quick Monitor by 10 sec Right Fast Backward Quick Monitor by 10 sec F11 Open the PFL Player with the current Track F12 Add selected Track to the current playlist at end Shifitt F12 Add selected Track to the current playlist at current position Alt 2 Show Track Info Alt 3 Open TAG Editor Alt C Copy selected Track to Folder Cirl Insert Copy selected tracks to Trackboard Ctrl C Copy selected tracks to Clipboard Ctrl V Paste tracks from Clipboard to current position CtI X Cut selected tracks to Clipboard Insert Add to MediaLibrary Add Add to other Playlist Alt Delete Clear the result resp cancel the search Shift Delete Delete entry from library Ctri S hift Delete Physi
77. Some soundcards drivers might ignore this value ADM Pan Lets you specify an optional panning balance value for the monitored channel pair Note Some soundcards drivers might ignore this value RADIO42 Confidential 69 ProppFrexx ONAIR Configuring an Input Mixer Channel To configure the settings of an input mixer channel double click on an existing mixer channel s name at the top of the mixer channel This will popup the input mixer device configuration dialog Alternatively you might also select the Edit Settings item from the mixer channel menu Figure 38 Input Device Configuration Dialog In this dialog you can specify the name of the mixer channel as well as the connection to the physical soundcard input device In addition various options are available to control the behaviour of the mixer channel Mixer Name Unique name of the mixer channel up to 5 characters Used to identify the channel in the main mixer window Input Samplerate The recording sample rate of the mixer input channel in Hz Driver Model Select the driver model to use with this mixer channel WDM Windows Driver Model DirectSound ASIO Audio Stream Input Output Steinberg WASAPI Windows Audio Session API Vista Windows7 only Important Note Even if your soundcard might support multiple physical channels devices you can NOT mix the driver model for one physical soundcard So when defining input mixer channels make sure t
78. The Nex position will be set to the position where the audio level first reaches this value when scanning from the back Priority Next If checked the Next dB setting will have priority over the Cue Out dB setting By default the Cue Out position will be determined first and will be fixed and the Next cue 118 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR point will be aligned to it by seeking backwards from the determined Cue Out position With this option set the Next cue point is determined first and fixed and the Cue Out position is aligned to it by seeking forward from the determined Next position Fade Out Length Minimum Maximum Defines the minimum and maximum fade out duration in milliseconds The Fade Out position is determined by these settings A slow fall of the audio level before Cue Out means a short fade out time minimum is used An abrupt fall of the audio level means a long fade out time maximum is used resp any value in between might be determined Fade Out Cue Out Fade Out Length Cue Out dB Defines the audio level in dB which should be used to identify any silence at the end of a track The Cue Out position will be set to the position where the audio level first reaches this value when scanning from the back Manual Fading Manual Mixing Points When AutoPlay is disabled or you ate advancing to the next track in a playlist manually eg by using the P ay Next Use Fading button from
79. To get the list of available AutoPlaylistNames use MAIN AUTOPLAYLIST NAMES GET PLS CURRENT TRACKNEXT GET Gets the position of the next track in the current playlist Parameter none Reply int trackposition Can be used together with PLS _CURRENT_TRACKCOUNT_GET and PLS CURRENT TRACKREMAINING GET las LS CURRENT _ISPLAYING GET Gets if the current playlist is playing Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS _ISPLAYING GET Gets if an open playlist is playing Parameter playlistname Reply bool True if set False if not PLS CURRENT _ISCROSSFADER_GET Gets if the cross fader is active in current playlist Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS CURR Gl NT_CHANGETIMECODE Changes the timecode display of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURR ee NT _NUMBEROFPLAYERS GET Gets the number of available players in the current playlist Parameter none Reply int either 2 3 or 4 a PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSE CURRENT Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional out time in ms if given it denotes the fade PLS PLAYPAUSE CURRENT Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFadin
80. True yes 0 False no streamingtotallisteners the total number of connected listeners if available overlaystatus the overlay player status Hidden Shown Waiting Running Playing Stopping overlaystatusid the overlay player status 0 1 2 3 4 5 overlayisplaying is the overlay player playing 1 True 0 False overlayremainsec the overlay players remaining time in whole seconds overlayremainms the overlay players remaining time in whole milliseconds modstreamstatus the MODStream player status None Paused ConnectedWaiting Playing modstreamstatusid the MODStream player status 0 1 2 3 4 modstreamisrunning is the MODStream player running 1 True 0 False modstreamisplaying is the MODStream player playing True 0 False weathercurrenttemperature is current weather temperature as a string weathercurrentcondition 1s current weather condition as a string GUID 00000000 0000 0000 0000 000000000000 will be replaced by the file name and path of the media entry identified by the given global unique identifier VAR name will be replaced by the content of the specific name see EXEC_VAR_SET wruwnrnn7n7n7nH7TnNnYHYYrYHrHnHAHrHreneHnHnnnHHnH HeHeHYreHrenenrenenHnHnHn H HYHeHeeHeHYrHeHeHAeHeHHHeHeHeHeHAeHeHnHnHnHAHnHnHHeHeH HHH YH RADIO42 Confidential 291 ProppFrexx ONAIR Track Playlist Macros available for playlist events wrwnrnnnnrnrnrvreDYinT yYAwnrnHnHYH
81. UTF8 Some media players and taggers incorrectly use UTF 8 strings for RIFF INFO LIST INFO chunks instead of Latin1 If checked this program will also read and write any RIFF INFO LIST INFO chunks as UTF 8 strings If unchecked this program will always use the correct ISO 8859 1 Latin1 encoding Never save TAGs to audio file With this option selected you can prevent that ProppFrexx ONAIR writes any changes to your audio file No TAGs will ever be written to your files Caution This setting overwrites any other automatic TAG saving functionality In this case meta data changes can only be made persistent in a pfp playlist or in a separat pfmd file Ignore older MetaData Files If checked meta data files pfmd are ignored if their file modification date is older than the related audio file Force Folder TAG Reading If checked meta data reading will always be enforced for all folder based media libraries else the general Force TAG Reading settings will be used RADIO42 Confidential 107 ProppFrexx ONAIR Auto Save MetaData to TAG Defines with what ProppFrexx elements the auto save meta data TAG option is active Auto Save MetaData to pfmd File Defines with what ProppFrexx elements the auto save meta data file pfmd option is active What MetaData to Auto Save Defines what meta data should be saved during Auto Save Note This setting applies to both the meta data TAG and the pfmd file Read Meta
82. a mixername as a Not giving any parameter selects the next mixer To get the list of available MixerNames use MIXER _OUTPUT_NAMES GET OUTPUT S Gl E ti Q 3 q en Se Parameter Reply O lects the 1st mixer for all subsequent mixer commands none RROR Gl OUTPUT S Gl is ti Q H N Parameter Reply O Selects the 2nd none RROR mixer for subsequent mixer commands Gl OUTPUT S Gl G ti Q 5 W Parameter Reply O Selects the 3rd none RROR mixer for subsequent mixer commands Gl OUTPUT S Gl E ti Q P A Sel Parameter Reply OK ects the 4th none ERROR mixer for subsequent mixer commands OUTPUT S Gl E ti Q 2 on Parameter Reply O Selects the 5th none ROR mixer for subsequent mixer commands C4 A OUTPUT S BI E E Q 3 34 roy Sel Parameter Reply O ects the 6th none RROR mixer for subsequent mixer commands Gl OUTPUT S Gl jas E Q a x Selects th Parameter Reply O e 7th mixer for mixer none ROR subsequent commands Ba wv OUTPUT S Gl g E Q 5 3 Selects th Parameter Reply O mixer for subsequent mixer commands ES ps ve O v OUTPUT S Gl a i Q 2 q Ko Selects th Parameter Reply OK mixer for subsequent mixer comman
83. airencestate24 the state of the Airence SW_LED_24 300 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX monn wm V Ue wrnrwvn nr nnn ee airencestatenonstop the state of the Airence SW_NONSTOP air ncestateusblcue the state of the Airence SW_USB1_CUE airencestateusblfader the state of the Airence SW_USB1_FADERSTART airencestateusblon the state of the Airence SW_USB1_ON air ncestateusb4cue the state of the Airence SW_USB4_CUE airencestateusb4fader the state of the Airence SW_USB4_FADERSTART airencestateusb4on the state of the Airence SW_USB4_ON vell vell PPrPrP PEPE ee et H H H H H H H H H H litestatela the state of the Airlite 1A switch litestate8a the state of the Airlite 8A switch litestatelb the state of the Airlite 1B switch litestate8b the state of the Airlite 8B switch litestatelon the state of the Airlite Modulel ON switch litestate8on the state of the Airlite Module8 ON switch litestatelcue the state of the Airlite Modulel CUE switch litestate8cue the state of the Airlite Module8 CUE switch litestatelfader the state of the Airlite Modulel FADER litestate8fader the state of the Airlite Module FADER litestatelsourcesel the state of the Airlite Module1 Source Selection testate8sourcesel the state of the Airlite Module8 Source Selection testateautocuecrm the state of the Airlite AutoCueCRM switch testateautocuea
84. and the script lines see below Remove Removes the selected playlist file from your media library collection Reload Refresh the view of your additional script libraries Information This box displays some general info about the selected script library Last Access The date and time when the script was last used Last Refresh The date and time when the script was last reloaded Last Start The date and time when the script was last started Last Stop The date and time when the script was last stopped History The current number of entries in the script song history Hits The number of song history hits occurred so far Editing Scripts The following dialog allows you to edit the script settings as well as the individual script lines Figure 116 Edit Script Library Dialog Name The name of the script which identifies it uniquely Exec Mode Defines in which order the script lines are executed Sequential The lines are executed one after the other from top to bottom Once all script lines have been executed they start from the beginning again resp the defined Loop Line see below Random The lines are executed in random order Loop Line is ignored RADIO42 Confidential 161 ProppFrexx ONAIR Max History Defines the size of the song history for this script library A value of 0 disables the script song history Note This number also defines the maximum number of archive entries The song history will not be cl
85. as a string the 3 4 history track s duration as a string the 4 history track s duration as a string the 99 history track s duration as a string 298 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Note All other Track Playlist Macros as listed above can be used in the same way e g Olalbumart 02composer 03albumartist of 04comment etc Script Line FixTime Macros Entty value will be resolved wruwnrvnnn7nT7YnYeYNYrYHYNHYYNYeHrenAnrenenHnHYHYHenrnrennHAnHeHnHHnHnHYHHreHnAHreneHnHAeHnHnHAHeHeHeHeHeHeH HHH HN now the current date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss yyyy the current year 4 digits yy the current year 2 digits MM the current month 2 digits 01 12 dow the current day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday week the current Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 dd the current day 2 digits 01 31 HH the current hour 2 digits 00 23 mm the current minute 2 digits 00 59 ss the current second 2 digits 00 59 TAB the tab character t PIPE the pipe character CRLF the carriage return r and line feed n character CR the carriage return r character scriptname the name of the script programname the name of the program programtype the type of the program start the program start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss end the program end date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss sta
86. before fading and muting is applied This offers a one touch off air or on air recording function Click on the REC button to start or stop the recording a red button indicates that recording is active Right Cfick on the REC button to open the recording menu Figure 56 The Recording Menu Select Encoder Click on this item to select the encoder to use to record the audio signal note that by default the encoder as specified in the general configuration setting is used To learn more about encoders see the section Encoding and Recording Settings in the General RADIO42 Confidential 87 ProppFrexx ONAIR Configuration Settings In the following dialog you can select the encoder to use and change the encoder settings Figure 57 Select Encoder Dialog Select Output Folder C ck on this item to select the output directory where to save the recording file s note that by default the folder as specified in the general configuration setting is used see the section Encoding and Recording Settings in the General Configuration Settings for more information Select Output File C ck on this item to select the file name of the recording note that by default the file name pattern as specified in the general configuration setting is used see the section Encoding and Recording Settings in the General Configuration Settings for more information Pause Recording C ck on this item to pause or resume
87. being on aired eg using the 3rd soundcard device Input Mixer Channels IN7 this input receives the 1st mix down group of the external mixer and is further routed to the ONAIR output mixer channel The external mixer might for example send all external soutces to it IN2 this input receives the 2nd mix down group of the external mixer and is also further routed to the ONAIR output mixer channel The external mixer might for example send all microphones to it As microphones are connected to the external mixer monitoring of the mics are done via the external mixer Streaming the ONAIR mixer channel serves as the streaming source channel External Mixer Microphone External Players i o Ga Ge Ga cA Gi Ga Soundcard Out1 Ini In2 Out2 Out3 5 gt IS 2 lt ES SES olz lglg F lt Sllels lalle Ss HEISS 22 al alela OutputTo Path DJ Player iM i tt Standby Player Cardwall Player Streaming via ONAIR PFL Player Quick Monitor Player Figure 32 Mixer Setup Example 5 RADIO42 Confidential 63 ProppFrexx ONAIR 6 Complex using an external mixer but internal microphones Output Mixer Channels PLAY all internal players except the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for standard play out Use the NONE d
88. bit ision floating point s for a string b for a byte EXEC_SEND OSC home labell s my text RADIO42 Confidential 217 ProppFrexx ONAIR EXEC _SEND_ IOWARRIOR Sends an I0 Port state change to the I0 Warrior card Parameter string bytes or pin state Reply OK ERROR The bytes string must be a HEX string prefixed with 0x be sent to the output or the pin 1 50 and state true directly used Eg gt which will false is EXEC SEND IOWARRIOR 0xC307 sets all pins or EXEC_SEND IOWARRIOR 9 True sets pin 9 to ON EXEC _SEND_VELLEMAN Sends an Output Port state change to a Velleman card Parameter string card byte or card pin state Reply OK ERROR The card must be between 0 and 3 the byte string must be a HEX string prefixed with 0x which will be used to update the output states or the output pin 1 8 and state true false is directly used Eg EXEC_SEND VELLEMAN 0 0x07 sets all ouput pins or EXEC_SEND_VELLEMAN 0 3 True sets pin 3 to ON EXEC _SEND DRAIRENCE SETLED Sends a SetLed command to the D amp R Airence mixer Parameter string lednr color Reply OK ERROR The lednr must be between 1 and 24 or 255 for all Leds is O NONE RED 2 GREEN 3 YELLOW the color EXEC _SEND_ DRAIRENCE SETLEDBLINK Sends a SetLedBlink command to the D amp R Airence mixer Parameter string lednr colorOn colorOff speed Reply OK ERROR The lednr must be between 1 and 24 or
89. certain tracks for quick retrieval etc So you should organize your audio tracks into multiple media libraries by categories typically by genre and or type In this configuration section you define what media libraries ProppFrexx ONAIR should use where ProppFrexx ONAIR can find them and if they should be monitored automatically See the chapter WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES for more information Auto Playlist Path Specifies a directory which contains playlist files for which media libraries should automatically be created playlist based only Certain supported playlist files pfp m3u m3u8 pls within this directory are automatically loaded as individual media libraries If you leave this entry empty you might manage your media libraries manually by using the Additional Media Libraries button Recursive If checked all sub directories of the above folder are scanned as well for media libraries to be loaded Don t Reload If checked all media libraries found in the above path will be excluded from automatic reloading Instead the media libraries will only be loaded once at startup Song History Count The default size of the media library song history A media library song history ensures that not the same entry will be queried twice Set to 0 to disable the song history Keep Song Histories Persistent If checked the song histories of the media libraries will be saved on exit and restored on load of ProppFrexx ONIAR
90. checked a generated WaveForm will be kept into memory along with a playlist entry This prevents the need to recalculate a WaveForm every time a playlist entry is loaded to a player but also increases the memory consumption Extended C ick here to define further options regarding TAG reading writing and compatibility settings with other applications 106 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 73 Edit Extended TAG Options Save CoverArt as TAG If checked any changed track picture image will be saved as a covert att TAG data within the audio file else it will be saved as a separate album image file by default Force MetaData Reading If checked external meta data has priority over playlist based meta data Default unchecked 1 Playlist based meta data 2 Meta Data File pfmd 3 Meta Data TAG proppftexx Forced checked 1 Meta Data TAG proppfrexx 2 Meta Data File pfmd 3 Playlist based meta data Note 2 is only in effect if the Use MetaData File option is set Use Broken Latini Many media players and taggers incorrectly treat Latin1 fields as default encoding fields As such a tag may end up with Windows 1250 resp Windows 1252 encoded text If checked this program will behave like Windows Media Player and others who read and write tags with this broken behavior If unchecked this program will always use the correct ISO 8859 1 Latin1 encoding Riff Info
91. connectString updatequery insertquery Reply NumRowsAffected ERROR The connectString can either be an ODBC data source name any valid ODBC driver connect string Egiz DSN dsnname or Driver Microsoft ODBC for Oracle Server ORACLE8i7 Persist Security Info False Trusted_Connection Yes DSN or 218 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX EXEC_SEND SQL INSERTUPDATE Sends executes a SQL insertquery and if that fails the updatequery is executed Parameter string connectString insertquery updatequery Reply NumRowsAffected ERROR The connectString can either be an ODBC data source name DSN or any valid ODBC driver connect string Eg 7DSN dsnname or 7Driver Microsoft ODBC for Oracle Server ORACLE8i7 Persist Security Info False Trusted_Connection Yes EXEC SEND SQL SELECT Sends executes a SQL selectquery and returns the first column of the first row Parameter string connectString query Reply QueryResult ERROR The connectString can either be an ODBC data source name DSN or any valid ODBC driver connect string Eg 7DSN dsnname or 7Driver Microsoft ODBC for Oracle Server ORACLE8i7 Persist Security Info False Trusted_Connection Yes EXEC DOWNLOAD FILE Downloads a file from the web to your local machine Parameter string sourceUrl targetFile username password Reply OK ERROR The sourceUrl specifies the location of the file on the web the targetFil
92. contained in any of the selected meta data fields Keep Global History Persistent If checked the global song history will be saved on exit and restored on load of ProppFrexx ONIAR else it wil be empty whenever ProppFrexx ONAIR is restarted Scheduler Settings Auto Start Scheduler If checked the Scheduler will automatically be started when the application is started Continuous Mode If checked the scheduler is in continuous mode else it is in isolated mode Continuous This mode ensures that the scheduler will always run a program at any time The end time of a program is therefore actually ignored and a program runs as long as a new program will be started Isolated This mode runs the programs as defined in the scheduler taking the start and end time of a program into account Note Gaps within your program scheduler might lead to breaks silence in this case 158 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Default User In case you have UAC enabled and have selected to start the scheduler automatically this user will be used for the initial login This is needed in order to start ProppFrexx in the background as otherwise the UAC login would prevent ProppFexx from starting the scheduler automatically Calendar File Specifies the fully qualified filename of your calendar file holding all program scheduler entries Program Mixtime Is the default mix time in milliseconds between two programs which is th
93. dialog by clicking on the Registration button Figure 10 Registering ProppFrexx ONAIR To perform your registration first select the registration mode you want to use Select it from the Mod combobox as shown above Note that when changing the registration mode the Ident Number will change and the registration data customer name email serial number and registration key might get cleared When you have selected the USB Device registration mode the following dialog might appear in order to let you select the USB Device to write the registration data to and to obtain the Ident Number from 38 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 11 USB Device Registration In the above dialog select the appropriate USB Device to use for your registration The Always start ProppFrexx with the usbReg option check box allows you to specify that once selected you can enforce ProppFrexx ONAIR to be started with the appropriate usbReg option each time automatically meaning you wouldn t need to specify the wsbReg option manually as a command line parameter Once the correct registration mode was selected you might not have received any registration data yet To complete your registration process you MUST provide the following information to RADIO42 Customer Name your full first and last name Customer eMail your working and permanent email address Ident Number as shown in the registra
94. enabled it may become available again OR the system may add a new device entry for it which still prevents the old entry from working When a new device is connected it can affect the other devices and result in the system moving them to new device entries If an affected device was used it will also stop working and will need to be reinitialized As such adding or removing devices while ProppFrexx ONAIR is running is a RADIO42 Confidential 65 ProppFrexx ONAIR dangerous task and might result in mixer channels to stop working Unfortunately this is a Windows operating system issue and ProppFrexx can not do much about it Reset Full Duplex If you discover any lags or distortions with the routing see the Copy To resp Route To function or the SND function of this mixer channel you might select this item in order to reset the internal full duplex monitoring buffer ADM If you are using ASIO and your soundcard supports ASIO Direct Monitoring you might select this item to control your current ADM settings Move Left Moves the mixer channel to the left in the list of mixer channels Move Right Moves the mixer channel to the right in the list of mixer channels Visual Select this item to display a visualisation graph Spectrum WaveLine or VoicePrint of the current audio signal of this mixer channel Configuring an Output Mixer Channel To configure the settings of an output mixer channel double click on an existing mixer
95. even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this program If not see http www gnu org licenses This software uses a weather service API as provided by World Weather Online http www worldweatheronline com This software uses portions of SharpDX Copyright c 2010 2012 SharpDX Alexandre Mutel Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR T
96. file is scanned for such file Other Image The directory of the audio file is scanned for any jpg gif png or bmp file The Basic TAG Data might be obtained saved from to the following sources e The audio files standard TAGs e g ID3 WMA OGG APE etc e A pfp playlist file e A database based media library columns e A database based meta data table columns e A separate ProppFrexx Meta Data file pfmd 3 Additional Meta Data GUID A global unique identifier of the media entry might be empty if not available Might be obtained saved from to either a pfp playlist file a database based or remote media library a pfmd file or the ProppFrexx user TAG In any case ProppFrexx might create a GUID for any new entry if not already available This allows you uniquely identify a media entry either by its Fiename or by its GUID EntryType The type of media entry used to further classify the track within ProppFrexx ONAIR This attribute is rather important and a default entry type might be defined per media library for all entries having no type set so far The entry type might for example be used within ProppFrexx ONAIR to apply different mixing settings filter certain entries for logging or streaming song title updates perform automatic track insert transitions colorize entries within cartwalls and playlists etc Options The list of media entry options see Script Line Options for details which are permanently assi
97. if the machine configuration changes e g your CPU motherboard or network settings change your registration might become invalid as the Ident Number might change with it As an alternative you can enforce ProppFrexx ONAIR to tie the registration to the local hard disk it is installed on Use the above command line option to do so In this case the registration information will be stored in an extra file within the configuration path Note that the local hard disk registration will present you a different Ident Number and therefore requires new registration data to be obtained from RADIO42 This means if you wish to use both standard and hard disk registrations you need to request two independent registration keys 2 licenses are needed In most cases using the fileReg command line option means that you should also use the config command line option in order to specify the configuration path location to be on the same hard disk as your executable This allows you to install ProppFrexx ONAIR on a certain hard disk and to register ProppFrexx ONAIR for that certain hard disk so that you can carry this hard disk with you and use it on any machine the hard disk is attached to This is what we call a mobile hard disk installation A mobile hard disk installation requires you to always use the command line options given Ifyou selected the hard disk registration method make sure to run start ProppFrexx ONAIR every time with th
98. including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of fhgaacenc and to permit persons to whom fhgaacenc is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of fhgaacenc THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE fhgaacenc is distributed with Absndfile version 1 0 24 which is released under GNU LGPL You can get the source code of libsndfile in http www mega nerd com libsndfile See http www enu org licenses lgpl txt for GNU LGPL Copyright c 1999 2011 Erik de Castro Lopo lt erikd mega nerd com gt libsndyfile is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version lbsndfile is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without
99. inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu tmixerlgain tmixer2gain tmixer3gain tmixer4gain tmixer5gain tmixerlmute tmixer2mute tmixer3mute tmixer4mute tmixerSmute tmixer3level tmixerllevel tmixer2level tmixer2panasfloat the 2 4 mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer3panasfloat the 3 mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer4panasfloat the 4 mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer5panasfloat the 5 mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 the 1st mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 the 2 mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 the 34 mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 the 4 mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 the 5 mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 tmixerlgainasfloat the 1st mixer channel gain asa string 0 0 1 0 tmixer2gainasfloat the 224 mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 3 1 0 tmixer3gainasfloat the 3 mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer4gainasfloat the 4 mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer5gainasfloat the 5 mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixerion the 1 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off tmixer2on the 2d mixer status 1
100. input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer3levelrhui the right level of the 3 4 input mixer as a string 0 AD inputmixer4level the peak level of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer4levelhui the peak level of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 12 inputmixer4levell the left level of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer4levellhui the left level of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 12 inputmixer4levelr the right level of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer4levelrhui the right level of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 A 12 inputmixer5level the peak level of the 5 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer5levelhui the peak level of the 5 input mixer as a string 0 12 inputmixer5levell the left level of the 5 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer5levellhui the left level of the 5 input mixer as a string 0 m2 inputmixer5levelr the right level of the 5t input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer5levelrhui the right level of the 5 input mixer as a string 0 12 cartid the ID of the related cartwall cart carttrackname the track name of the related cartwall cart cartduration the track duration as a string of the related cartwall cart cartisplaying is the related cart playing 1 True yes 0 False no cartisselected is the related cart selected 1 True yes 0 False no cartislooped is the related cart looped
101. is selected The mode actually doesn t change anything in terms of functionality or the mode of operation it simply allows you to trigger a certain set of control commands to be executed when changing the mode In the general configuration dialog in the Events Comamnds section you will find two application related control command events called OnSetMaster and OnSetSlave When changing the mode these control commands are executed You might define a set of control commands to be executed when in Master mode eg start the scheduler and a set of control commands to be executed when in S ave mode eg close all playlists and stop the scheduler As such you define through the control commands associated what ProppFrexx OANIR should do when in Master or S ave mode Toggle Master Slave Click this button to toggle this instance between Master and Slave mode which fires the OnSesMaster resp OnSetS lave control commands The next thing you can do is to manage your remote clients in a multi studio setup Imagine you have multiple studios each equipped with a ProppFrexx ONAIR instance Each of these ProppFrexx ONAIR instances might be seen as remote clients from the perspective of a single studio So you might want to monitor the state of the other studios from each ProppFrexx ONAIR instance Or you might have one master control room from which you would like to monitor all your studios All this can be done via the Remote Client Manager Manage
102. is very specific to on air playout systems and often not available as standardized information As such the additional meta data might also be something very specific for ProppFrexx ONAIR only A details list of meta data used by ProppFrexx ONAIR is given below Media libraries might be small or large depending for what they are actually used There is no real limit of how many entries one media library might contain the actual limit is effectively over 2 4 billion entries per library However it is typically usefull to group and otganize your tracks into multiple media libraries e g grouped by genre age type of tracks etc Therefore the same physical track might also be present within multiple media libraries As such all your defined media library entries build your entire logical repository or database name it as you like of available tracks which can be used wherever you want However you might also operate ProppFrexx ONAIR even without any media library defined at all In such case you simply can not search for tracks can not use media libraries within scripts and would have to add tracks to your playlists manually e g by dragging them from the Windows explorer over to a playlist window However I assume you want to use media libraries ProppFrexx ONAIR basically supports three main media library sources to obtain the list of media entries from types of media libraries see below for details which can all be used in
103. item which lets you directly check for available updates without visiting our web pages or downloading a new version manually You might click on the H Check For Updates menu item within the Heip menu which is located at the top right of the main window at any time If a newer version of ProppFrexx ONAIR is available you will be prompted about that new version and might be able to download and install that version on the fly After confirming to download the new version you will be asked if you want to directly install it In this case ProppFrexx ONAIR will automatically shut down and restart itself after successful installation of all required files Note that the automatic update process will stop any running program and broadcasting as a restart of ProppFrexx ONAIR is required However this interrupt should normally only take a few seconds As an alternative you might also download the latest stable release from our web site http www proppfrexx radio42 com v3 download html Whenever a new version of ProppFrexx ONAIR is available you might start the installation process like described above by executing the related setup exe The installation process automatically detects an existing version of ProppFrexx ONAIR and will take appropriate action eg uninstall the previous version and install the newer version You are not losing any of your configuration or user data since the installation process only updates nece
104. level meter menu Reset Peak Hold Show RMS Show Level ToolTip Figure 49 Peak Level Meter Menu Reset Resets the peak level meter display and clears the peak hold values Peak Hold If checked the maximum peak level value will be permanently displayed Show RMS If checked the RMS level value will be displayed as well Show Level ToolTip If checked the current level will be displayed as a tool tip when hovering the mouse over the meter Using Pan and Gain The Pan rotary knob can be used to control the balance of the stereo mix down of the mixer channel between the left channel centred and the right channel The Gain rotary knob controls the pre fade audio signal after all DSPs have been processed Use the gain to adjust the audio level so that the maximum fader position will not result in any clipped audio level above 0 dB This will ensure that you can use the fader to operate within an optimal range between 0 dB and dB Use the peak level meter to monitor the effective audio level and make sure it doesn t stay above 0 dB Mouse Controls Drag and Move changes the position according to the mouse movement 82 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Ctri Left Slides the position to the position identified by the click location Shift Left Sets the position directly to the position identified by the click position Double Click Sets the position immediately to the default position Ctrl Dou
105. loop True False p sampler to play stop le looped True False he sample recorded with the loop sampler either 1 2 3 A PLS CURRENT PLAYER A PLAYLOOPSA MPLE Starts Sto of the DJ Parameter Reply OK loopPoint or B loo ps playbac Player A loopPoint ERROR selects t k of t 175273 he loo A B loop True False p sampler to play stop p play the sample looped True False he sample recorded with the loop sampler either 1 2 3 A RADIO42 Confidential 257 ProppFrexx ONAIR PLS CURRENT PLAYER B PLAYLOOPSA MPLE Starts Stops playback of the sample recorded with the loop sampler of the DJ Player B Parameter loopPoint Reply OK ERROR loopPoint or B 1 2 3 A B loop selects the loop sampler to play stop play the sample looped True False loop True False either 1 2 3 A PLS CURRENT PLAYER C PLAYLOOPSA MPLE Starts Stops playback of the sample recorded with the loop sampler of the DJ Player C Parameter loopPoint Reply OK ERROR loopPoint or B 1 2 3 A B loop selects the loop sampler to play stop play the sample looped True False loop True False either 1 2 3 A PLS CURRENT PLAYER D PLAYLOOPSA MPLE Starts Stops playback of the sample recorded with the loop sampler of the DJ Player D
106. mainvolume Example 2 EXEC SEND MIDI MCU fader 0 outputmixerlvolume 14463 Moves the 1 channel fader to the position as reflected by the macro outputmixerlvolume and assumes a midi value of 14463 to represent the 0 dB value Set LED led Switches and LEDs use the same midi message This ensures that an LED always shares an ID with its corresponding switch However clicking a switch on a MCU doesn t change its associated LED automatically As such you must manually set the state of an LED correspondingly in a separate message E g you might use the switch ID 0x10 MUTE Ch 1 to trigger changing the mute state of your 1 t mixer output channel for example in your GPIO midi event mapping you might trigger the MIXER_OUTPUT_ MUTE TOGGLE OUTIL control command when you receive the midi message 0x90 0x10 0x7F But within your mixer channel configuration you might set the Mute LED according via the OnMute resp OnUnmute events and use this command to do so Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU ledjid state EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU led id state Parametets id int led id see Control Surface Switch LED IDs below state int led state 0 or false OFF 1 or true ON 2 or flash FLASHING Example EXEC SEND MIDI MCU led 16 mixermute Enables or disables the MUTE Ch 1 LED depending on the mixermute macro which might resolve to either 1 or 0 e g if the above command is use
107. might send the audio signal of a mixer channel to other mixer channels and thus clone copy the audio signal from one mixer channel to others The same applies to input mixer channels receiving recording the audio signal from a soundcard input You might also send any input audio signal to any of the defined output mixer channels Virtual output mixer channels lets you define group or sub busses And last but not least you can use any mixer channel as a soutce for a streaming server As you might guess it is important to first plan your mixer setup and routing a What soundcard inputs and outputs will be required b How many mixer channels input and output are needed c Is an external mixer being used or should only internal mixing be performed d Are external audio sources CD Players Turntables etc being used e Are inputs being captured eg microphones or a final mix from an external mixer f Should the integrated streaming servers being used and if yes from which mixer channel should they stream g Are extra monitoring mixer channels being required eg to feed monitor or control room speakers All these questions and the related setup is further described in the chapter Mixer Setup But let s first take a look to the ProppFrexx ONAIR main window and its components 44 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The Main Window The ProppFrexx ONAIR user interface comes as a modern r
108. mixer channel pan as a string the 8 mixer channel pan as a string the 9t mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 A sa kO wae LO akO 1 0 1 0 vak 0 0 the SND2 volume of the 1 output mixer 0 0 1 0 the SND2 volume of the 24 output mixer 0 0 1 0 the SND2 volume of the 3 output mixer the SND2 volume of the 4 output mixer the SND2 volume of the 5 output mixer the SND2 volume of the 6 output mixer the SND2 volume of the 7 output mixer the SND2 volume of the 8 output mixer the SND2 volume of the 9 output mixer 1 0 0 1 0 pan pan tmixer3snd2pan pan pan pan pan pan tmixer9snd2pan panasfl panasfl tmixer3panasfl panasfl panasfl panasfl tmixer7panasfl tmixer8panasfl panasfl oa oa oa oa oa oat oat oat t oa 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 the 1st mixer channel SND2 pan as a string 1 0 1 0 the 274 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string 1 0 1 0 the 3 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string the 4 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string the 5 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string the 6 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string the 7 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string the 8 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string the 9 mixer channel SND2 pan as a string t 1 0 sa LO saD we LO 1 0 ere a0 the 1 mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
109. mixer will be excluded from any mixer locking A mixer might be either locked manually via the main mixer setup window or automatically according to the UAC ADM ASIO Direct Monitoring Click here to specify further direct monitoring options for this ASIO mixer channel see ASIO Direct Monitoring above When the ASIO driver model is selected you might double click on the ASIO icon to invoke the soundcards Asio sound control panel if available RADIO42 Confidential 71 ProppFrexx ONAIR The Main Channel Strip Mixer Preset Slots Left Click select the current preset saves restores all settings Right Click remove the preset clear Load Save different Mixer Setups mixer channels incl presets Opens the Remote Control Monitor Opens the External Mixer Control only available on Vista Windows 7 TalkUser Button Left Click Toggles the talk user state Right Click Configures the talk user function Main Fader Double Click reset to 0dB TalkOver Button Left Click Toggles the talk over state permanently Right Click Toggles the talk over state only while pressed Figure 39 The Main Channel Strip The above figure shows the main channel strip which is always present With the main fader you can control the overall master volume of all output mixer channels the final volume of an individual output mixer is the product of the output mixer s volume and this master volume When changing the master volume onl
110. none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_28 Selects the 28th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_29 Selects the 29th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_30 Selects the 30th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR RADIO42 Confidential 271 ProppFrexx ONAIR CW2_PLAY_CART Plays Pauses certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_PLAYONLY_CART Plays certain Cart s in the Cartwall II if not already playing Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_STOPONLY CART Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall II if not already stopped Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_FADEOUT_CART FadesOut Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES
111. of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply O RROR Gl las LS CU RRENT USEFADING ON Sets the current playlist to USEFADING Parameter none Reply O RROR iy LS_US Gl FADING ON Sets an open playlist to USEFADING Parameter playlistname Reply O RROR Gl las LS CU RRENT USEFADING OFF Sets the current playlist to NOT USEFADING Parameter none Reply O RROR iy LS_US Le FADING OFF Sets an open playlist to NOT USEFADING Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR LS_CU RRENT AUTOPLAYRANDOM GET Gets the current playlist AUTOPLAYRANDOM value Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not LS_CU RRENT_AUTOPLAYRANDOM_TOGG Toggles the current playlist AUTOPLAYRANDOM value Parameter none Reply OK ERROR LS_CU RRENT_AUTOPLAYRANDOM_ON Sets the current playlist to AUTOPLAY RANDOM Parameter none Reply OK ERROR LS_CU RRENT_AUTOPLAYRANDOM_OFF Set the current playlist to AUTOPLAY SEQUENTIAL Parameter none Reply OK ERROR LS_CU RRENT_AUTOPLAYLIST_GET Gets the current playlist AUTOPLAYLIST value Parameter none Reply string autoplaylistname LS_CU RRENT_AUTOPLAYLIST_SET Set the current playlist AUTOPLAYLIST value Parameter autoplaylistname RADIO42 Confidential 239 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply OK ERROR
112. of the media entry ProppFrexx expects that the rating value is numeric and scales from 0 to 100 0 Unknown 1 20 Poor 21 40 Average 41 60 Good 61 80 VeryGood 81 100 Excelent This except for the ID3v2 POPM 178 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES frame which scales from 0 to 255 and is automatically transformed internally to a 0 100 value ISRC The international standard recording code of the media entry BPM The numeric beat per minute value of the media entry Replaygain_Track_Gain The tracks replay gain adjustment value in dB as a numeric value Replaygain_Track_Peak The tracks peak level value as a numeric value between 0 0 silence and 1 0 maximum or above TAGs Any arbitrary list of all native TAG objects contained in the audio file Here is a list of fully supported TAG attributes as used by ProppFrexx for the different TAG formats according to the above TAG data any other available TAG attributes might also be read in and would be available read only Title ID3v2 TIT2 TT2 OGG TITLE APE Title MP4 nam ASF WM Title RIFF INAM Alternatives Artist ID3v2 TPE1 TP1 OGG ARTIST APE Artist MP4 ART ASF WM Author RIFF IART Alternatives ISTR AUTHOR Album ID3v2 TALB TAL OGG ALBUM APE Album MP4 alb ASF WM AlbumfTitle RIFF IPRD Alternatives AlbumArtist ID3v2 TPE2 TP2 OGG ALBUMARTIST APE Album Artist MP4 aART ASF
113. one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_15 Selects the 15th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_16 Selects the 16th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_17 Selects the 17th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_18 Selects the 18th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_19 Selects the 19th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_20 Selects the 20th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_21 Selects the 21th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_22 Selects the 22th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_23 Selects the 23th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_24 Selects the 24th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_25 Selects the 25th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_26 Selects the 26th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_27 Selects the 27th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter
114. output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT 1 0 mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT GAIN GET Gets a mixers gain value Parameter mixername Reply float gain between 15 0 dB and 15 0 dB If no parameter is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT GAIN SET Sets a mixers gain value Parameter mixername gain Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT between 15 0 and 15 mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT GAIN CHANGE Changes a mixers gain by a delta value Parameter mixername gaindelta Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT mixer between 15 0 and 15 0 is used MIXER_OUTPUT_ON_GET Gets a mixers ON value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set If no parameter is given the see MIXER_OUTPUT_SELECT False if not last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT ON TOGGLE Toggles a mixers ON value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT ON ON Sets a mixer to ON Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER_OUTPUT_ON_OFF Sets a mixer to OFF Parameter mixern
115. param2 paramN Here is a list of possible functions Note If a param contains macros these are evaluated first However macros which resolve by itself to macros are not replaced recursively You might only include regular macros within the parameters of a function Example FUNCTION paraml macro paramN Nested functions are only supported up to one level in depth in this case the nested function notation will change is replaced by lt gt lt FUNCTION paraml param2 paramN gt Example FUNC1 lt FUNC2 paraml paramN gt paramN REPLACE replaces a source string with a destin string in a given value Returns a new string in which all occurrences of the specified source string in the value instance are replaced with the specified destin string Syntax REPLACE value source destin Parameters value the original string to perform the replace on source the string contained within value which should be replaced by destin destin the string which should replace any occurrences of source Example 1 REPLACE C My Music north yyyy _test wav north south Will result to C MyMusic south 2011_test wav Assuming the macro yyyy will resolve to 2011 Example 2 REPLACE C My Music north 2011 test wav S yyyy S yy MM Will result to C MyMusic north 1103 test wav Assu
116. performs a search on the file creation date age in days numeric age2 performs a search on the file modification date age in days numeric age3 performs a search on the file statistics last play date age in days numeric count performs a search on the file statistics play counter number of plays numeric Gf no prefix is given a title search is used Combinations Use amp or to combine multiple keys Exclusions Use in front of the lt prefix gt to negate the key By default a case insensitive contains match is used for the search Use in front of the lt prefix gt to perform a case sensitive exact match serach Note The prefixes bpm or b rating or r as well as agel age2 age3 and count are somewhat special as they perform a numeric evaluation of the lt criteria gt key Which means the standard match performs a numeric GreaterOrEqual comparison whereas the exclusion performs a numeric Less comparison All other prefixes perform a case insensitive string based Contains comparison Here are some examples tthello amp a james Will match if the TITLE contains hello and the ARTIST contains james b 120 b 131 Will match if the BPM is between 120 and 130 r 80 r 81 Will match if the RATING is exactly 80 r 40 Will match if the RATING is greater or equal to 40 Ir 100 Will ma
117. protocol is used as for the TCP RemoteControl server Regular Expression The serial I O message mapping is used based on regular expressions the message mapping file is used SAS Protoco Currently not implemented Monitor C ick here to inspect incoming Serial I O messages Watch the incoming Serial I O messages and how they trigger the defined control command execution 146 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Serial I O communication happens via a COM port The COM port actually receives a series of data bytes which needs to be interpreted encoded by the server ProppFrexx ONAIR simply interprets the data bytes send to a COM port as simple ASCII based text strings The received message strings might further be inspected to map them into any ProppFrexx control commands This inspection is happening based on the selected protocol If you have selected the ProppFrexx ONAIR protocol the same mechanisms ate used as already described in the chapter TCP Devices see above This means the protocol is exactly the same as for TCP messages a The client must as the first command send the AUTHORIZATION command using the password as specified in this dialog b Each message string must be UTF 8 encoded and must be terminated by a double CRLF r n r n Subsequent commands which are just separated by a single CRLF r n ate executed directly one after the other until a double CRLF r n r n is detected c
118. quality is that they are not clipped until output If your soundcard support 24 or 32 Bit output this option will result in highest sound quality If unchecked 16 Bit audio resolution is used Note Internal DSP FX processing will anyhow use full 32 Bit floating point precision So this setting only effects the data send to the output device Software Mixing By default hardware mixing is used whenever available enable this option to enforce software mixing for this mixer channel If you discover any trouble with your soundcard eg clicks or hops try to enable this option Nonstop When setting the output to Nonstop default an output signal will always be generated at least silence even if no input source is present or paused for this mixer channel This setting might be useful if you want to use this mixer channel for internet broadcast streaming which requires a constant output stream The disadvantage of a nonstop output is that there will be a slight delay by the buffer size until a source signal will actually be heard in the output When disabling this option non nonstop the mixer channel is stalled not producing any output when no source is connected or when any source is paused If a source resumes or is connected again the output will start instantly even if it was stalled However to support synchronized outputs it is recommended to enable this Nonstop option for all physical outputs Buffer The buffer length directly
119. replay gain calculation ProppFrexx ONAIR also supports a simple peak level normalization or a combined mode Whenever replay gain is active the internal players of ProppFrexx ONAIR will use them to adjust their internal volume gain Relay Gain Mode Defines the replay gain mode to use for playback Off No replay gain will be calculated and applied Normalization The peak audio level will be normalized to be at 0 dB note that the perceived loudness is not considered here and thus this mode doesn t result in tracks sounding equally loud When an audio track is loaded to a player a peak level scan is carried out to adjust the gain which might slightly increase the time it takes to open load a track to a player ReplayGain Standard replay gain will be applied for tracks not having a replay gain value set so far in its metadata one will be calculated automatically and saved to the TAG data of the track so that it doesn t need to be calculated again This might increase the time it takes to open load an audio track to a player as a psycho acoustic analysis needs to be carried out first Normalization ReplayGain First normalization will take place followed by the standard reply gain calculation Dynamic ReplayGain Like the standard replay gain calculation but the effective reply gain value will be adjusted according to the maximum replay gain value calculated so far eg if the maximum calculated replay gain value is 2 dB and a tr
120. route the DJ Player A to MAIN ROUTE DJB_SET Changes the routing for the DJ Player B Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player B to MAIN ROUTE DJC_SET Changes the routing for the DJ Player C Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player C to MAIN ROUTE DJD_SET Changes the routing for the DJ Player D Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player D to MAIN ROUTE DJA_SETDELAYED Changes the routing for DJ Player A when it is not playing anymore Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player A to If the player is currently playing the routing will be delayed and changed once it stopped playing MAIN ROUTE DJB SETDELAYED Changes the routing for DJ Player B when it is not playing anymore Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player B to If the player is currently playing the routing will be delayed and changed once it stopped playing MAIN ROUTE DJC_SETDELAYED Changes the routing for DJ Player C when it is not playing anymore Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player C to If the player is currently playin
121. single USB Stickj only mobile DJ support Full synchronized PFL ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to monitor any playback or recording source at any time fully synchronized Beside real time PFL pre fade listening an extra PFL player allows you to even monitor any position of a playback control in advance WaveFrom Display with sophisticated Cue Points incl Hooks ProppFrexx ONAIR can visualize any audio track in a WaveForm display which allows you to directly edit any cue points You can define standard cue points like In Out Next FadeOut Intro Ramp Outro etc as well as special hook cue points for partial playback of track snippets In addition track insert events will be fully visualized Graphical Segue Editor Multi Track Editor ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with a graphical Segue Editor which allows you to define the segue mix of two subsequent tracks in a visual fashion by simply dragging the tracks This multi track editor also allows you to directly align your track inserts voice overs and supports real time tempo adjustments as well as instant voice over recording and automatic volume attenuation Instant Recording Voice Tracking ProppFrexx ONAIR supports instant voice over tracking recording from any mixer channel source This allows you to record takes on the fly which can be used e g as track inserts or as completely new playlist entries The instant recorder 24 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR
122. the Quick Monitor Player Cartwall I Defines the routing for all players carts contained in the Cartwall I Cartwall II Defines the routing for all players carts contained in the Cartwall II MOD Overlay Defines the routing for the MODStream and Overlay Player 140 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR GPIO and Remoting Settings This category contains the assignment of general purpose IO interfaces and commands like TCP MIDI hotkey or game port mappings etc sOy w Bs aN GPIO Remoting NO saB bn radio42 con GPIO Remoting s bn radio42 com Figure 106 GPIO Remoting Configuration Remoting via GPIO means that almost all functions and controls of ProppFrexx ONAIR might remotely be controlled via the above external interfaces In order to do this the incoming messages of these external interfaces are monitored and mapped against a translation table mapping If a relevant mapping entry is found meaning a certain configured incoming message is properly detected a control command is executed to perform the desired action within ProppFrexx ONAIR E g you might enable a MIDI Input Device to listen to incoming MIDI short messages and if a certain MIDI message arrives you might trigger the execution of a control command This for example allows you to use almost any MIDI controller to remotely operate ProppFrexx ONAIR e g operate the mixer fader channels trigger player start stop co
123. the demo version you can return to the registration dialog at any time from the general settings dialog by clicking on the Registration button Summary Select your Registration Mode Send Ident Number Customer Name eMail and Edition info to radio42 Use the the demo version until the registration process is completed Pay online or wait for your payment link Pay your license fee Wait for your registration keys Return to here and re select your Registration Mode Enter the registration keys as obtained J el GY On eG IN 40 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR Command Line Options By default ProppFrexx ONAIR will start without any command line options However in some cases it might be required to use some of the following command line options scheduler lt start stop gt If specified ProppFrexx ONAIR will be enforced to start resp stop the scheduler at startup Normally the automatic start of the scheduler is defined in the global system settings see below In certain circumstances it might be desired to overwrite these system settings using the given command line option streaming lt start stop gt If specified ProppFrexx ONAIR will be enforced to start resp stop all stream server configurations at startup Normally the automatic start of the stream servers is defined in their related configuration settings see below In certain circumstances it might be desired to overwrite these settin
124. the last track of the current script is cued out Max Delay When a program is defined as soft start so it doesn t have to start at exactly that time it might be delayed by this maximum number of seconds When a new script is about to be started the remaining time of the current Track of the current script is checked If the remaining time is less than this maximum delay time the Track will be played til the end before the new script is started which will then result in a delayed script start But if the remaining time is greater than this maximum delay time the current Track is faded out immediately and the script start will not be delayed Note Programs defined as fixed start will always start on time Overlay If a program is defined as an Overlay it will not stop any previous program script but just suspend it Any previous script will be resumed depending on the overlay type either after one script cycle or at the defined end time of this program No Overlay This script runs until a new program is started Overlay One Cycle This script executes exactly one cycle the script lines are not looped Overlay End Time This script executes until the defines End Time is reached Allow Overlay Delay If checked this Overlay Program can be delayed by the user before it has actually started Allow Overlay Cancel If checked this Overlay Program can be cancelled by the user before it has actually started Recurrence Click he
125. the mixer channel name Tef Ta g 2 Visual Spectrum A Figure 63 Input Mixer Channel Menu In addition to the output mixer channel options you can select the following Show OnAir Time If checked the time the input mixer channel is on air will be displayed at the mixer channel name An input mixer channel is on air whenever the channel is active ON not muted M and the fader is up Reset Full Duplex C ck on this item to reset the internal full duplex buffer Normally this is never needed but with some soundcards especially when using different devices for recording and output routing which are not synchronized by a world clock it might be the case that the routed output audio signal might drift apart from the original recording In such case an additional delay might be introduced If this happens you might use this menu item to clear and reset the internal buffer to bring the audio signal back again in sync RADIO42 Confidential 91 ProppFrexx ONAIR General Configuration Settings To open the general settings dialog select Se ings from the main menu or press F3 In the general configuration settings dialog you might configure any settings preferences and options of ProppFrexx ONAIR As many operational tasks and functionalities depend on these settings it is recommended to study this chapter carefully There are a lot of options you might set so the settings are arranges wi
126. the type of use and the final deployment scenario However the system is able to fully scale with your environment e g leveraging multiple CPUs disk arrays etc Multi Core Systems are 12 RADIO42 Confidential INSTALLATION recommended 3rd Party Software Requirements ProppFrexx ONAIR requires the Microsoft NET Full Framework in version 4 0 or above The latest INET Framework will normally be installed with your Windows Operating System However you can obtain the NET Framework from the Microsoft website http msdn microsoft com netframework default aspx It is recommended to install the latest service pack for your NET framework we recommend using the latest INET Framework 4 5 Furthermore the Microsoft Windows Media Audio Codec resp the Microsoft Windows Media Foundation is required if you intend to playback WMA or MP3 files The Windows Media Audio Codec will normally be installed with your Windows Operating System however you might also install the latest Windows Media Player http www microsoft com windows windowsmedia For certain functionalities it is also recommended to install the latest DirectX version which can be obtained here 9b6652cd92a3 There should normally be no need to install any of the above mentioned 314 party software as this typically already comes installed with your operating system ProppFrexx might leverage the QuickTime runtime for AAC support which can be downloaded here N
127. to e use the latest updates and service packs for your operating system e use the latest updates and service packs for the Net Framework e use the latest updates for your soundcard drivers e regularly Check for Updates to see if a newer ProppFrexx version is available Furthermore check for any latency spikes within your system Latency spikes caused by a system component are the main reason for audio drop outs You can monitor your system latency with these 2 tools e DCP Latency Checker http www thesycon de deu latency_check shtml e Latency Monitor http www resplendence com latencymon Use the 2 above tool to monitor your system for any latency spikes If running these tools for a couple of minutes reveals any issues follow the instructions given on their web site Most of the time it is an enabled WiFi and or Bloothoth device causing latency spikes So try to disable any existing WiFi and or Bloothoth device in your device manager Also try to disable any other device and service which is not essential to your system resp the audio processing RADIO42 Confidential 21 ProppFrexx ONAIR ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR The main idea of ProppFrexx ONAIR was to offer perfect playlist management and integration So whenever we are talking about media libraries we are talking about playlists Instead of using native proprietary databases to store references to media file ProppFrexx ONAIR uses standard playlists However p
128. to a new location C Shift S The playlist entries are left at their original location just the playlist location will change Copy Playlist To Copies the content of the playlist the tracks of the playlist to a new target directory C Shift C This allows you to place all tracks plus the playlist itself to a single folder This might be useful for pre production preparation Rename Playlist Changes the name not the file of the currently active playlist AI F3 Save Media Libraries Saves all loaded Media Libraries if they have been changed Save Cartwall Libraries Saves all loaded cartwall libraries if they have been changed Save All Saves all open files incl playlists media and cartwall libraries as well as mixer settings A4 Cr S AutoPlay Toggles the AutoPlay option If enabled the current playlist will automatically advance the tracks and play them automatically one after the other If disabled you have to advance the tracks manually F4 AutoPlaylist combo box Selects which playlist should be used when in automatic playback mode This can either be the currently active playlist or a loaded media library AutoTrackMode combo box Sequential Selects a next track in linear order from the selected media library Random Selects a next track in random order from the selected media library Fading Toogles the fading option If fading is enabled the players do use any defined volume curve during playback If
129. to be executed when the talk user state is changed e g if you don t want to use the Ta kuser sets Talkover option Beside that you might also automatically assign a soundbed track to be played looped in the background while talk user is active you might directly change the soundbed track to be used by dropping a new track onto the Ta kUser button in the main mixer channel strip Note There are two separate events which can be configured for the talk user function The global OnTa kuserON OFF event see general settings section Events Commands and the user specific OnTalkuserON OFF event as explained here Here is the sequence of actions performed at TalkUser At TalkUser ON 1 2 pl OU ON The global general OnTa kuserON event is triggered not the one defined above If Pause Playlist during TalkUser is set the current playlist track is faded out using the Fade Time and the current playlist is set to AutoPlay Off If TalkUser sets TalROver is set the resp Input Mixer Channels are unmuted and related Output Mixer Channels are muted MixIn Tim milliseconds are waited here If Fade Master Volume is set the master volume is ducked to the TalkOver level If a Soundbed track is defined it will start playing looped The specific OnTalkuserON event is triggered the one defined above At TalkUser OFF ore Gt The specific OnTa kuserOFF event is triggered the on
130. types by its own you define the media libraries on the server and the server loads these media libraries and makes them available for ProppFrexx ONAIR clients As such ProppFrexx ONAIR would access such media libraries remotely In large environments this allows you to detach the library management to a dedicated remote server Advantages perfect for large setups decouples playout a media library management allows remote audio access stored on a central server only Disadvantages more complex to maintain Creating and Editing Media Libraries You can use ProppFrexx ONAIR to directly create or edit media libraries Note that there is a special Open Media Libraries sub menu contained in the main ribbon which can be used to open an existing media library for direct editing e g to edit a playlist or database based media library This will actually open the respective media library with its media entries as a playlist window the entries within the playlist window will represent the entries within the media library If you now make changes within that playlist window e g add or remove media entries the underlying media library is modified accordingly when you Save it Note that when you make changes to the meta data of an entry e g by using the TAG Editor or any Player those changes will also be saved to the underlying media library as well as might also be saved to the respective media entry file 176 RADI
131. value is returned if mum is above this centered value a negative value is returned if num is equal to the centered value zero is returned If no com function is given the result is the plain integer representation of the num Value after applying the mask and shift p1 the 1st numeric float parameter value to use with the com function p2 the 27d numeric float parameter value to use with the conv function Example 1 TOFLOAT mididata2 Ox7F 0 f linear 127 1 0 Will result to 0 49606299 assuming the macro mididata2 will resolve to 63 Ox3F 1 0 assuming the macro mididata2 will resolve to gt 127 Ox7F Example 2 TOFLOAT mididata 0 0 centered 16384 15 0 Will result to 15 0 assuming the macro mididata will resolve to 0 0 0 assuming the macro mididata will resolve to 8192 Example 3 TOFLOAT S mididata2 Ox7F 0 signed 64 1 0 Will result to 0 5 assuming the macro mididata2 will resolve to 32 0x20 0 109375 assuming the macro mididata2 will resolve to 71 0x47 TOINT converts a numeric value to an integer Returns a new string by converting a mum value Syntax TOINT num conv pl Parameters num the original numeric value to format conv the conversion function name to apply to the num round rounds num to the nearest integral value RADIO42 Confidential 305 ProppFrexx ONAIR p1 not used add
132. with the current MODE encoder setting quality will be replaced with the current QUALITY encoder setting option will be replaced with the current OPTION encoder setting kbps will be replaced with the target BITRATE encoder setting in kbps bps will be replaced with the target BITRATE encoder setting in bps RADIO42 Confidential 125 ProppFrexx ONAIR input will be replaced with the current input file of the encoder setting output will be replaced with the current output file of the encoder setting Encoder Profiles ProppFrexx ONAIR supports any number of Encoder Profiles Encoder Profiles are used whenever encoding or recording comes into place Also when you setup any Streaming Server within ProppFrexx ONAIR you must choose an Encoder Profile within the Streaming Server Configuration to specify the format you want to stream To setup Encoder Profiles c ck on the Define Encoder Profiles button In this dialog you can define any Encoder Profile In the upper list all available profiles are listed Select an Encoder Profile here and the current profile settings are listed below Click on New to create a new Encoder Profile Click on Save to save the current Encoder Profile Click on Delete to remove the current Encoder Profile It might be useful to create various Encoder Profiles eg one for high quality file encoding and another one for internet streaming etc Note that for
133. you to define any number of scripts which tells the system what and how tracks should be played during automation Make it complex or simple you define how your station sounds while no operator is doing any live performance or even run your station fully automated Integrated Scheduling The ProppFrexx ONAIR scheduler comes in a convenient Outlook like style Here you define when and how a script should run with fixed or soft start time as an 26 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR overlay or new program with or without a fixed end time etc In addition the scheduler allows you to also define general reminders alerts or to simply execute any available control command Just full control without limits Full Automation and Live Assist Support The scripting engine combined with the scheduler allow you to run your station fully automated In addition you can define when and if media libraries playlists should be automatically reloaded and if special folders should be monitored for new content in the background However you can of course always operate ProppFrexx ONAIR also in full manual mode or switch at any time between Live Assist and automation mode An AutoPlay feature also allows any operator to take a break and resume his live mode at any time later This guarantees seamless operations in any day to day situation Flexible Import and Export Integration with external Schedulers The used Media Libraries ca
134. your collection of media libraries the number in brackets indicates the total number of tracks found in each library Use the button row to the right to add additional media libraries see below When a media library is selected in the tree list additional info of that media library is shown below Double Click on an entry to edit its parameters Media Libraries which couldn t currently be accessed e g the drive folder database or remote server is unavailable are shown as Broken within the tree list Note The category assigned to a media library is only used in this dialog and in any dialog which allows you to select certain media libraries and only serves the purpose of grouping media libraries in these dialogs ie allowing you to more quickly find a certain media library There is no other purpose assigned to the category Information This box displays some general info about the selected media library Total Duration The total duration of all tracks within the library Avg Duration The average duration of a track within the library Count The total number of tracks contained in the library Last Access The date and time when the library was last used internally Last Refresh The date and time when the library was last reloaded History The current number of entries in the library song history Hits The number of sing history hits occurred so far Add Playlist Adds a playlist based media library Opens a standard f
135. 0 False aypauseonsuspend should the overaly pause other playlists 1 True 0 False aymaxdelay the maximum delay time in whole seconds of the overlay aymixtime the mix time in whole milliseconds of the overlay Mixer Macros available for mixer events S mixe rid the index of the mixer channel as a string 1 RADIO42 Confidential 295 ProppFrexx ONAIR nnn YH U G a a ar r G HHH HH YH H HHH HHH YH YH YH YH MIDI OAOA NGAGANDONG HY mixername the name of the mixer channel mixervolume the current mixer channel volume as a string 0 0 1 0 mixervolumeXxx the current mixer channel volume as an integer mixersnd2volume the current mixer channel SND2 volume as a string 0 0 1 0 mixersnd2volumeXxx the current mixer channel volume as an integer mixerpan the current mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 mixerpanasfloat the current mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 mixersnd2pan the current mixer channel SND2 pan as a string 1 0 1 0 mixersnd2panasfloat the current mixer channel SND2 pan as a string 0 0 1 0 mixergain the current mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 mixergainasfloat the current mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 1 0 mixeron the current mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off mixermute the current mixer mute state 1 True Muted 0 False Unmuted mixersnd the current mixer SND state 1 True On 0 False Off mixerrec the
136. 1 0 1 0 1 0 the 274 mixer channel pan as a string 0 0 1 0 the 3 mixer channel pan as a string the 4 mixer channel pan as a string the 5 mixer channel pan as a string the 6 mixer channel pan as a string the 7 mixer channel pan as a string the 8t mixer channel pan as a string the 9 mixer channel pan as a string the 1st mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 the 2 mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 tmixer7gain tmixer8gain the 34 mixer channel gain as a string the 4 mixer channel gain as a string the 5 mixer channel gain as a string the 6 mixer channel gain as a string the 7 mixer channel gain as a string the 8 mixer channel gain as a string the 9 mixer channel gain as a string 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 15 0 tmixer3gainasfl tmixer4gainasfl tmixer5gainasfl tmixer6gainasfl tmixer7gainasfl tmixer8gainasfl tmixer9gainasfl tmixerion the 1t mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off tmixer2on the 2 4 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off tmixer3on the 3 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off tmixerlgainasfloat tmixer2gainasfloat oa oa oat oat oat oat oa iat the 1 mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 the 224 mixer channel gain as a string 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 the 3rd mixer channel gain as a string the 4th mixer channel gain as a string the 5 m
137. 2 Will result to a string value 0x71 if the macro VAR display resolves to the string smpte else the result would be the string value 0x72 Example 2 IF mididata2 Equals 127 shift none 308 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Will result to a string value shift if the macro mididata2 resolves to the string 127 else the result would be the string value none Mackie Control Universal Protocol Support If you are using a Midi controller which supports the Mackie Control Universal MCU protocol you might use the EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU resp EXEC_SEND MIDI2_ MCU control command to transmit specific midi messages to the Midi controller to update its state e g to update the LCD display the timecode display or to set the state of an LED etc Receiving messages from a MCU controller is like receiving a MIDI short message from any other Midi controller meaning you can simply perform a standard mapping between an incoming Midi short message and control command s to be triggered with that message As such this chapter mainly focuses on transmitting midi messages from ProppFrexx ONAIR to a MCU Also note that a MCU controller was mainliy designed to remotely control multi track recording and arranging applications like Cubbase ProLogic ProTools Ableton Live etc As such the MCU protocol contains many features and specifics which doesn t perfectly map or even apply to a
138. 2 Confidential 297 ProppFrexx ONAIR mMnnrnn nm Wrwnnn un un WYwnnn wn mn WYwnnn un nn O G O N un un WYwnnnn wn WYwnnn wn WMwnnn wn nexttrackname the next track s meta data track name i e artist title O1trackname the 1st history track s meta data track name i e artist title 02trackname the 2 history track s meta data track name Le artist title 03trackname the 34 history track s meta data track name Le artist title 04trackname the 4 history track s meta data track name i e artist title 99trackname the 99 history track s meta data track name i e artist title nexttitle the next track s meta data track title O1title the 1s history track s meta data track title 02title the 2 history track s meta data track title 03title the 34 history track s meta data track title O4title the 4 history track s meta data track title 99title the 99 history track s meta data track title nextartist the next track s meta data track artist Olartist the 1st history track s meta data track artist O2artist the 24 history track s meta data track artist O3artist the 34 history track s meta data track artist O4artist the 4 history track s meta data track artist 99artist the 99 history track s meta data track artist nextalbum the next track s meta data track album 01lalbum the 1 hi
139. 255 for all Leds color is O NONE 1 RED 2 GREEN 3 YELLOW speed is 0 SLOW 1 NORMAL 2 FAST EXEC _ SEND DRAIRLITE SETLED Sends a SetLed command to the D amp R Airlite mixer Parameter string lednr color Reply OK ERROR The lednr must be between 1 and 16 is O NONE RED 2 GREEN or 256 for all Leds the color EXEC _SEND DRAIRLITE SETLEDBLINK Sends a Set Parameter Reply OK E LedBlink command to the D amp R Airlite mixer string lednr colorOn colorOff speed RROR The lednr must be between 1 and 16 or 256 for all Leds color is O NONE 1 RED 2 GREEN speed is O SLOW 1 NORMAL 2 FAST EXEC_SEND_DRAIRLITE_SETTRACKSTA Sends a SetTrackState command to the D amp R Airlite mixer TE Parameter string modulenr state Reply OK ERROR The modulenr must be between 1 and 16 or 256 for all state is O STOPPED 1 PLAYING 2 ENDING EXEC SEND SQL Sends executes a SQL statement eg an INSERT UPDATE or DELETE or any other DML DDL statement Parameter string connectString sql Reply NumRowsAffected ERROR The connectString can either be an ODBC data source name any valid ODBC driver connect string Boat DSN dsnname or 7Driver Microsoft ODBC for Oracle Server ORACLE8i7 Persist Security Info False Trusted_Connection Yes DSN or EXEC_SEND SQL UPDATEINSERT Sends executes a SQL updatequery and if that fails the insertquery is executed Parameter string
140. 42 Confidential INSTALLATION Large Icon View click on Power Options Select the High Performance power plan Click on the Change plan settings link Set the display s sleep time to Never Set the computer s sleep time to Never Click on the Change advanced power settings link Click on the sign next to Hard Disk Click on the sign next to Turn Off Hard Disk After Select the default the text entry field will now be accessible In the text entry field type Never Click App y and then OK Click Save Changes Close the Power Options window Disabling Screen Saver Prevent your screen saver from being enabled Right click on the Desktop and select Personalize Click on Screen Saver In the screen saver menu select None and click OK Display Performance On slower computers this frees up system resources Click on the Start Menu right click on Computer Choose Properties On the left side of the screen click on Advanced System Settings Under Performance click on Settings Choose the option to Adjust For Best Performance Hit Apply and then OK Disable DEP This might resolves blue screen errors with USB devices and is only needed if you really experience any issues Hold down the Windows Key on your keyboard or Start Menu button and press the letter R to open up the Run dialog Type cmd and wait til you get a list of programs displayed cmd exe Right click on cmd exe and choose Run as Administrator Click the A ow butto
141. 50 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR OnAir Indicator Either OnAir or OffAir is displayed depending on if any of the input mixer channels are open active unmuted and fader up Help Online Help Shows the online help in the internal web browser F1 Keyboard Shortcuts Displays the Mouse and Keyboard shortcuts Shift F7 User Manual Opens this user manual PDF Ca F7 Check for Updates Checks if a newer version of ProppFrexx ONAIR is available if an internet connection is available A F7 If a newer version is available you will be asked if you want to upgrade see the chapter Updating ProppFrexx ONAIR for more information Mixer Setup Wizard Opens the mixer setup wizard which allows you to easily configure your mixer channels input and output and integration within your existing hardware environment The mixer setup wizard is launched automatically when you start ProppFrexx ONAIR for the first time Create Backup Opens the backup dialog which allows you to save all configuration settings all media and cartwall libraries as well as all script libraries Restore Backup Opens the restore dialog which allows you to restore the configuration settings media and cartwall libraries as well as all script libraries from a previously created backup ProppFrexx Homepage Opens the ProppFrexx ONAIR home page in the internal web browser About Opens the about dialog Ca Shift F7 The S
142. 6 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 The Remote Control Monitor ccc ccsessesecessecsersteovenssversonedvoncnustervoneestborseasteevonedvenseqeteees 78 Add Remote Clientii a e a a e r 79 Phe Remote Client Managerii n ia ia 79 Mixer Channel Stipa aterese ee e ar a a 81 Peak Level Meter Menu resio i a a 82 The Dynamic Amplifier AGC ccecesesesessssessssessssssssseenssessssesnsssensseensseensseanege 84 DHE TO ba tid TO a ses aes cst erdvctencelvcdesarlvctanaelvctaraelncdanselnctcselectanaelncdecselectanaelnctacaniectenselea 84 Phe Compressor COMP sisler nar a e 85 Selecting an individual DSP rsrsrsr erres lena 85 VSDADSP Sette seasctseiaverselaneteceds die a e n raer aa n e a 86 PRE SIND M nesi a e a a a a 86 Phe Recording Mentes ae nae a 87 Select Encoder Dial g ieri e raes lena a 88 Output Mixer Channel Menu ccc ccessesssecsssessssessssessssessssessssessssesssseessseensseesaes 89 Adjust External Volume Dialog cccessesessesesesessessssesssseesssesssseessscenssesnsseensseanees 89 Mixer Control Command Events Dialog ccc sseessesssessssesessesssseensseesssesnsseenene 90 Instant Recording Dialogsissciisississscsissesesstsssvassssisansasscvtacnvasenvcacnsnsacoescnasstocsensaaasoasssats 90 Mixer Channel Visual Wi
143. Ae LAY CART 30 Plays Pauses the 30th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW1l_ CART _ISPLAYING Gets the play state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply bool True if playing False if paused To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_CART_ISLOOPED Gets the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply bool True if looped False if not To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_CART_ISSTOPOTHERS Gets the Stop Others On Play state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply bool True if Stop Others On Play False if not To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_CART_LOOP_ON Sets the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I to LOOP Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_ CART LOOP OFF Sets the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I to NOT LOOP Parameter cartid Reply
144. CT and 1 0 mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_PAN GET Gets a mixers balance value Parameter mixername Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is MIXER INPUT SELECT used see MIXER_INPUT PAN SET Sets the mixers balance value Parameter mixername pan between 1 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is MIXER INPUT SELECT used see MIXER_INPUT_PAN_CHANGE Changes the mixers balance by a delta value Parameter mixername pandelta between 1 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is MIXER INPUT SELECT used see MIXER_INPUT_GAIN_ GET Gets a mixers gain value Parameter mixername Reply float gain between 15 0 dB and 15 0 dB If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is MIXER INPUT SELECT used see MIXER_INPUT GAIN SET Sets a mixers gain value Parameter mixername gain Reply OK ERROR between 15 0 and 15 0 232 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer MIXER INPUT SELECT is used see MIXER_INPUT_GAIN_CHANGE Changes a mixers gain by a delta value Parameter Reply OK ERROR mixername gaindelta between 15 0 and 15 If no mixername is given the last selected inpu
145. CU provides an Assignment display which contains up to 2 characters Use this command together with any text value representing the code to display Syntax EXEC_SEND_MIDI MCU assignment text EXEC_SEND_MIDI2 MCU assignment text Parameters text the 2 char text to display Note Any character will be used to lit the decimal dot on the display for the preceding character Caution the text is written from right to left if the text is shorter than 2 characters the remaining left most character on the display remain unchanged RADIO42 Confidential 313 ProppFrexx ONAIR Examples EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU assignment OA Displays oA on the assignment display Set Assignment Display Ex assignmentx Works exactly like the assignment command above but uses internally an alternative method to update the assignment display Namely the assignment command uses for maximum compatibility a single digit transfer mode whereas this assignmentx command uses a multi character update mode which is more efficient Depending on your MCU you might try this command and if that fails use the assignment command instead Syntax EXEC_SEND_ MIDI MCU assignmentx text EXEC_SEND_MIDI2 MCU assignmentx text Parameters text the 2 char text to display Note Any character will be used to lit the decimal dot on the display for the preceding charac
146. C_GET Gets a mixers REC value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT REC TOGGLE Toggles a mixers REC value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT _REC_ON Sets a mixer to REC Parameter mixername filename Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT _SELECT If an optional filename is given that one is used MIXER OUTPUT REC OFF Sets a mixer to NOT REC Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT MIXER OUTPUT REC AUTOSENSING GE T Gets a mixers REC AUTOSENSING value Parameter mixername Reply string Off Pause Stop or NewSession If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER_OUTPUT_SELECT MIXER_OUTPUT_REC_AUTOSENSING_SE T Sets a mixers REC AUTOSENSING value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is Jmode Off Pause Stop or NewSession used MIXER OUTPUT REC PAUSE GET Gets a mixers REC PAUSE value Parameter mixername Reply boo
147. DJ Players The size and features of these players can be defined from small simple to medium average to large complex A WaveForm visualization a Cue Point section a Gain Pan EQ section a special FX section a hot start and event editor section a loop sampler section master tempo and pitching controls as well as reverse direction and backspin support round up the picture Additional Standby Players Beside the playlist related DJ Players ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with any number of additional Standby Players Each Standby Players has the same functionality as the DJ Player plus a track stack mode and can serve manual play out of any track stream or embedded playlist at any time Integrated Cartwalls ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with two integrated but independent cartwalls Each cartwall allows you to quickly play any kind of jingle sweeper sample whatsoever Jump buttons allow you to quickly change your cartwall playlist Multiple carts can be played all together or even sequentially in a row Fading and looping can also be fully controlled RADIO42 Confidential 27 ProppFrexx ONAIR e MODStream Watcher ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to monitor external streaming sources eg SHOUTcast CEcast or WMA streams URLs in the background at any definable time and if alive any current program might be suspended paused or overlaid This allows you to easily integrate external live moderator broadcasts into your standard program e Integra
148. Data Files mmd If checked mAirList meta data files mmd will be parsed to take over the track settings like CueDataltems and Options Read Meta Data TAG If checked a present mAirList ID3v2 meta data TAG XXX will be parsed to take over the track settings like CueDataltems and Options Lookup Options C ck here to define further options regarding CD ripping and TAG searching in order to lookup album information Figure 74 Edit Album Lookup Options ProppFrexx ONAIR supports lookup of track information and images from Amazon MusicBrainz and FreeDB when a CD is ripped In the above dialog you might specify which Amazon server Locale you want to use if you want to use the MusicBrainz lookup and which server to use and if you if you want to use the FreeDB lookup and which server to use 108 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR User Access Control UAC Enable UAC If checked the User Access Control is enabled else UAC is disabled and ProppFrexx ONAIR will always run with Admin rights Even if you don t want to use ProppFrexx ONAIR in a multi user environment it might be beneficial to turn UAC on as this offers some additional functionality User Access Control UAC allows you to protect ProppFrexx ONAIR from unwanted user access In addition it allows you to define user roles profiles and assign individual rights to them Using the operating system users and rights doesn t practically work
149. E EEE 73 RADIO42 Confidential 3 Table of Contents Using Mixer Presets Vino the External Mixer Control gis cssecsscssssescssesossstsccscsescascsescessstecssssbscdassbscascstecescsescescseecesctesceassescossseseessseese 74 Usine Ir all rvete g Lal Wi SET eei 75 Using the Remote Control Monitors isseiittssetltdssehlllel cecessececcssccecessaceccsseseccssececessecececsececesserecess AU 78 The Mixer Channel Stripes cssoctievsesselsveessesesuvecuaroeas AO AOV AEE MSI Ort e Aa E PRAET EEEE E EEEE EEEE TEE EE EEEE TT EEEE Using the Peak Level Meter Wettig Pari arid Gaii uneni iani iii Activating Deactivating the mixer channel ON ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssttesessssserterrssnsseerensnnnsntteernnsnsnereernnnnnerees 83 Martine Winmutine the mixer channe Manae acces ectessceeascccesseceassceotice 83 Using Using Using the Compressor COMP cccsssesssesesssesesssessessssseessssseessssseessseseesssesecsssesecsssesecsssesecssseseessseneessseseesses 84 Wsiniottindividuial SPS hiisi 85 Using the Send To Function SND 86 sino the Recording Bune on REG sinna SSA 87 Additional Output Mixer Channel Functionality cccscssessesessessessesssssessessessssssessessssesesnsens 89 Additional Input Mixer Channel Functionality c ccccessesseeseeseesseesseesseesseessneesssesseessessseesseesseessneesneess 91 General Configuration Settings csssssosssossssosssossssossesossssossesossssoesesoesesoesesos
150. E SET Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Gets the output volume value of Player C of the current playlist ME GET Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Sets the output volume value of Player C of the current playlist ME SET Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 OdB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Gets the output volume value of Player D of the current playlist ME GET Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTVOLU Sets the output volume value of Player D of the current playlist ME SET Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Gets the output balance value of Player A of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Sets the output balance value of Player A of the current playlist SET Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Gets the output balance value of Player B of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Sets the output balance value of Player B of the current playlist SET Parameter float pan between 1 0 l
151. FLMUT Toggles the D2PFL mode of Player A of the current playlist E the main output 256 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter Reply OK none ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER SND2PFLMUT Toggles th the main o Parameter Reply OK e SND2PFL mode of Player B of the utput none ERROR current playlist mutes PLS CURRENT PLAYER SND2PFLMUT Toggles th the main o Parameter Reply OK e SND2PFL mode of Player C of the utput none ERROR current playlist mutes PLS CURRENT PLAYER SND2PFLMUT Toggles th the main o Parameter Reply OK e SND2PFL mode of Player D of the utput none ERROR current playlist mutes PLS CURRENT PLAYER PFL Starts the current pl Parameter Reply O PFL Playe aylist none ERROR r for the current track in Player of the PLS CURRENT PLAYER PFL Starts the current pl Parameter Reply OK PFL Playe aylist none ERROR riikor the current track in Player of the PLS CURRENT PLAYER PFL Starts the current pl Parameter Reply O PFL Playe aylist none ERROR r for the current track in Player of the PLS CURRENT PLAYER PFL Starts the current pl Parameter Reply OK PFL Playe aylist none ERROR r for the current track in Player of the PLS CURRENT CURRENT SELECTHOTST ART Sele
152. Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD A Loads the currently selected track to Player A of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD A Loads the currently selected track to Player A of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD B Loads the currently selected track to Player B of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD B Loads the currently selected track to Player B of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD C Loads the currently selected track to Player C of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD C Loads the currently selected track to Player C of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD D Loads the currently selected track to Player D of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD D Loads the currently selected track to Player D of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD A NEXT Loads the next free track to Player A of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD A NEXT Loads the next free track to Player A of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD B NEXT Loads the next free track to Player B of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD B NEXT Loads the next free track to Player B of an open playlist Pa
153. GET RADIO42 Confidential 135 ProppFrexx ONAIR SEND_HTTP_POST END SQL END SQL UPDATEINSERT eS _S _ EC_SEND SQL INSERTUPDATE W S RITE FILE HELL COMMAND MM MM KM MS QAAaAAAA Please refer to the Appendix Control Commands for details Global and Playlist Logging Log File Path Defines the folder to which global resp playlist log files should be written Log File Header Specifies the format of the header row of the log file Log File Entry Specifies the format of the regular entry row of the log file Log File Trailer Specifies the format of the trailer row of the log file Don t log if shorter Specifies a minimum effective playtime for log entries in seconds Events having a shorter effective playtime will not be logged Exclude Log Entry Filter select all the media entry types which should NOT be logged Expand Select how embedded media entries should be logged Don t Expand Embedded entries will be logged as a single entry Expand Embedded Playlist Only embedded playlists will be expanded Each playlist entry will be logged as a separate entry Expand Embedded Container Only embedded containers will be expanded Each container entry will be logged as a separate entry Expand All Embedded Type All embedded type will be expanded Each embedded entry will be logged as a separate entry Keep The num
154. GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_FADEOUTSLOW CART Slowly FadesOut Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_FADEOUTFAST CART Quickly FadesOut Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2 PLAY CART 1 Plays Pauses the lst Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 2 Plays Pauses the 2nd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 3 Plays Pauses the 3rd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY_CART 4 Plays Pauses the 4th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 5 Plays Pauses the 5th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 6 Plays Pauses the 6th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY_CART_7 Plays Pauses the 7th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter n
155. HE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 14 RADIO42 Confidential INSTALLATION Installing ProppFrexx ONAIR After you have successfully downloaded the file ProppFrexx_ONAIR_Setup zip please unzip this file to a directory of your choice which will result in the following files being created setup exe ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup msi ProppFrexx ONAIR QuickInstallGuide pdf this document Now execute the setup exe eg double click on it which will launch the setup wizard J ProppFrexx ONAIR Se Welcome to the ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard is The installer will guide you through the steps required to install ProppFrexx ONAIR on your computer WARNING This computer program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized duplication or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil or criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Figure 1 ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard Follow the instructions of the setup wizard When prompted click on the Next button to complete and confirm each step and go to the next one You must a Carefully read and agree to the License Agreement b Select an installation folder and choose the install method During the installation process you might be asked to confirm the Microsoft Windows security policy and accept the installer as a trust
156. ITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Play Pause No Fading Immediately pauses or resumes playback of the current track in the active playlist If the current DJ Player is playing it will be paused If the current DJ Player is paused it will be started No Fading No Eject Ctr Shiff FY Play Stop Use Fading Stops or resumes playback of the current track in the active playlist If the current DJ Player is playing it will be stopped and ejected If the current DJ Player is paused it will be started Fades out on UseFading Eject on AutoUnload Alt F9 Play Stop No Fading Immediately stops or resumes playback of the current track in the active playlist If the current DJ Player is playing it will be stopped and ejected If the current DJ Player is paused it will be started No Fading Eject on AutoUnload Alt Shift F9 PFL Opens the PFL Player pre fade listening for the currently selected track F2 TalkOver If enabled the master volume of the main mixer will be lowered to allow talk over Note the talk over level can be adjusted in the general settings dialog F11 Quick Monitor Player Can be used to quickly play and pre listen any track in a playlist find window directory explorer trackboard etc Spacebar play stop track Key Right Fast Forward by 10sec Key Left Fast Rewind by 10sec Click on the Quick Monitor Player group s caption button to display the quick list this list can be used to temporarily store tracks for later quick
157. IXER INPUT S Pa Gl CT 5 Selects the 5th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply O ROR Gl wv MIXER INPUT S Gl i t Q roy Selects the 6th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply O ROR Fa av MIXER INPUT S Gl o t Q x Selects the 7th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MIXER INPUT S Gl Gl CT 8 Selects the 8th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply O H J J O w MIXER INPUT S a E td Q 5 3 Ko Selects the 9th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply O ROR Py A MIXER INPUT S Gl Gl cT_10 MIXER INPUT S Gl Gl CT 11 Selects the 10th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Selects the 11th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands RADIO42 Confidential 231 ProppFrexx ONAIR Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Gl i ti Q 7 q N NPUT_S Selects the 12th mixer for all mixer Parameter Reply O subsequent commands ez J J O w NPUT S Gl Gl CL 3 Selects the 13th mixer for all mixer Parameter none Reply O ROR subsequent commands Gl wv NPUT S Gl E t Q x 3 ws Selects the 14th mixer for all mixe
158. IXER INPUT SELECT the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT UNLOCK Sets a mixer to UNLOCKED Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_MUTE_GET Gets a mixers MUTE value Parameter mixername Reply bool True If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT if set the False if not last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT MUTE TOGGLE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT Toggles a mixers MUTE value the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_MUTE_ON Sets a mixer to MUTE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_MUTE_OFF Sets a mixer to NOT MUTE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_DUCK Toggles the volume of the mixer to the talkover level resp the RADIO42 Confidential 233 ProppFrexx ONAIR maximum volume Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER INPUT SELECT output mixer is used
159. Integer flag is checked 32 Bit IEEE float sample data is send to the encoder Param STDIN Defines the command line argument parameter to be used as the input value for STDIN Param STDOUT Defines the command line argument parameter to be used as the output value for STDOUT Encoder Type Specifies the encoder type of the selected Command Line codec only used for the generic Command Line encoder setup Example Setting up the official Fraunhofer IIS mp3 Surround command line encoder mp3sEncoder exe Note In order to use this encoder commercially you need a license Executable mp3sEncoder exe CBR String user raw sr Hz c chan res res q option br bps if input of output VBR String user raw sr Hz c chan res res q option m quality if input of output Support STDOUT True No WAVE Header True Use 32 Bit Integer False Use 24 Bit Integer True Encoder Macros Here is a list of supported encoder setup macros which might be used within the CBR or VBR String parameter user will be replaced with the current USER A or B encoder setting Hz will be replaced with the sample rate of the input in Hz kHz will be replaced with the sample rate of the input in kHz res will be replaced with the bit width of the input eg 16 24 or 32 chan will be replaced with the number of channels of the input eg 2 mode will be replaced
160. J Player B routedjc the routing for DJ Player C routedjd the routing for DJ Player D routepfl the routing for PFL Player routestandby the routing for Standby Players routeoverlay the routing for Overlay Players routequickmonitor the routing for QuickMonitor Player routecw1 the routing for Cartwall I Players routecw2 the routing for Cartwall II Players outputmixeriname the name of the 1 output mixer outputmixer2name the name of the 24 output mixer outputmixer3name the name of the 3 output mixer outputmixer4name the name of the 4 output mixer outputmixer5name the name of the 5 output mixer outputmixer6name the name of the 6 output mixer outputmixer7name the name of the 7 output mixer outputmixer8name the name of the 8 output mixer outputmixer9name the name of the 9 output mixer outputmixerlvolume the volume of the 1 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer2volume the volume of the 2 4 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer3volume the volume of the 3 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer4volume the volume of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer5volume the volume of the 5t output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer6volume the volume of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer7volume the volume of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer8volume the volume of the 8 output mixer as a string
161. L 31 TOP_TCPSERVER Stops the TCP Remote Control Server RROR GP o S1 TART MIDI1SERVER he 1st MIDI Remote Control Server R st MIDI Server was already running it will be restarted x xj J J O GP ON s1 TOP_MIDI1SERVER st MIDI Remote Control Server RROR RADIO42 Confidential 275 ProppFrexx ONAIR GP O_START_ MIDI2SERVER Starts the 2nd MIDI Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR If the 2nd MIDI Server was already running it will be restarted GPIO_STOP MIDI2SERVER Stops the 2nd MIDI Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR GPIO_START_SERIALSERVER Starts the Serial I O Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR If the Serial I O Server was already running it will be restarted GPIO_ STOP _SERIALSERVER Stops the Serial I O Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR GPIO START _OSCSERVER Starts the OSC Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR If the OSC Server was already running it will be restarted GP O_STOP_OSCSERVER Stops the OSC Remote Control Server ERROR GP O_ START _GAMEPORTSERVER Starts the GamePort Remote Control Server ERROR If the GamePort Server was already running it will be restarted GP O STOP _GAMEPORTSERVER Stops the GamePort Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR GPIO_START_IOWARRIORSERVER Starts the I O Warrior Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR If the I O Warrior Serve
162. ND USER Executes a user command Parameter int index Reply OK ERROR EXEC COMMAND USE Ez wv H Executes the user 1 command Parameter none Reply O t J J O w EXEC_COMMAND_US Gl wv N Executes the user 2 command Parameter none Reply O ti J J O w EXEC COMMAND US DJ A w Executes the user 3 command Parameter none Reply O ti W J O w EXEC _ COMMAND USE E A D Executes the user 4 command Parameter none Reply OK E ps ve O v Pi A oO Executes the user 5 command Parameter none Reply O EXEC COMMAND US e T Bs O v EXEC COMMAND US m A oO Executes the user 6 command Parameter none Reply O in ps ve O v Gl A N Executes the user 7 command Parameter none Reply O EXEC COMMAND US B ps Bs O v EXEC_COMMAND US a A ee Executes the user 8 command Parameter none Reply O ti ps ve O v EXEC _ COMMAND USE Ez A KOJ Executes the user 9 command Parameter none Reply O ie ps ve O v EXEC_COMMAND US Gl A Executes the user 10 command Parameter none Reply O t ps ve O v EXEC COMMAND US Gl A pa Executes the user 11 command Parameter none Reply O t ps ve O v Gl wv N Executes the user 12 command Parameter none Reply O EXEC_COMMAND US ri py Bs Oo ve EXEC_COMMAND_US Pi A Ww Executes the u
163. NDS AND GPIO Right Click one an entry in the remote client status overview list to invoke the context menu which allows you to remotely e start or stop the scheduler e close all playlists e play the next track pause or stop the current track e get playlist info of the current playlist e toggle the AutoPlay state of the current playlist e Start or stop a streaming server e synchronize the scheduler entries RADIO42 Confidential 79 ProppFrexx ONAIR Click on the Master S ave button to directly toggle the mode of that remote instance which actually fires the execution of the related OnSe Master resp OnSetS ave control commands on that remote client Click on the Mixer Channels popup to open and control the mixer channels of the remote clients mixer This allows you to directly change the mixer channels volume Mute state ON OFF state SND state and REC mode of the remote mixer In the next section you can monitor the state of the remote control interfaces of this ProppFrexx ONAIR instance In general a remoting device server receives external GPIO commands eg MIDI messages and maps them via filtering rules into so called control commands see the chapter REMOTING EVENTS COMMANDS AND GPIO for more information on how to define the remoting devices servers and associate the execution of control commands TCP Remote Control Server Shows the status of the TCP remote control server and if a client is connec
164. NT FADER BANKS FADER BANKS FADER BANKS FADER BANKS FLIP GLOBAL VIEW NAME VALUE SMPTE BEATS Fl GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW GLOBAL VIEW SHIFT OPTION CONTROL CMD ALT AUTOMATION AUTOMATION AUTOMATION AUTOMATION AUTOMATION GROUP UTILITIES UTILITIES UTILITIES UTILITIES MARKER NUDGE Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8 TRACK SEND PAN SURROUND PLUG IN EQ INSTRUMENT BANK Left BANK Right CHANNEL Left CHANNEL Right MIDI TRACKS INPUTS AUDIO TRACKS AUDIO INSTRUMENT AUX BUSSES OUTPUTS USER READ OFF WRITE TRIM TOUCH LATCH SAVE UNDO CANCEL ENTER 318 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX hex Switch LED Name Function CYCLE DROP REPLACE CLICK SOLO REWIND FAST FWD STOP PLAY RECORD Cursor Up Cursor Down Cursor Left Cursor Right Zoom Scrub User Switch User Switch Fader Touch Fader Touch Fader Touch Fader Touch Fader Touch Fader Touch Fader Touch Fader Touch 8 Fader Touch Master SMPTE LED BEATS LED RUDE SOLE Relay Click e applicable not applicable RADIO42 Confidential 319
165. O none Eject R he current track in Player of the current playlist RADIO42 Confidential 243 ProppFrexx ONAIR PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY A Plays Pauses t Fading Parameter Reply OK ERRO he current track no Eject playlistname R in Player an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY B Plays Pauses t no Fading no Parameter Reply OK ERRO none he current track Eject R in Player the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY B Plays Pauses t Fading Parameter Reply OK ERRO he current track no Eject playlistname R in Player an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY Plays Pauses t no Fading no Parameter Reply OK ERRO none he current track Eject R in Player the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY C Plays Pauses t Fading Parameter Reply OK ERRO he current track no Eject playlistname R in Player an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY D Plays Pauses t no Fading no Parameter Reply OK ERRO none he current track Eject R in Player the current playlist PLS PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY D Plays Pauses t Fading Parameter Reply OK ERRO he current track no Eject playlistname R in Player an open playlist PLS CURRENT PLAY A Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ER
166. O42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES Playlist based media libraries might be created by using the Nev menu item contained in the main ribbon to create a new and empty playlist window After manually adding entries to such playlist you might save it to a new playlist file which can then be used as a new media library Database based media library can not be created directly You need to manually create an according database table which might be empty or even define an appropriate database view manually Once such table or view exists you might define it as a media library within ProppFrexx ONAIR Now you can use it as explained above to edit it Folder based media libraries can also not be created or edited directly as they just reference a base folder anyhow any all contained files are seen as its media entries So you need to maintain the files within that folder manually However you can still use the above Open Media Libraries sub menu to open such library If you physically delete entries from within such playlist window that folder based media library is updated accordingly As remote media libraries are maintained on a ProppFrexx Media Library Server you need to manage the media libraries used on the server accordingly I e you can use ProppFrexx ONAIR to create or edit the media libraries as used by the server About Media Entries As already mentioned a media entry is a single object containing info
167. OEE EEEE EE 30 Supported Media Pormats sinnani iei ieat T R 30 Playback decoding aan A E A AO O 30 Recording Cncodin y etana a A RA E 30 1AE DAA EE EE EE E E T EE EE E E AE AE E EEEE 30 Starting Propprres t ONAIR sis iis iA e AA AE A E 32 Registerine ProppRrexk ON AIR Ta reaa ATEA EE Rk 38 Command line Options ae Aaaa AA E AR A stad ten 41 WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR seeesssesesessesessseeeeeeeseesesseeeeeeesss 44 TheM Windo Wenera a a a a 45 The M n Mens ananinininnninuninininianianian anina iian 47 The Ribbon Battsissaisssiaisiesssssaissetssnsasssessssaiavvssassavasotscevasaasdasnsasaivssstvadasviassiaaaioessavndaavtaaraeaassees 47 Th Header Batsnininininininininininianinininnnanianin ianiai 50 The Status Bates icissaisssiaisiesscssaiasatssnsasatoesssvaiavvisansavatosscavaaatacasnianaivssstvadasviansiviaivss savndaaviaanaaaaioiys 51 Internal Players casi cigndnanandanandnananangnanananananinananananananananagine 52 Mizer Setup asanasdiisdadsisaniiancniniiaanien cnissisaausiansaisiiiaansiandinianiasaaniansaaees 57 Adding Removing new Mixer Channels iciisdecadhcncsiseussdecatdsnsnisdass decadensipandasadasnivsadsuadaisdenes 65 Configuring an Output Mixer Channel oo cccssesesseesseessesessessssesessesessesseseseseseeneseey 66 Configuring an Input Mixer Channel occ cccccecescesesseeseeessesessesessesesesesesssseseseseenenes 70 The Main Channel Stripin cuted titi Guest Gu AAE ANE 72 ASP Wat atge aa el Exar Val ated WIN UBD KES EUD
168. OW _CARTWALL2 Shows the Cartwall II window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW STANDBY PLAYERS hows the StandbyPlayers window none eply OK ERROR Don w K w 3 D oF o K OW_WEBBROWSER v hows the WebBrowser window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR RADIO42 Confidential 225 ProppFrexx ONAIR SHOW _STREAMINGMONITOR Shows the Parameter NetworkStreamingMonitor window none RROR Gl N S HOW CONTROLROOM ControlRoom MessageCenter window none ERROR SHOW_USERCOMMANDS UserCommands window n ERROR SHOW _VOICETRACKING VoiceTracking window none ERROR HOW _SEGUEEDITOR SegueEditor window for the current playlist none ERROR SHOW _REMOTECLIENTMANAGER pens t ne Remote Client Manager window arameter none Reply OK ERROR SENDKEY Sends keystrokes to the active application Parameter keys Reply O RROR wa N SHUTDOWN Closes and Parameter Reply OK E Exists ProppFrexx ONAIR non RROR oO MIXER_OUTPUT_NAMES_ GET Gets the list of available output mixers Parameter none Reply string list of output mixer names one per line MIXER_OUTPUT_SELECT Selects a mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter index mixername Reply OK ERROR You can ei parameter ther specify a numeric index or
169. Player A i e artist title cpltracknameb the track s meta data track name of DJ Player B ce artist title cpltracknamec the track s meta data track name of DJ Player C i e artist title cpltracknamed the track s meta data track name of DJ Player D i e artist title cpltracktitlecurrent the current track s meta data title name cpltracktitlenext the next track s meta data title name cpltracktitlea the track s meta data title name of DJ Player A cpltracktitleb the track s meta data title name of DJ Player B cpltracktitlec the track s meta data title name of DJ Player C cpltracktitled the track s meta data title name of DJ Player D cpltrackartistcurrent the current track s meta data artist name cpltrackartistnext the next track s meta data artist name cpltrackartista the track s meta data artist name of DJ Player A cpltrackartistb the track s meta data artist name of DJ Player B cpltrackartistc the track s meta data artist name of DJ Player C cpltrackartistd the track s meta data artist name of DJ Player D cpltrackalbumcurrent the current track s meta data album name cpltrackalbumnext the next track s meta data album name cpltrackalbuma the track s meta data album name of DJ Player A cpltrackalbumb the track s meta data album name of DJ Player B cpltrackalbumc the track s meta data album name of DJ Player C cplt
170. Playlist Format mpl e CARMEN Access Database Format mdb e DRS2006 dBase Database Format dbf ProppFrexx might leverage the decoding encoding audio codes as installed on your operating system e g using the Windows Media Foundation libraries respectively the QuickTime libraries When installed no additional decoding encoding license is required RADIO42 Confidential 31 ProppFrexx ONAIR Starting ProppFrexx ONAIR In order to launch ProppFrexx ONAIR double click on the desktop icon named ProppFtexx ONAIR or choose ProppFrexx ONAIR from the system menu Start All Programs radio42 ProppFrexx ONAIR Every time you start ProppFrexx ONAIR a splash screen will appear ProppFrexx ONAIR weve proppiresx radio42 com 2009 Bernd Niederges powered by BASS NET This software is protected by international law All rights reserved Loading please wait Figure 2 ProppFrexx ONAIR Splash Screen The splash screen will inform you about the startup process Once finished the main window of ProppFrexx ONAIR will become visible respectively you will be asked to register your copy of ProppFrexx ONAIR if you haven t done so or started ProppFrexx ONAIR for the very first time For alternative start methods and command line options see the following chapter Command Line Options Ifyou want to start ProppFrexx ONAIR each time your computer starts you might add ProppFrexx ONAIR exe
171. ProppFrexx ONAIR gt ws B ProppFrexx ONAIR Version 4 0 User Manual under construction 2009 2015 RADIO42 Bernd NiedergesaB All rights reserved ProppFrexx ONAIR and RADIO42 are registered trademarks in Germany All other company brand and product names may be trademarks of their respective holders This material is the confidential property of RADIO 42 and its subsidiaries or licensors and may be used reproduced stored or transmitted only in accordance with a valid RADIO42 license or sublicense agreement RADIO42 Bernd NiedergesaB Gryphiusstrasse 9 22299 Hamburg Germany Revision Date August 2015 Table of Contents INTRODUCTION sssvsssssisisisesssvsccoassiessesvasaveouesstsssiassvevasossreessssaasvanisave 11 INSTALLATION cessor reret soer ruere uer unner Eseo au ri Veser ENNO NEV VEENEV SSS 12 Hardware and Software Requirement sess ssssessssesssreessreessseessreessrtessreesnrtessriennrrennrresnreensrrensee 12 Supported Ope ratins SYSTEMS issaraen areara Ea E E E e E OEE E E I Ea RTs 12 Supported Audio nt ffacESessssspner n annaa EEE E EART 12 H tdwate Reg iremie tssspsssansnennn nann an E TEE E ARTS 12 Std Party Software Reg irem ntsssssenenonn anana a E E E RAR 13 Tnistalling ProppRrexx ONAIR spsesennnnn nn e E E ERR 15 Directoty Structure eaaa E EEr EE R ERE R RR ETEEN R EE R EE ES 15 Statt Ment Strutt eae a E E E E ER E ETE EE EAN 16 Desktop CONS scsestcmpenennstenemeteananasnenmatenmmn
172. R CW2_PLAY_CART_18 Plays Pauses the 18th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART_19 Plays Pauses the 19th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY_ CART 20 Plays Pauses the 20th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 21 Plays Pauses the 21th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 22 Plays Pauses the 22th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 23 Plays Pauses the 23th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 24 Plays Pauses the 24th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART _ 25 Plays Pauses the 25th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 26 Plays Pauses the 26th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 27 Plays Pauses the 27th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 28 Plays Pauses the 28th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 29 Plays Pauses the 29th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART_30 Plays Pauses the 30th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Par
173. R To get the list of available Carts and IDs use CW1l_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_ SELECT CART TOGGLE Toggles the select state of certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_DESELECT_CART Deselects certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts and IDs use CW1l_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_DESELECT ALL Deselects all Carts in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART_NAMES GET CW1_ SELECT CART 1 CW1_ SELECT CART 2 Selects the 1st Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply OK ERROR and only this one Selects the 2nd Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply OK ERROR and only this one 264 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Gl BI CT_CART_ 3 Selects the 3rd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR Gy A td pI 5 CART 4 Selects the 4th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O t J J O w Gl Zi CT CART 5 Selects t
174. RO none k of the current R track in Player the current PLS PLAY A Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO k of the current playlistname R track in Player an open PLS CURRENT PLAY B Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO none k of the current R track in Player the current PLS PLAY B Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO k of the current playlistname R track in Player an open PLS CURRENT PLAY C Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO none k of the current R track in Player the current PLS PLAY C Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO k of the current playlistname R track in Player an open PLS CURRENT PLAY D Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO none k of the current R track in Player the current PLS PLAY D Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO k of the current playlistname R track in Player an open PLS CURRENT PLAYFADE A Starts playbac playlist Parameter Reply OK ERRO k of the current using fading none R track in Player the current 244 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX PLS PLAYFADE A Starts playback of the current playlist using fading Parameter playlistname
175. RT 4 Selects the 4th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CART 5 Selects the 5th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CART 6 Selects the 6th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CART 7 Selects the 7th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2 SELECT CART 8 Selects the 8th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CART 9 Selects the 9th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR 270 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX CW2_SELECT_CART_10 Selects the 10th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_11 Selects the 11th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_12 Selects the 12th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_13 Selects the 13th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_SELECT_CART_14 Selects the 14th Cart in the Cartwall and only this
176. Remote Clients Click this button to manage remote clients Remote clients are instances of ProppFrexx ONAIR running on other machines You can control the Master Slave mode start or stop the scheduler start or stop any streaming server control the playlist or even synchronize the scheduler entries of those remote clients over the network via this feature When opening the Remote Client Manager you must first define the remote client connection Click on the Add Chent button to define your remote connection 78 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 46 Add Remote Client Name Defines the unique name of the remote client studio Address Defines the IP address or DNS name of the remote client to use Port Defines the port number to use Note This must match the port number of the ProppFrexx ONAIR remote TCP server as configured on the client Password Defines the password to use Note This must match the password of the ProppFrexx ONAIR remote TCP server as configured on the client Once a remote client was added successfully it will be shown in the dialog as shown below ONLINE Admin Studio 1 Studio 2 Local Tr ONLIN LINE Admin Scheduler OFF MASTER Figure 47 The Remote Client Manager The communication with remote clients is handled via the standard control commands using the ProppFrexx ONAIR TCP server feature more info can be found in the chapter REMOTING EVENTS COMMA
177. S fulllevelsec the track s FullLevel position in seconds 3 decimal places fulllevelms the track s FullLevel position in whole milliseconds ramp the track s Ramp position as a string HH MM SS rampsec the track s Ramp position in seconds 3 decimal places RADIO42 Confidential 293 ProppFrexx ONAIR wruwnrnnnnr7nnn7nvn7nn7AnrnnnnnnnnnnnsnnrnnAnnnnnHnHAnHrnAHr HHH HnH HH HH UN NH rampms the track s Ramp position in whole milliseconds ramp2 the track s Ramp2 position as a string HH MM SS ramp2sec the track s Ramp2 position in seconds 3 decimal places ramp2ms the track s Ramp2 position in whole milliseconds outro the track s Outro position as a string HH MM SS outrosec the track s Outro position in seconds 3 decimal places outroms the track s Outro position in whole milliseconds fadeout the track s FadeOut position as a string HH MM SS fadeoutsec the track s FadeOut position in seconds 3 decimal places fadeoutms the track s FadeOut position in whole milliseconds next the track s Next position as a string HH MM SS nextsec the track s Next position in seconds 3 decimal places nextms the track s Next position in whole milliseconds cueout the track s CueOut position as a string HH MM SS cueoutsec the track s CueOut position in seconds 3 decimal places cueoutms the track s CueOut position in whol
178. S HHH HH ptname the name of the current script ptpointer the current script pointer index ptlineentry the data of the current script line entry ptlinemode the mode of the current script line ptlinecount the number of script line entries ptlaststart the last start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss ptlaststop the last stop date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss t the program start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss the program end date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss t_yyyy the program start year 4 digits 0000 9999 t_yy the program start year 2 digits 00 99 t_MM the program start month 2 digits 00 12 t_dd the program start day 2 digits 00 31 t_dow the program start day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday t_week the program start Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 t_HH the program start hour 2 digits 00 23 t_mm the program start minute 2 digits 00 59 t_ss the program start second 2 digits 00 59 end_yyyy the program end year 4 digits 0000 9999 end_yy the program end year 2 digits 00 99 end_MM the program end month 2 digits 00 12 end_dow the program end day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday end_week the program end Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 end_dd the program st end art day 2 digits 00 31 end_HH the program end hour 2 digits 00 23 end_mm the program end minute 2 d
179. Save to save the setup to the given name Just type in a new setup name and click Save to store the current setup to a new preset RADIO42 Confidential 139 ProppFrexx ONAIR Routing Settings This category contains the routing configuration of player sources to output mixer channels Figure 105 Routing Configuration As described in the chapter Internal Players ProppFrexx ONAIR hosts various different players In this section you can assign each of these players with a certain Mixer Output Channel as described in the previous chapter The audio signal output of the respective player will then be routed to the configured Mzxer Output Channel for play out Fach Output Mixer Channel is capable of receiving the input of any number of players So you can easily route different players to the same Output Mixer Channel DJ Player A D Defines the default routing for the DJ Player A D Note that you can change this routing at any time directly within the DJ Player itself Standby Player Defines the default routing for the Standby Players Note that you can change this routing at any time directly within the DJ Player itself Full Duplex Defines the default routing for input mixer channels Select an output mixer channel to which the audio signal of an input mixer channel should by default be send to when in full duplex mode PFL Player Defines the routing for the PFL Player Quick Monitor Defines the routing for
180. T Plays the current track in the current Player of an open playlist 240 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX if paused Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PAUSE CURRENT Pauses the current track in the current Player of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading no eject Parameter fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional if given it denotes the fade out time in ms PLS PAUSE CURRENT Pauses the current track in the current Player of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading no eject Parameter playlistname fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional if given it denotes the fade out time in ms PLS CURRENT PAUSENOFADE CURRENT Pauses the current track in the current Player of the current playlist no Fading no Eject Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PAUSENOFADE CURRENT Pauses the current track in the current Player of an open playlist no Fading no Eject Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAY NEXT Plays the next track and ejects the current track of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAY NEXT Plays the next track and ejects the current track of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAY NEXTNOFADE Plays the next track and ejects the current track of the cu
181. T mididata2 0x7F 0 signed 64 3 0 Set Level Meter level Each channel has a peak level meter display some devices provide a 12 or 13 segment LED strip and some other devices only provide a single signal indicator however updating the peak level is the same in all cases Only transmit peak levels MCU automatically decreases the level meter bars and switches off the signal present LED over time This approach ensures that MIDI bandwidth takes only a fraction of that required by implementations where the current level and peak level is transmitted constantly Decay rate is approximately 300ms per meter division 1 8 seconds to fall from 100 to 0 as such a good update interval is somewhere around 150ms Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU level idipeak EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU level idi peak Parameters id int fader id 0 7 peak float the peak level 0 0 min thru 1 0 max Example EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU level 0 mixerlevel Sets the peak level on the 1s channel based on the mixerlevel macro value e g if the above command is used within the mixer channel s OnTimer event using a 150ms update period Set Time Display time The MCU provides a TimeCode BBT display which contains up to 10 characters and is typically used to display the current track position resp remaining time Use this command together with a decimal value representing the seconds and fra
182. T MUTE ON Sets a mixer to MUTE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT MUTE OFF Sets a mixer to NOT MUTE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT DUCK Toggles the volume of the mixer to the talkover level resp maximum volume Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer the is used MIXER OUTPUT RESET FULLDUPLEX Resets a Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT mixers Full Duplex buffers last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT RECREATERESET Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Recreates and Resets a mixer last selected output mixer is used MIXER _OUTPUT_SND2_ GET Gets a mixers SND2 value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT False if not last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT _SND2_ TOGGLE Toggles a mixers SND2 value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last select
183. T be executed For excluded media types the initial streaming title as specified in the Streaming Server Configuration is used and if this is empty no title update is performed Title Update Format Defines the default format to be used with streaming server title updates any regular track marcros might be used see Appendix Note You can assign an individul title update format to each streaming server in its configuration dialog To add a new streaming server dick on the Add button To editing an existing streaming server click on the Edit button or double click on the entry in the list The following dialog is used to configure one streaming server instance 154 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 112 Edit Streaming Server Configuration Name The logical name of the streaming server must be unique for all instances Type Defines the type of streaming server SHOUTcast Client Use this type if you want to stream to a SHOUT cast v1 or v2 or compatible e g Live 365 server and use this as a streaming client ProppFrexx ONAIR is the source ICEcast Client Use this type if you want to stream to an ICEcast server and use this as a streaming client ProppFrexx ONAIR is the source WMAcast Client Use this type if you want to stream to a publishing point on a Windows Media server and use this as a streaming client ProppFrexx ONAIR is the source HOMEcast WMA Server Use this
184. TRUE if the parameter macro ainvolume resolves to a value which is greater than 0 5 and less or equal to 1 0 Example 4 C test txt Exists The criterion Exists would eval TRUE if the parameter C test txt denotes a physically existing file Control Command Macros Each control command parameter might contain any number of macros which are replaced at the time the command is executed A macro has the format macro Depending on the caller of the control command not all macros might be available at any time Here is a list of possible macros Global Macros always available now the current date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss yyyy the current year 4 digits yy the current year 2 digits MM the current month 2 digits 01 12 dow the current day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday week the current Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 dd the current day 2 digits 01 31 HH the current hour 2 digits 00 23 mm the current minute 2 digits 00 59 ss the current second 2 digits 00 59 onair the on air status 1 True on air 0 False off air talkover the talk over status 1 True active 0 False inactive talkuser the talk user status 1 True active 0 False inactive autoplay the AutoPlay status 1 True active 0 False inactive usefading the UseFading status 1 True active 0 False inactive ismaster the Master Sla
185. This allows you to completely automate ProppFrexx ONAIR operations and also lets you seamlessly switch between manual live assist and automatic mode Two independent cartwalls provide you with the ability to quickly play jingles sweepers whatsoever In addition ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to organize tracks in so called embedded playlists which are smaller playlists which treat their entries as one big logical track This allows you to pack multiple tracks eg a row of advertising tracks to one single track To support multiple users on a single broadcasting workstation ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated user management This allows you to define any number of individual users working on the same machine without the need to change the operating system user Each ProppFrexx ONAIR user can customize the look and feel of the user interface to his 22 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR Features needs and each user can be granted an individual set of user rights eg preventing some user to perform certain actions or changing certain settings Integrated streaming support is another great feature set You might directly broadcast live streams from within ProppFrexx ONAIR You can define any number of streaming servers and such ProppFrexx ONAIR can be a source to external streaming servers or even be the servet itself eg to support local area network broadcasting An ONAIR time control RSS Feed Reader a Messag
186. True On 0 False Off tmixer3on the 34 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off tmixer4on the 4 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off tmixer5on the 5 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off is the 1st input mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 24 input mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 34 input mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 4 input mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 5 input mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no tmixerlsnd is SND active for the 1st input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer2snd is SND active for the 24 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer3snd is SND active for the 3 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer4snd is SND active for the 4 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer5snd is SND active for the 5 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixerlrec is REC active for the 1st input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer2rec is REC active for the 274 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer3rec is REC active for the 34 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer4rec is REC active for the 4 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer5rec is REC active for the 5 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixerlautorec is AutoRec active for 1st input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer2autorec is AutoRec active for 27d input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer3autorec is AutoRec active for 3 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no t
187. UME SET Sets a mixers volume value Parameter mixername volume between 0 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SLIDE Slides the mixers volume to a new value Parameter mixername volume between 0 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME CHANGE Changes a mixers volume by a delta value Parameter mixername volumedelta between 1 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER_OUTPUT_PAN_GET Gets a mixers balance value Parameter mixername Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER OUTPUT PAN SET Sets a mixers balance value Parameter mixername pan between 1 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER_OUTPUT_PAN CHANGE Changes a mixers balance by a delta value Parameter mixername pandelta between 1 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER_OUTPUT_ SND2VOLUME GET G
188. UNTDOWN Shows a countdown window til the given time with a certain text Parameter time text Reply OK ERROR time the time either HH MM SS or in MS til the the countdown should be shown text the optional text to display with the countdown 276 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX WDM_INPUT_ GET Gets the settings of a WDM recording input source Parameter device input Reply string the input settings name type status volume device O first input O first l master WDM_INPUT SET Adjusts the settings of a WDM recording input source Parameter device input status ON OFF NONE volume 0 0 1 0 1 Reply OK ERROR device O first input O first l master status ON OFF NONE volume 0 0 1 0 1 leave WDM_INPUT_SET_ON Sets a WDM recording input source to ON Parameter device input Reply OK ERROR device O first input O first l master WDM_INPUT SET OFF Sets a WDM recording input source to OFF Parameter device input Reply OK ERROR device O first input O first l master WDM INPUT SET TOGGLE Toggles a WDM recording input source status Parameter device input Reply OK ERROR device O first input O first l master WDM OUTPUT VOLUME SET Adjusts the volume of a WDM output device Parameter device volume 0 0 1 0 Reply OK ERROR device l first volume 0 0 1 0 WDM OUTPUT VOLUME GET
189. YHYeYHYHeHrnnrHenenHnnHnHNHrHeYrYeHnHeHnHAnHnHnHHnHHYHeYrenrenHnenHnHAnHn H HAHrHeHeYHeHr HH H event the name of the event eg TrackPlay effectiveload the event s load date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mmiss effectivestart the event s start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss effectivesec the event s play time duration in whole seconds effectivems the event s play time duration in whole milliseconds uniqueid an internal unique id of the track event playername the name of the player eg A B C or D playerisplaying is the related player playing 1 True 0 False playerstatus the status string of the related player Empty Cued Playing Loading playerstatusid the status of the related player 0 1 2 plsname the name of the playlist 1sfilename the location of the playlist file lstotalsec the total length of the playlist in whole seconds lsremainsec the remaining length of the playlist in whole seconds lstotalcount the number of tracks in the playlist lsremaincount the number of remaining unplayed tracks in the playlist lscurrenttrack the index of the track in the playlist lstracknamecurrent the current track s meta data track name i e artist title lstracknamenext the next track s meta data track name i e artist title lstracktitlecurrent the current track s meta data title name lstrack
190. ack has a replay gain value of 5 dB the effective replay gain would be 3 dB see the Maximum Replay Gain value below Default Replay Gain Defines the replay gain value in dB to be used for all tracks not having any replay gain values resp for all tracks where the replay gain value cannot be determined the default is 6 dB Maximum Replay Gain This is the current maximum replay gain value in dB being used so far This value is used when the Dynamic ReplayGain mode is selected Folder and Library Settings This category contains the assignment of paths media and cartwall libraries Figure 65 Folders Libraries Configuration RADIO42 Confidential 95 ProppFrexx ONAIR Media Libraries Media libraries are essential to ProppFrexx ONAIR A media library is actually an internal collection of media entries which each represent the reference to audio tracks available for playback All your used media libraries therefore represent your entire database of available tracks of course you are also allowed to play any other audio manually Media libraries are used almost everywhere within ProppFrexx ONAIR You might use media libraries during scripting e g to pick random tracks out of a certain media library and add them to your playback playlist automatically or you might add media tracks out of any media library manually The Find Track window allows you to search through all defined media libraries for
191. ack name Le artist title title the track s meta data title name artist the track s meta data artist name album the track s meta data album name year the track s meta data year string genre the track s meta data genre string grouping the track s meta data grouping string mood the track s meta data mood string isrc the track s meta data ISRC string rating the track s meta data rating string bpm the track s meta data BPM value as a string albumartist the track s meta data album artist string composer the track s meta data composer string copyright the track s meta data copyright string encodedby the track s meta data encoded by string tracknumber the track s meta data track number string discnumber the track s meta data disc number string publisher the track s meta data publisher string conductor the track s meta data conductor string lyricist the track s meta data lyricist string remixer the track s meta data remixer string producer the track s meta data producer string comment the track s meta data comment text albumart the track s album art picture base64 encoded replaygaingain the track s meta data replay gain value in dB 60 0 60 0 replaygainpeak the track s meta data replay gain peak float value 0 0 1 0 bitrate the track s audio bit rate string format the track s aud
192. ack s BPM value is permanently calculated during playback else the BPM value is only calculated manually upon request Auto Save BPM to Track If checked the current BPM value is automatically stored to the track s metadata but only if the track does not contain a BPM value so far Execute Control Commands If checked the track related control commands are also executed in the PFL Cartwall resp Standby Players else they are only executed in the DJ Players Set the check mark to the players where you want to execute control commands PFL Player Cartwall I Cartwall II and Standby 104 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Playlist and Other Settings This category contains the configuration of the look and feel TAG reading UAC and playlist settings Figure 71 Playlist Others Configuration Look And Feel Show Tool Tips When checked help tool tips will be displayed over almost every control element If unchecked no tool tips will be displayed Suppress Errors When checked and errors occur the error notification dialog is suppressed and the error is only logged to the errorlog file Show Notifications when Minimized When checked a notification popup window will be shown with the current track title being played whenever the main window is minimized Load Layout on Startup When checked the layout of all windows are restored when the application is started Save Layout on Exit When checked
193. ame Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT LOCK GET Gets a mixers LOCK value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if locked False If no parameter is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT if unlocked mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT LOCK TOGGLE Toggles a mixers LOCK value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT mixer is used 228 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX MIXER OUTPUT LOCK Sets a mixer to LOCKED Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT UNLOCK Sets a mixer to UNLOC Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT ED last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT MUTE GET Gets a mixers MUTE value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT False if not last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT MUTE TOGGLE Toggles a mixers MUTE value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER OUTPU
194. ame Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension Loads a different OSC Mapping file to the Remote Control OSC GPIO GAMEPORT CHANGE MAPPING Loads a different GAMEPORT Mapping file to the Remote Control GAME PORT Parameter mappingname Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension Server GPIO VELLEMAN CHANGE MAPPING Ve lleman Loads a different Velleman Mapping file to the Remote Control Server Parameter mappingname Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension GPIO_IOWARRIOR_ CHANGE MAPPING Loads a different I0 Warrior Mapping file to the Remote Control IO Warrior Server Parameter mappingname Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension GPIO DRAIRENCE CHANGE MAPPING NQDAUTDE oads a different DRAirence Mapping file to the Remote Control RAirence Server arameter mappingname eply OK ERROR pecify just the mapping name without any path or extension GPIO DRAIRLITE CHANGE MAPPING oO NOQDAUOE ply O oads a different DRAirlite Mapping file to the Remote Control RAirlite Server arameter mappingname ERROR pecify just the mapping name without any path or extension GP O START_TCPSERVER Starts t ply O the TCP he TCP Remote Control Server K ERROR Server was already running it will be restarted GP O
195. ameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_FADEOUTSLOW CART Slowly FadesOut Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_FADEOUTFAST_CART Quickly FadesOut Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_PLAY_CART_1 Plays Pauses the lst Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW1_PLAY_ CART 2 Plays Pauses the 2nd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW1_PLAY CART 3 Plays Pauses the 3rd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one 266 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_4 Plays Pauses the 4th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY_CART_5 Plays Pauses the 5th Ca
196. ameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_CART_ISPLAYING Gets the play state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II RADIO42 Confidential 273 ProppFrexx ONAIR Parameter cartid Reply bool True if playing False if paused To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART_ISLOOPED Gets the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid Reply bool True if looped False if not To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART_ISSTOPOTHERS Gets the Stop Others On Play state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid Reply bool True if Stop Others On Play False if not To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART LOOP ON Sets the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II to LOOP Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART LOOP OFF Sets the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II to NOT LOOP Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs
197. an audio track which will be used in embedded hook containers between multiple tracks Hook Closer The hook closer is an audio track which will be used in embedded hook containers as the final track Other Mixing Defaults Use ACPD Defines which players DJ PFL and Standby should automatically calculate cue points if they are not already set for a track ACPD calculates the effective Cue In Full Level Fade Out Next and Cue Out positions as described above If enabled and a track is loaded to one of these players the cue points are calculated So you might for example suppress ACPD for certain players here Adjust Delay Some soundcards resp sound drivers add an additional delay to the output As ProppFrexx ONAIR cannot determine this latency you might use this value positive or negative to compensate for this latency to achieve perfect beat matching ACPD Exclude Select all the media types for which Automatic Cue Point Detection should NOT be executed Note that cue points can still be manually calculated This allows you to for example exclude any jingles or advertising tracks from ACPD and such those tracks will not be automatically faded nor will any silence be detected at the beginning and the end Use Fading Specifies if the respective player Cartwall I II and Quick Monitor Player should perform any ACPD fading If disabled the players will not use any cue or volume points and just play out the track as is If disabled a
198. ange for automatic advertising track insertion Advertising Count Defines the mode and the number of tracks to be inserted for automatic advertising track insertion Jingles Defines if and how jingle entries should be added during the script execution If a cartwall library is specified here tracks are taken from it in the frequency range given E g if you specify 4 7 this means that after each 4 to 7 script tracks an additional entry is taken from this ingle library and inserted during script execution If you specify 2 2 this means that after every 2 script tracks a ingle track will be inserted Note Here a normal cartwall library is simply selected to pick tracks from so these doesn t actually have to be real jingle tracks 162 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Jingles Range Defines the range for automatic Jingle track insertion Jingles Count Defines the mode and the number of tracks to be inserted for automatic jingle track insertion Script Lines This list contains all defined script lines to be use within the script See below for details Add Click here to add a new script line Note You might also the standard Cut amp Paste keyboard shortcuts to create new script lines Remove Click here to remove the currently selected scrpt line Up Click here to move the currently selected scrpt line up in the list Down Ciick here to move the currently selected scrpt
199. any active recording temporarily Auto Sensing This item allows you to control the way a manual recording should work see the section Encoding and Recording Settings in the General Configuration Settings on how to define the sensing parameters Recording sensing means that a certain action might be carried out when the audio level of the recording is below resp above a defined threshold level or when the recording is active for a certain amount of time If you for example want to only record the audio signal when the channel is actually used eg a moderator speaks to the microphone you might use the auto sensing pause function in order to pause the recording when silence is detected The following sensing actions are available Off No sensing activity recording is active as long as selected via the REC button Pause When the audio level of the recording falls below the defined sensing threshold level the recording will be paused If it rises again above the threshold the recording will be continued Stop The recording will be stopped when the audio level of the recording falls below the defined sensing threshold level After the recording was stopped it has to be manually started again via the REC button Per Sensing New Session When the audio level of the recording falls below the defined sensing threshold level the recording will start a new session meaning a new file will be created Per TimeLimit New Session
200. ar items When a playlist window is open additional tool bar items will be shown Quick Access Tool Bar The quick access tool bar contains shortcuts to the ribbon bar items and can be customized by right clicking on any ribbon bar item Header Bar The header bar shows the currently logged in user if user access control is enabled the on air status and contains the help menu Status Bar The status bar shows the last performed action or related information and displays the CPU usage as well as the current date and time Playlist Window In this area playlist windows will be shown You can open as many playlists in parallel as you want Playlist windows are always arranged in a tabbed manner on the main window All other windows can be freely arranged docked or floating see below Tabbed Docking Windows ProppFrexx ONAIR hosts the following docking windows 1 Station Visual displays your station logo or a FFT visual of any mixer channel ONAIR Time Displays the current date and time and optional messages Cartwall I and II Displays your cartwall items Control Room Message Center Displays RSS Feeds and general messages Network Streaming Monitor Displays all used broadcast streaming servers Main Mixer Displays all mixer channels and the main channel strip Find Track Displays a search to find tracks in your libraries Directory Explorer Displays an explorer to navigate through any folder 9 Trackboard D
201. arameter string username password uri content Reply OK ERROR EXEC_SEND_MIDI_SETZONE Sets the Midi zone on the 1 t MIDI Server Parameter int zone Reply OK ERROR Note zone denotes the zone value 1 Any Zone EXEC_SEND MIDI_GETZONE Gets the Midi zone on the 15 MIDI Server Parameter none Reply int zone ERROR Note zone denotes the zone value 1 Any Zone EXEC SEND MIDI_SHORTMSG Sends a Midi short message on the 18 MIDI Output device Parameter string status channel datal data2 data or string status datal data2 data Reply OK ERROR Note status and channel will be combined into the status byte of the ShortMessage so leave channel to 0 if not needed You might provide datal and data2 separately or data as a combined 216 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX value Each token can be expressed as a decimal or a hex value if preceding 0x Eg 0x90 1 60 0x7F means 0x90 NoteOn 1 Channel 1 60 Middle C Ox7F Velocity 127 EXEC_SEND MIDI_SYSEXMSG Sends a Midi system exclusive message on the 15 MIDI Output device Parameter string bytes Reply OK ERROR The bytes must be seperated by a space character and can be any ASCII string if enclosed in quotes byte number value or a HEX value if prefixed with 0x which will be sent to the output EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU Sends a Mackie Control Universal command to the 15 MIDI Outpu
202. arameter string password Reply OK PING A ping needs to be send by the client at least every 10 seconds Otherwise the connection will be closed SLEEP Sleeps for the specified milliseconds Parameter int milliseconds between 0 and 2000 Reply OK Might be useful in a sequence of commands to delay the subsequent commands EXEC_COMMAND Executes another command resp list of commands Parameter string command s Reply OK ERROR EXEC _COMMAND2 Executes another command depending on a condition Parameter string parameter criterion command Reply OK ERROR The parameter is evaluated against the criterion If it meets the condition the command is executed Example cplisplaying Equals 1 SHOW_ALERT_WINDOW Currently Playing cpltracknamecurrent EXEC_ASYNC Executes a command asynchronious in an extra thread Parameter string command Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND FILE Executes the commands as contained in a file Parameter string filename Reply OK ERROR EXEC WRITE GLOBAL LOG Writes a log file entry to a global log file Parameter string logfile Reply OK ERROR Note The filename should be given without any extension as the default extension log will be added automatically EXEC WRITE PLAYLIST LOG Writes a log file entry to a playlist log file Parameter string logfile Reply OK ERROR Note The filename should be given without any extension as the default extension lo
203. are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART LOOP TOGGLE Toggles the loop state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_ CART _STOPOTHERS TOGGLE Toggles the Stop Others On Play state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART_KEYSTATE TOGGLE Toggles the key state of a certain Cart in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_CART PFL Starts the PFL Player for a certain Cart in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2 PLAY ALLSELECTED PARALLEL Plays all selected Carts in the Cartwall II in parallel Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2 PLAY ALLSELECTED ONEBYONE Plays all selected Carts in the Cartwall II one after the other Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_FADEOUT_ALLSELECTED Fades Out all selec
204. arted Late Start Loop Line If checked and a program is started later than its defined start time e g because you manually re started the scheduler the script will start with the defined loop line instead of from the beginning Silence Detection only with Scheduler If checked the Silence Detection is only active if the Scheduler is also running RADIO42 Confidential 159 ProppFrexx ONAIR Silence when below Defines the audio level in dB which should be used to identify silence in a mixer channel The mixer channel is considered silent when the level falls below this threshold Note If you have enabled multiple mixer channels for silence detection all these mixer channels must be silent before any action is performed Silence for at least Defines the time in seconds a mixer channel s level must stay below the defined threshold until silence is effectively detected Note If you have enabled multiple mixer channels for silence detection all these mixer channels must be stay below the threshold for the given time until any action is performed Start AutoPlay If selected and silence was detected for more than the specified time AutoPlay will be set automatically To perform any other custom specific action when silence was detected resp when noise is back detected you might use the global OnDetectSilence resp OnDetectNoise event see Events Commands Manage Additional Script Libraries To manage additional script librari
205. artwall windows Each cartwall library displays their entries as carts inside the cartwall You might select each cartwall library within the cartwall windows Therefore you should not use libraries with too many entries as a cartwall library typically a cartwall library should not contain more than 100 entries For the rest of it a cartwall library is exactly the same as a media library except that a cartwall library never uses a song history and such the same patameters and options applies to the cartwall libraries as for the media libraries Manage Additional Cartwall Libraries To manage additional cartwall libraries c ck on the Additional Cartwall Libraries button The same dialog as used to manage additional media libraries allows you to manually manage your individual cartwall libraries and assign individual parameters to them As this dialog is almost the same as for adding additional media libraries please refer to the section Manage Additional Media Libraries for more information The differences are a Cartwall libraries don t actually use the song history even if defined b Cartwall libraries don t support the Auto Watch feature 100 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Library Automation Options These settings allow you to automatically trigger the reloading of all media and cartwall libraries at certain intervals Note that you might also trigger a reload of media l
206. ase64 encoded of DJ Player C ltrackalbumartd the track s album art picture base64 encoded of DJ Player D lautoplay lusefading lautoload lautounload the AutoUnload status 1 True auto 0 False manual ltrackisrccurrent the current track s meta data ISRC ltrackisrcnext the next track s meta data ISRC ltracktypecurrent the current track s meta data media entry type string ltracktypenext the next track s meta data media entry type string ltracktypea the track s meta data media entry type string of DJ Player A ltracktypeb the track s meta data media entry type string of DJ Player B ltracktypec the track s meta data media entry type string of DJ Player C ltracktyped the track s meta data media entry type string of DJ Player D ltrackbpmcurrent the current track s meta data BPM ltrackbpmnext the next track s meta data BPM the track s meta data BPM of DJ Player A the track s meta data BPM of DJ Player B the track s meta data BPM of DJ Player C the track s meta data BPM of DJ Player D tioncurrent the current track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut tionnext the next track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut tiona the track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player A tionb the track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player B tionc the track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player C tiond th
207. atacsctassaasshanistasassannsioas ianiai anini 109 Define Uset Profiles irian ai A AE RTE 110 Define Uset Control Commands ineine i ee a o a iE 111 Define ProppFrexx ONAIR USET iiiaae se e o A 111 Edit User SENE Si A E EA E AEA E AOO EE 112 Remote Medial ibrary Settings ccss csvecssvcsoterssvettpncestvdanotoaveseesotodeqviesstocoerveterotssvves 114 Edit Playlist CHI se elo lil era alo E ET 116 Mizxing Fading Configurations iriiri iin 118 Hok Mixing Setin srmn ariii A e eA Ae E E A O AEE 120 Define Mixing Settings per Media Type sess ssssissssesssresssreessreessriessreessrressreesseeessee 121 Encoding Recording Com foutatl 1 vasssctosnanssesosciriounsatessaosaodoawsotsoacdonodoersotoeesnisness 123 Encoder Setup erimi r aee aa O AEAEE ARA E AAO AAEE 124 Define Encoder Profiles anaiei 126 WAV Encodet Settings csiitsssstsssscssssseassedsivsssessseandedsvessinssinneiedvacsnvessinssdedeaons edtiedsinaes 127 RADIO42 Confidential 9 Table of Figures Pipute 89 MP3 Encoder Setting Sasis a a a a 127 Figure 90 WMA Encoder Settings ess sessessssesssreessresssreessreessreessreessrrensntensnrenntennrennneensrressrrenrene 128 Figure 91 QuickTime AAC Encoder Settings e sessssssessseessresssriessreessrressreessrressnressrressreessneee 129 Figure 92 Nero AAC Encoder Settings ess sessessssessssesssreessreessreessreessreensnrensreessntennrensrressreeesnene 129 Pipute 93 OGG Encoder Settings senses setscesesstecenseereasreesen
208. ayback length in seconds If above 0 any track with this media type assigned will be limited to this maximum playback length when loaded to a DJ PFL or Standby Player Track Insert Transition Use this setting to automatically convert a media entry into a track insert event which starts ends at the defined position of the previous resp next track Note Make sure to use this setting only with certain media entries This automatic track insert transition takes place for tracks within a playlist when they are about to be loaded into a DJ Player So you might change the media entry type for a track at any time before that happens in order to prevent this automatic transition In addition you might set the track s SupressTrackInsertTransition option to suppress the automatic transition within the playlist Else a playlist entry will automatically be converted to a track insert event Maximum Transition Length Tracks having a duration which is greater than this length in seconds will not be considered for any automatic track insert transition Track Insert Attenuation The dB value to use to lower the volume in case of an automatic track insert transition 0 0 dB means no attenuation The automatic attenuation will be applied to the track s to which the insert was added Test File Select a test file to be used with the ACPD preview Zoom Factor slider Defines how many seconds before and after the first resp last cue point should be visi
209. be between 1 and TrackCount see PLS CURRENT _TRACKCOUNT GET PLS CURRENT GET SELECTEDENTRY Gets the currently selected entry of the current playlist Parameter none Reply string the playlist entry player filename trackname duration playtime schedule status elap sedtime remaintime album year genre ramp outro PLS CURRENT GET SELECTEDINDEX Gets the index of the currently selected entry of the current playlist Parameter none Reply int the index of the selected playlist entry PLS CURRENT QUICKMONITOR Starts the Quick Monitor of the currently selected track in the current playlist Parameter none hotstartIndex 0 9 Reply OK ERROR An optional HotStart index might be given between 0 and 9 playback starts at that HotStart index if given PLS CURRENT QUICKMONITOR_FFWD Fast Forwards the Quick Monitor Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT QUICKMONITOR_FRWD Fast Rewind the Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Quick Monitor 252 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX PLS CURRENT REMOVE ENTRY Removes a certain entry from the current playlist Parameter int Reply OK ERROR index PLS CURRENT DELETE SELECTED Deletes the Parameter currently selected entries none Reply OK ERROR from the current playlist PLS CURRENT PFL START 7 Opens the P Parameter L Player for the current playlist none Reply OK ERROR
210. be performed on tracks having no Album or Artist meta data Use Extended Check If checked an extended history check is performed which also checks for duplicate Artist and or Album entries If disable only duplicate track file name entries are checked Albums Defines the number of history entries which should be checked for duplicate Albums E g when set to 5 this will ensure that the last 5 tracks will not be taken from any of the same album Alternatively you might also define the number of minutes which should be checked for duplicate Albums E g when set to 60 this will ensure that a track will not be taken from the same album within the last 60 minutes Note In any case will the check be limited to the size of your global song history Artists Defines the number of history entries which should be checked for duplicate Artists E g when set to 5 this will ensure that the last 5 tracks will not be taken from any of the same artist Alternatively you might also define the number of minutes which should be checked for duplicate Artists E g when set to 60 this will ensure that a track will not be taken from the same artist within the last 60 minutes Note In any case will the check be limited to the size of your global song history X Check Artist Defines optional meta data fields which might be used to perform an additional check to detect duplicates Beside the selected meta data field itself it is also checked if the Artist is
211. be used to create a virtual pass through channel Such channel doesn t use any output device by itself but can be used to mix any source and then send the result to any another output device This allows you to create sub bus groups Device The physical soundcard driver resp device to be used with this output mixer channel Speaker Channel Pair Select the speaker pair resp channel pair to use with this mixer channel only relevant if the selected device is a multi channel device WDM If your soundcard device supports multiple speakers you might assign a certain speaker pair to this mixer channel ASIO Select which Asio channel pair should be used with this mixer channel WASAPI Select which channel pair should be used with this mixer channel Important Note When using ASIO make sure to use a unique device channel pair for each output mixer channel as two mixer output channels can not share the same ASIO device channel pair Copy To Output To If selected a copy pre fading of the audio signal processed by this mixer channel will be send to the selected output mixer channel as well You might select NONE if you don t want to copy the audio signal to any other mixer Note For a Virtual Sub Bus NONE driver model it is mandatory to select an output mixer channel here Output in 32 Bit Use 32 Bit floating point sample data for this mixer channel The main advantage of floating point channels aside from the increased resolution
212. below However if you make changes to your media library entries from within ProppFrexx ONAIR internally those changes are immediately available The question now is How do I define a media library and where does it get it tracks from Media Libraries can be created modified edited maintained directly from within ProppFrexx ONAIR The standard playlist window is the point where you can do so E g select New from the ribbon main menu to open a new and empty playlist Now you can manually add any numer of tracks to that playlist window and later on save it eg to a supported playlist file Once a playlist file is created you might use that as a media library Or if you have already defined a media library select the Media Librarie sub menu from the Oper menu of the main ribbon to open an existing media library This will open a new playlist wndow showing all tracks contained within this media library You can now change such playlist and as such the underlying media library will be changed accordingly This is also true for database based media libraries e g just create an empty table and reference this as a new media library Database based media libraries can as such also be opened and maintained in the playlist window new tracks added modified or removed will update the underlying database table accordingly Folder based media libraries don t need to be maintained from within ProppFrexx you simply manage them with yo
213. ber of days to keep the log files nouse keeping option After these days log files will be deleted Specify 0 to keep log files infinite 136 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Event and Command Settings Within ProppFrexx ONAIR you have the capability to associate numerous pre defined events system related track related script related etc with so called control commands This means that whenever an event occurs the associated control commands are executed This category contains the configuration of general system event and control command execution Category Events Commands 3 bn radio42 com Figure 101 Events Commands Configuration Export Events This allows you to export the current global event assignments to a file This might be useful to e g transfer your event control command assignments to another machine Import Events Allows you to import events previously exported from a file Note Your current existing global event entries will not be overwritten the imported events will be appended but only if not already existing So after any import double check your event entries above Exclude Event filter here you might select all the media entry types for which control commands should NOT be executed The pre defined system related events are grouped into categories Application Playlist etc within the above tree You might expand a category by either c cking on the arro
214. bessentsnnvesstvasnvenstvnaasvszenstaaensasesbaneaseetonss 174 Playlist based Media Libraries sissuisessescansasesisavastetosenstvovesnsbrtnses tuteasasialversatusnanratvenndestedes 174 Folder based Media Tibtartescns iis niet aieeiititi E ditt an RA 175 Database based Media Labraries lt 2 2ec csisiatitiaendenindtadseindtiadmialnadan 176 Remote Media Librarie Sreser adit te a alee th Ae a 176 Creating and Editing Media Libraries 00 csseesseesseessessssesessesessessssesessestssestssensssesees 176 About Mec asl tres o a 2 2 260505 ot oie F oh chs acta a chat ata A hel a he a ee cata he aa 177 Accessing Media Libraries wisi ssctsisecssesesasvsasseasasieveasestsvesststansassstvesnsvststvassastenseabeveasastaneasectaegs 185 Reloading Media Libraries ssisscsisissassstsevassstssvasasssvanvevacssnannnsansseatuavasestanvasenassonsasbsvensavavanaseotsess 185 PAG and Meta Data Reading ii 2 sccsctdscielsisciedsucksdiiclcsedbeeesctetcvseletsebebedctsbsdebeeebstisrienslesys 185 Editing Media Eiatties isinisisi adie sian AE E A EE A A AAA 185 The Find WindOwoiictancaianadandaananacalanddan AE E A E EE 185 The Dir ctoty EXpPlOf etortea EE EE A E EEE A 185 WORKING WITH PLAYLISTS cei eesesseecccesssseccceeessecceeeessees 186 Whe Playlist Wind Wsin aE 186 TREDI PIAT Siara ra a E E E RR 186 WS PET Ria yet PENERE BEEE E E E E EE catucstutadustlasle sotesnassunnds 186 The Segue Editor Multi Track Editor sess ssssessssesssresssresssreessriessrees
215. ble Click Slides the position to the default position Mouse Wheel Increases or decreases the position by small changes Shiftt Mouse W heel Increases or decreases the position by large changes Keyboard Controls Page Up Increases the position by large changes Page Down Decreases the position by large changes Up Arrow Left Arrow Increases the position by small changes Down Arrow Right Arrom Decreases the position by small changes Home Sets the position to the maximum value End Sets the position to the minimum value Delete Sets the position to the default value Ctrl Home Slides the position to the maximum value Ctrl End Slides the position to the minimum value Ctrl Delete Slides the position to the default value Various other rotary knobs are used within ProppFrexx ONAIR at other places eg the gain knob of a DJ Player the knobs of DSPs etc All these rotary knobs use exactly the same keyboard and mouse controls so they are not explained again for the other knobs Activating Deactivating the mixer channel ON To deactivate a mixer channel you might click on the ON button Click on the ON button again to activate it When not active the ON button is displayed in gray ON Processing of the mixer channel is active OFF Processing of the mixer channel is bypassed paused The mixer is offline and does not generate and output signal resp might only generate silence to the ou
216. ble in the preview RADIO42 Confidential 121 ProppFrexx ONAIR PFL Click here to open the PFL Player to listen to the calculated cue points 122 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Encoding and Recording Settings This category contains the configuration of encoding and recording settings Figure 85 Encoding Recording Configuration Encoder Setup Beside WAV incl BWF RF64 encoding ProppFrexx ONAIR doesn t use any internal build in encoder implementation instead the use of external command line encoders are supported These external command line encoders must be provided and installed separately by you In order to do so there is a special Encoder folder underneath your selected installation folder e g C Program Files radio42 ProppFrexx ONAIR 3 0 Encoder So please make sure if not already done that you manually copy the respective command line encoder executable plus any needed dependent dll libraries to this directory ProppFrexx ONAIR supports various encoder types out of the box without the need for additional configuration However note that each encoder type will require that the physical encoder executable is present on your machine installed and available in the above mentioned Encoder folder If an encoder is not installed or could not be found on your system the related encoder type might not be available within ProppFrexx ONAIR As such ProppFrexx doesn t fo
217. by Player can be freely routed to any available output mixer channel TT mma Greg Gauthier amp Tony L feat Michelle Weeks By Your Side Figure 25 The Standby Player Medium Size Layout MODStream Player This player is used with the MODStream Watcher functionality Via a control command MODSTREAM_WATCHER_START you might enable the MODStream Player When enabled the player constantly monitors a given internet stream address URL in the background until you stop him via the control command MODSTREAM_WATCHER_STOP If the internet stream is available and alive the player automatically connects to it either immediately or after the currently playing playlist track and starts playback while fading out all DJ Players and Cartwall Players With this player you might enable external moderator or live broadcast feeds to be automatically inserted into your program as they come available The MODStream Player can be freely routed to any available output mixer channel it always shares the same output mixer channel as the Overlay Player MUSIK LC N S 0 AM iT SMOO AZZ DOWNTEMPO LATIN SOUL AND MORE Track Playing PFL PAUSE Figure 26 The MODStream Player Overlay Player This player is used with the Overlay Advertising functionality Overlays are playlists which are triggered by a special entry of the Scheduler and are typically used to play out advertising tracks through the Advertising Manager but of course might also b
218. byte ranges from x00 to xFF which can also be composed out of a status type and a channel number Datal The full MIDI datal byte ranges from x00 to xFF However normally only the range between 0x00 and Ox7F is considered as a valid MIDI short message data1 byte Data2 Operator and Value s The Data2 operator defines how the data2 value will be compared in order to execute the associated command The MIDI data2 value ranges from x00 to xFF resp 0x0000 to OxFFFF Note that you might use a special Any operator here to actually ignore the data2 value and just map any value with it Control Command The control command to execute if an incoming MIDI short message matches the defined MIDI message filter Preset The preset name of the MIDI mapping 144 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR New Click here to create a new MIDI message and adds it to the end of the current list Set C ick here to save the current changes back to the currently selected MIDI message Delete C ick here to delete the currently selected MIDI message In order to define a proper mapping you need to know what MIDI short messages are send by your external MIDI device controller A MIDI short message is composed out of three parts bytes a status byte a data1 byte a data2 byte In the following example we assume that the external MIDI control device sends a ControlChange message along with a channel number as th
219. cally deletes the selected track Shift Enter Open Windows Explorer at Track Location Find Options case insensitive contains search by default lt key 1 gt lt key 2 gt perform an key1 AND key2 search lt key 1 gt lt key 2 gt perform a NOT key2 search key litle lt key gt or t lt key gt performs a search on the Title key artist lt key gt or a lt key gt performs a search on the Artist 206 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX key album lt key gt or i lt key gt performs a search on the Artist Rey year lt key gt or y lt key gt performs a search on the Year Rey genre lt key gt or e lt key gt performs a search on the Genre key bpm lt key gt or b lt key gt performs a search on the BPM key mood lt key gt or m lt key gt performs a search on the Mood Rey grouping lt key gt or g lt key gt performs a search on the Grouping key rating lt key gt or r lt key gt performs a search on the Rating Rey isre lt key gt or i lt key gt performs a search on the ISRC key agel lt key gt performs a search on the file creation date age in days key age2 lt key gt performs a search on the file modification date age in days key age3 lt key gt performs a search on the file statistics last play date age in days key count lt key gt performs a searc
220. cess ProppFrexx 98 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR MediaLibraryServer exe must be running and properly configured see the chapter Remote Media Library Server for more information Figure 68 Remote Media Library Connection Host Port Specify the host name DNS or IP address as well as the port number of the remote media library server to use Password Specify the password to use with the remote media library server Media Library Specify the media library name of the remote server to use cick on the three dots to select a remote media library name available on the server specified Base Directory If specified the media locations will be relative to this path else they must be absolute and fully qualified UNC paths are supported Note Make sure to properly configure your media library server settings accordingly We recommend to not use relative paths for remote libraries but instead use UNC paths on the remote server Test Click here to test your remote connection Note In order to use remote media libraries you must have the ProppFrexx MediaLibraryServer exe application running on the remote host computer Remove Removes the selected media library from your media library collection Reload Refreshes the selected media libraries reloads the library content Rescan Rebuilds the selected media library rescans the entire library content folder based media libraries onl
221. cetsccessescceseessecseenseeeeneese 282 Track Playlist Macros available for playlist events essseesssseesssesssseesssessssesssnecssssesssneessssessseeessneessaee 292 Script Scheduler Macros available for scheduler and script events eesssessssecsssessssecsssesssseesssessaee 294 Overlay Macros available for overlay player EVents cesceseesseeseessessseesseesseessseesseessessueesseesseesseeesneess 295 Mixer Mactos avatlable for mixer GVetits i ecsesseeessseceeensceesensseesensoresensdessensaeseonscessonsceseonsceseossdeesenssneseaseede 295 MIDI Macros available for MIDI events OSC Macros available for OSC events RegEx Macros available for Serial I O events Streaming Macros available for streaming server events es eeeseeeseesseesseesseesseessueesseesseessneesneesseesseeesseess 297 Playlist File Macros only available with EXEC_WRITE_PLAYLISTFILB c cesses 297 6 RADIO42 Confidential Table of Contents Script Line FixTime Macros Entry value will be resolved eeesssssseessseesssseesssesssseesssesssneessnessaee Overlay Macros Playing Command value will be resolved uf GG PIO Glen t MACHO Siirteen its RAEES EEEE AEE EEE IEE E EENES SENES ESTS 300 Control Command FunCHONSssss sieti e aiene taaa riai aitaa inaaiak einoh eh aiaiai iai 302 REPLACE replaces a source string with a destin string in a given DAMME cesses 302 STRING formata Stine valde see ieies is Isi SEE RR
222. channel s name at the top of the mixer channel This will popup the output mixer device configuration dialog Alternatively you might also select the Edit Settings item from the mixer channel menu Figure 35 Output Device Configuration Dialog In this dialog you can specify the name of the mixer channel as well as the connection to the physical soundcard output device In addition various options are available to control the behaviour of the mixer channel Mixer Name Unique name of the mixer channel up to 5 characters Used to identify the channel in the main mixer window Output Samplerate The sample rate of the mixer channel in Hz If a source i e a track being played by an internal player using this output mixer channel does not match this frequency it will automatically be re sampled Driver Model Select the driver model to use with this mixer channel WDM Windows Driver Model DirectSound ASIO Audio Stream Input Output Steinberg WASAPI Windows Audio Session API Vista Windows7 only NONE NoSound Virtual Sub Bus see below Important Note Even if your soundcard might support multiple physical channels devices you can NOT mix the driver model for one physical soundcard So when defining output mixer channels make sure that you use the same driver model for each channel using the same physical soundcard 66 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR amp The NONE device might
223. ciate with the station visual window If empty the default global name will be used Station URL Specify the http address to associate with the station visual window If empty the default global address will be used Web Start Address Specify the http address to show in the web browser window at startup If empty the default global address will be used Station Image Leff C ick to change the user s station image to be displayed in the station visual window Right Click to remove users station image If empty the default global image will be used User Media Libraries Specifies optional user specific media libraries Specify a directory which contains user specific media libraries Certain supported playlists pfp m3u m3u8 pls within this directory are automatically loaded as media libraries If you leave this path empty you might manage user specific media libraries manually by using the Additional User Media Libraries button Note These user specific media libraries can NOT be used within scheduler scripts as it can not be guaranteed that this user is logged in while the scheduler runs User Cartwall II Library Path Specifies an optional directory which might contain user specific cartwall media libraries All supported playlists pfp m3u m3u8 pls within this directory are loaded as additional cartwall libraries to the Cartwall II for this user If empty only the system global cartwall libraries will be used Us
224. cking on it the selected track will then also be shown in the bottom toolbar to the very left Adding new track inserts can be performed via Drag amp Drop from the windows explorer or you might invoke the WaveForm context menu and select the Events item Moving the tracks can be done via the mouse or via the two arrow buttons in the bottom toolbar which again relate to the selected track Note that you can of course not move the First track You might also Drag amp Move any WaveForm marker directly by clicking in the lower half of the WaveForm New Volume Points might be added by double clicking to the upper half of the WaveForm When double clicking to a location where a volume point already exists will remove that volume point As such a double click to the upper half of WaveForm adds removes volume points When holding the Alt key and clicking to the WaveForm you can directly set the Ramp resp Outro cue point If you are in the first part of the track Ramp will be set If you are in the last part of the track Outro will be set When holding the Shift key and clicking to the WaveForm you can directly set the CueIn resp FadeOut Next cue point If you are in the first part of the track CueIn will be set If you are in the last part of the track FadeOut Next will be set So all WaveForm operations are supported as already supported in the DJ PFLPlayer window Clicking on the Trackname under
225. cks from the lib LoadTrack Adds the given audio track directly to the playlist LoadPlaylist Adds the content of the given playlist file to the playlist Execute Executes another script dynamically Command Executes the given Control Command and then goes to the next script line RADIO42 Confidential 195 ProppFrexx ONAIR Cartwall Adds new track s from the given cartwall lib to the playlist by randomly picking the next tracks from the lib Advert Adds an advert container to the playlist by selecting tracks from the defined Advert Slot Container Adds a dynamic script advert or overlay container which will be evaluated resolved at playtime LoadFolder Loads all tracks contained within a specified folder in a certain sort order Click on the T button to specify an optional trackname for this entry typically be used with embedded containers Entry The value depends on the Mode selected Sequential Specify a media library to pick tracks from Random Specify a media library to pick tracks from LoadTrack Specify a physical path to an audio file which should be taken LoadPlaylist Specify a physical path to a playlist file whose content should be added Execute Specify a name of any other script to execute Command Specify a Control Command Cartwall Specify a media library to pick tracks from Advert Specify an Advert Slot to use all assigned adverts are used Container Adds a dynamic script advert
226. ction ACPD is always disabled with this entry Archive Defines an optional archive playlist file in which track entries will be saved which have been used during the script execution this archive playlist file is generated when the script is stopped Note You might use the same file as the additional song history file in order to make sure that any subsequent script execution doesn t contain the same tracks as the previous script execution Add History Defines an optional song history playlist file which will be re loaded with each script execution Note You might use the same file as the additional song history file in otder to make sure that any subsequent script execution doesn t contain the same tracks as the previous script execution Advertising Defines if and how advertising entries should be added during the script execution If a media library is specified here tracks are taken from it in the frequency range given E g if you specify 4 7 this means that after each 4 to 7 script tracks an additional entry is taken from this advertising library and inserted during script execution If you specify 2 2 this means that after every 2 script tracks an advert track will be inserted Note This has nothing to do with the real Advertising modul here a normal media library is simply selected to pick tracks from so these doesn t actually have to be real advertising tracks Advertising Range Defines the r
227. ctions of seconds to display the time code e g use the macros cpltimeremain or cpltimepos within the global OnTime event using an update period of 100ms The time code is by formatted to the display like this 987 65 43 210 character position hh mm ss ff hh hours mm minutes ss seconds ff frame point Syntax EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU time pos EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU time pos Parameters pos the time as a floating number in seconds or in d hh mm ss ff Note if pos doesn t denote a valid time the plain text is used Any or character will be used to lit the decimal dot on the display for the preceding character Caution the text is written from right to left if the text is shorter than 10 characters the remaining left most characters on the display remain unchanged Examples EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU time cpltimeremain EXEC SEND MIDI MCU time cpltimepos 312 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX EXEC SEND MIDI MCU time 63 2 EXEC SEND MIDI MCU time 00 03 17 31 Displays the time represented by the cpltimeremain resp cpltimepos macro on the TimeCode display Set Time Display Ex timex Works exactly like the time command above but uses internally an alternative method to update the time code display Namely the time command uses for maximum compatibility a single digit transfer mode whereas this t
228. cts format the style to format the output which can contain the following placeholders d the number of whole days in the time interval h the number of whole hours in the time interval 0 23 bh the number of whole hours in the time interval 00 23 m the number of whole minutes in the time interval 0 59 mm the number of whole minutes in the time interval 00 59 s the number of whole seconds in the time interval 0 59 ss the number of whole seconds in the time interval 00 59 f the tenths of a second in a time interval 0 9 ff the hundredths of a second in a time interval 00 99 fff the milliseconds in a time interval 000 999 mackie a dedicated Mackie Logic time code display format mode Enclose any other characters within a literal Example 1 TIME 63 2 none 0 hh mm ss TIME 63 2 none 0 hh mm ss f Will result to 00 01 03 respectively 00 01 03 2 IF returns a value depending on a condition Returns the zruevalue or the falsevalue depending on evaluating the parameter against the criterion condition Syntax IF parameter criterion truevalue falsevalue Parameters parameter the parameter to evaluated against the criterion criterion the criterion condition to match truevalue the value to return if the condition is true falsevalue the value to return if the condition is false Example 1 IF VAR display Equals smpte 0x71 0x7
229. cts a Parameter Reply O index the True False index 0 ERROR hot start point to select 0 9 HotStart of the current DJ Player 9 lpl ay True False play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER A SELECTHOTS TART Selects a Parameter Reply OK index the True False index 0 ERROR hot start point to select 0 9 HotStart of the DJ Player A 9 lpl ay True False play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SELECTHOTS TART Selects a Parameter Reply OK index the True False ERROR hot start point to select 0 9 HotStart of the DJ Player B index 0 9 play True False play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SELECTHOTS TART Selects a Parameter Reply OK index the True False index 0 ERROR hot start point to select 0 9 HotStart of the DJ Player C 9 lpl ay True False play start playback PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SELECTHOTS TART Selects a Parameter Reply OK index the True False index 0 ERROR hot start point to select 0 9 HotStart of the DJ Player D 9 pl ay True False play start playback PLS CURRENT CURRENT PLAYLOOPSAM PLE Starts Sto ps playbac k of t of the current DJ Player Parameter Reply OK loopPoint or B loo loopPoint ERROR selects t 17 253 he loo p play the samp A B
230. current mixer REC state 1 True On 0 False Off mixerautorec the current mixer auto tec state 1 True On 0 False Off mixersilencedetection the mixer silence detection state 1 True On 0 False Off mixerrecfilenamecurrent the current mixer recording filename mixerrecfilenamelast the last mixer recording filename mixerautorecfilenamecurrent the current mixer auto recording filename mixerautorecfilenamelast the last mixer auto recording filename mixerlevel the current mixer channel s peak level meter value 0 0 1 0 mixerlevelhui the current mixer channel s peak level meter value 0 12 mixerlevell the current mixer channel s left level meter value 0 0 1 0 mixerlevellhui the current mixer channel s left level meter value 0 12 mixerlevelr the current mixer channel s right level meter value 0 0 1 0 mixerlevelrhui the current mixer channel s right level meter value 0 12 mixerlevelXxx the current mixer channel s peak level meter value as an integer mixerlevel1Xxx the current mixer channel s left level meter value as an integer mixerlevelrxxx the current mixer channel s right level meter value as an integer where XXX denotes the maximum value to be used for the conversion Macros available for MIDI events midistatus the MIDI status byte value as a string midistatustype the MIDI status type value as a string midichannel the MIDI channel
231. d Microsoft Windows 8 32 bit and 64 bit recommended Microsoft Windows Server 2012 family 32 bit and 64 bit recommended Supported Audio Interfaces Any single or multi channel soundcard with one of the following drivers is supported DirectSound WDM driver Core Audio WASAPD driver Steinberg Audio Stream Input Output ASIO driver recommended For best quality we recommend to use a professional audio soundcard which supports full 32 bit or 24 bit processing Note that you can use any number of soundcards in your system However you should try to avoid mixing the type of driver between multiple soundcards i e if available use only ASIO drivers then use only WASAPI drivers and finally use only WDM drivers Ifyou discover issues with your existing hardware please run the provided ProppFrexx Audio Tester exe which can be found in the installation folder This application generates a file called ProppFrexx AudioTester log containing information about your audio interfaces and possible errors Hardware Requirements ProppFrexx ONAIR requires the following hardware Category Minimum Recommended CPU Dual Core 2 GHz Quad Core 2 GHz or higher RAM 2 GB 4 GB or higher Disk space At least 100 MB 500 MB or higher the NET Framework might require additional 150MB Monitor 1024x768 32 bit 1680x1050 or higher 32 bit The hardware requirements might depend on
232. d Filter Order The order of filter used to reduce aliasing in case of resampling Resampling takes place if the source eg an audio track played with an internal player has a different sample rate than the mixer output The filter order determines how abruptly the level drops at the cutoff frequency or the roll off The level rolls off at 6 dB per octave for each order For example a 4th order filter will roll off at 24 dB per octave A low order filter may result in some aliasing persisting and sounds close to the cutoff frequency being attenuated Higher orders reduce those things but require more processing Network Buffer The download buffer length in milliseconds to be used when streaming tracks from the internet Increasing the buffer length decreases the chance of the stream stalling but also increases the time taken to create the stream as more data has to be pre buffered The network buffer length should be larger than the length of the playback buffer otherwise the stream is likely to stall soon after starting playback Network Pre Buffer Amount to pre buffer when opening internet streams This setting determines what percentage of the network buffer length should be filled when opening internet streams The default is 75 Passive FTP Use passive mode in FIP connections when playing internet streams If checked passive mode is used otherwise normal active mode is used Verification Size The amount of data in kilobytes t
233. d Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND USER_28 Executes the user 28 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_29 Executes the user 29 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND USER_30 Executes the user 30 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_TAG FILE Updates one or more TAGs of a file Parameter filename tag value tag value Reply OK ERROR filename the fully qualified path to the audio file to update tag one of the following title artist album albumartist genre comment composer year copyright publisher encodedby EXEC_VAR_SET Sets an internal user variable with a certain value Parameter name value Reply OK ERROR name the name of the user variable to set value the value to set Use the VAR name macro or EXEC_VAR GET to retrieve it EXEC_VAR_GET Gets an internal user variable value Parameter name Reply string the variable value name the name of the user variable to get MAIN VOLUME GET Gets the main master volume value Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB MAIN VOLUME_ SET Sets the main master volume value Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 O0dB Reply OK ERROR MAIN VOLUME SLIDE Slides the main master volume to a new value Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB
234. d media libraries As such the script evaluates this and might need to read the TAG data on the fly if needed The result might be that this on the fly TAG reading will cost time and performance which might slow down the script execution significantly especially when a lot of tracks needs to be tested So an advice would be to use the ProppFrexx Playlist Format pfp to store your media entries in and use the pfp files as your media libraries as the pfp playlist format is able to directly keeps all TAG data within its format and such no extra TAG reading might be needed FixTime Elements FixTime Elements are items which should be scheduled at a certain time when the script executes They are defined by a time value given in minutes and seconds which is checked whenever a playlist queries new tracks from the script Meaning the effective system time respectively the calculated scheduled time for the entries queried is given and validated against all defined FixTime Elements If a FixTime Element is due to be played for the given time it will be used in addition to the regular script line As such beside the regular tracks as returned by the script lines those FixTime Elements might also be returned The playlist then keeps track of these FixTime Elements and ensures that they are played on time as defined FixTime Elements are therefore usefull whenever you want to place an item to a playlist at a repeated fixed time of the hou
235. d within the mixer channel s OnMute or OnUnmute event 310 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Set V Pot vpot Each V Pot has an LED ring containing 11 segments plus a centered LED c Use this command to set the LED ring of a V Pot using various display modes Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU vpot id mode value EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU vpot id mode value Parametets id int v pot id 0 7 mode the display and conversion mode one of the following pan value must be between 1 0 and 1 0 c is on if value 0 0 gain value must be between 15 0 and 15 0 c is on if value 0 0 vol value must be between 0 0 and 1 0 c is on if value gt 0 0 single value must be between 0 0 and 1 0 c is on if value 0 0 spread value must be between 1 0 and 1 0 c is on if value 0 0 value float the position value depending on mode Examples EXEC SEND MIDI MCU vpot 0 pan mixerpan EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU vpot 0 gain mixergain Sets the 1st V Pot LED ring depending on the mixerpan macro 1 0 1 0 resp the mixergain macro 15 0 15 0 e g if the above commands are used within the mixer channel s OnPan resp OnGain event When receiving midi data from the V Pots note that the V Pots use a relative position movement value The midi short message received has the following format Status 176 0xB0 Data 0x1i 0 7 the V Pot ID Data2 the data value
236. de value of Player B of the current playlist GET Parameter none RADIO42 Confidential 255 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Vinyl33 or Vinyl45 PLS E PLAYER TEMPOMODE_ Sets the tempo mode value of Player B of the current playlist SET Parameter string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Viny133 Vinyl145 Reply OK ER PLS E PLAYER TEMPOMODE_ Gets the tempo mode value of Player C of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Vinyl33 or Vinyl45 PLS E PLAYER TEMPOMODE_ Sets the tempo mode value of Player C of the current playlist SET Parameter string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Viny133 Vinyl45 Reply OK ER PLS E PLAYER TEMPOMODE_ Gets the tempo mode value of Player D of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Vinyl33 or Vinyl45 PLS E PLAYER TEMPOMODE_ Sets the tempo mode value of Player D of the current playlist SET Parameter string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Viny133 Vinyl145 Reply OK ERROR PLS E PLAYER SYNCBEAT Tries to sync the Player A of the current playlist with the currently playing player Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAYER SYNCBEAT Tries to sync t
237. defines the latency of the audio signal A smaller buffer decreases the latency but increases the chance that the playback might break WDM The buffer length in milliseconds 0 use default length see global settings ASIO The buffer length in samples 0 use default length see device panel WASAPI The buffer length in milliseconds 0 use default length see device panel NONE No buffer involved Period The update period is the amount of time between updates of the playback buffers of the mixer channel Shorter update periods allow smaller buffers to be set but as the rate of updates increases so the overhead of setting up the updates becomes a greater part of the CPU usage Specify 0 to use the default update period Auto Start Recording If selected the mixer channel will automatically be recorded whenever ProppFrexx ONAIR starts up using the selected encoding profile see global settings for details RADIO42 Confidential 67 ProppFrexx ONAIR Apply Master Volume If checked the main channel volume master volume is applied to this mixer channel the final volume is the product of the volume of this mixer channel and the master volume If disabled the volume of the output is unaffected by the master volume Note The master volume is controlled by the fader of main channel strip The volume of this mixer channel is controlled by the fader of this mixer channel Mute On Talkover If checked this mixer channel is affect
238. der must at least support receiving sample data from STDIN e AAC using any AAC command line encoder of your choice e g neroaacenc exe ot qtaacenc exe or any other encoder which supports reading sample data from STDIN must already be available on your Operating System no additional license required Winamp is required and needs to be installed by you once installd no additional licence is required needs to be installed by yourself and requires an individual licence to be obtained by yourself QuickTime is required and needs to be installed by you once installd no additional licence is required Some special notes To support streaming in the AACplus format ProppFrexx might use the Winamp AACplus encoder This requires that you install Winamp manually by yourself on your machine Once Winamp is installed no additional AACplus license is required as Winamp has already done so The Winamp version can be downloaded here http www winamp com To support AAC file conversion you can for example use QuickTime or Nero QuickTime can be downloaded here http www apple com quicktime download Nero can be downloaded here http www nero com eng technologies aac codec html To setup your external command line encoder s c ck on the Encoder Setup button Figure 86 Encoder Setup 124 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR In this dialog you can enter all the necessary con
239. dia library is a collection list of media entries Besides keeping a reference to the physical location of the related audio file a media entry also keeps the meta data associated to it The meta data for a media entry might come from different sources e g the TAG data of the audio file itself a dedicated pfmd meta data file stored along side with the audio file a dedicated meta data database table or it might come directly from the media library itself whereas not all types of media libraries do actually support this see below Media libraries are used mainly at two places 1 Within Scripts to automatically query new tracks to a playlist whenever needed 2 Within the Find Window to quickly find and locate a certain media entry track As said A media library is a collection list of media entries So what is a media entry A media entry is a single object mainly keeping a reference to the physical location of a playable audio track At least that s all it needs But a media entry is effectively a bit more as it also keeps the meta data associated with it Meta Data might be devided into two main groups a TAG data assigned to the track like the title artist album duration writer etc and b Additional Meta Data like cue points hooks track options moderator info etc Where a is typically present for most tracks and commonly available for most standard media players like Winamp Windows Media Player iTunes etc b
240. dia library was loaded successfully into memory the external source isn t needed anymore e g even if your external source would become unavailable e g because of a database backup maintenance of a storage device etc the media entries are still available But this also means that External changes to the source of a media library e g the playlist file the database table or folder structure are not immediately visible within ProppFrexx but only available once the media library is re loaded except you are using the 4utoW atch feature External changes to the TAG or meta data of a loaded media entry might also not always be immediately visible within ProppFrexx for search or filter operations but only available once the media library is re loaded But if your media library wouldn t contain any TAG or meta data directly those would need to be loaded anyhow once a library entry is accessed e g when a search or filter operation is performed which might slow down the resp operation Note A media library is kept cached in main memory until re loaded Changes to RADIO42 Confidential 173 ProppFrexx ONAIR the external source will only be visible within ProppFrexx once the media library is re loaded Using very large media libraries might therefore result in a higher memory usage To overcome memory limits if you experience those which should rarely be the case you might use Remote Media Libraries see
241. ding Time Limit If specified greater than 00 00 00 the recording time per session is limited to this value Format is hh mm ss Recording Sensing The dB value to use when recording sensing is active This defines a threshold value which is used to automatically pause and unpause recording or start a new recording session Note This applies only to standard recording and not to automatic recording Auto Recording Profile Select the default encoding profile which should be used when automatic recording is started Within each mixer channel you have the option to start automatic recording If selected this encoding profile is used Automatic Recording Filename Defines how the output folder should be composed by default Available macros are yyyy yy MM dd HH mm ss mixer id machinename username userdomainname Automatic Recording Time Limit If specified greater than 00 00 00 the recording time per session is limited to this value Format is hh mm ss CD Ripping Ripping Output Path Specifies the default directory to use when ripping audio tracks from CD Each CD will then be placed in a sub folder underneath according to the Output Sub Folder setting Default Ripping Profile Select the default encoding profile which should be used when ripping CDs Ripping Filename Specifies the default pattern to be used to create new file names during ripping Available macros are yyyy
242. disabled the tracks are played without applying any volume curve F3 This also defines how players are stopped paused resp resumed by default ie if they fade out in AutoPlay Caption Arrow Click on the small arrow icon at the lower right of the AutoPlay caption to open a list of the last recently played tracks Delay Overlay Click here to delay the start time of the current overlay which is about to start only visible when the MODStream or Overlay player is active Play Next Track Starts playback of the next track in the currently active playlist and stops the current playing track Fades out on UseFading Eject on AutoUnload F9 Play Next Track Immediately starts playback of the next track in the currently active playlist and stops the current playing track No Fading Eject on AutoUnload Shift F9 Next Track Only Starts playback of only the next track in the active playlist Any other currently playing track will not be stopped Only the next DJ Player will be started Load Next Track Loads the next track to the next DJ Player If Manual Load or Manual Unload is specified and no DJ Player is free no track will be loaded 44 Ca FY Play Pause Use Fading Pauses or resumes playback of the current track in the active playlist If the current DJ Player is playing it will be paused If the current DJ Player is paused it will be started Fades out on UseFading No Eject Ctri F9 48 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING W
243. ds none ERROR OUTPUT S ti E td Q 4 10 Selects th Parameter e 10th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands none 226 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Reply OK ERROR OUTPUT Selects the 11th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR OUTPUT Selects the 12th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR OUTPUT Selects the 13th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR OUTPUT Selects the 14th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR OUTPUT n ti a ti a 2 q Selects the 15th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK ERROR OUTPUT Selects the 16th mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply OK t wv J O w OUTPUT GET Gets the currently selected mixer for all subsequent mixer commands Parameter none Reply mixername ERROR MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME GET Gets a mixers volume value Parameter mixername Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER OUTPUT VOL
244. duler is running the upcoming next program and script together with their start and end time are shown RADIO42 Confidential 49 ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 18 The User Control Ribbon Page Play Pause Use Fading A B C D Pauses or resumes playback of DJ Player A B C D in the active playlist If DJ Player A B C D is playing it will be paused If DJ Player A B C D is paused it will be started Fades out on UseFading No Eject F5 F6 F7 F8 Play Pause No Fading A B C D Immediately pauses or resumes playback of DJ Player A B C D in the active playlist If DJ Player A B C D is playing it will be paused If DJ Player A B C D is paused it will be started No Fading No Eject SAiff F5 F6 F7 F8 Pause A B C D Directly pauses or unpauses the track in DJ Player A B C D The current track position is maintained so that unpausing the player will remain exactly from where it was paused UseFading is ignored Ctr Shiftt F5 6 F7 F8 Rewind A B C D Rewinds the track in DJ Player A B C D to Cueln and pauses AIH Shift F5 F6 F7 F8 Eject Use Fading A B C D Stops the current track loaded in DJ Player A B C D and ejects it If UseFading is specified the track will be fade out and then ejected CtrI F5 F6 F7 F8 Eject No Fading A B C D Immediatly stops the current track loaded in DJ Player A B C D and ejects it without fading Ca Shiftt F5 F6 F7 F8 Load A B C D Loads the selected track from the currently acti
245. e Reply OK ERROR name the name of the player to free as specified with XEC_DIRECTPLAYER CREATE Gl EXEC _DIRECTPLAYER PLAY Starts playback of a player created with EXEC_DIRECTPLAYER_ CREATE Parameter string name loop attenuation initialfadein Reply OK ERROR name the name of the player to start as specified with EXEC_DIRECTPLAYER CREATE loop loop playback true or false attenuation volume in dB initialfadein initial fade in time in ms EXEC _DIRECTPLAYER PAUSE Pauses playback of a player created with EXEC_DIRECTPLAYER_CREATE Parameter string name rewind fadetime Reply OK ERROR name the name of the player to pause rewind true rewind to beginning after pause false pause here fadetime in milliseconds O direct EXEC_DIRECTPLAYER_ STOP Stops playback of a player created with EXEC _DIRECTPLAYER CREATE Parameter string name eject fadetime RADIO42 Confidential 219 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply OK ERROR name the name of the player to stop eject true eject and free false rewind to beginning after stop fadetime in milliseconds O direct EXEC_CREATEBACKUP Creates a backup of the major configuration settings Parameter string folder Reply OK ERROR The folder denotes the main folder a sub folder for each backup day is created automatically Note macke sure to delete old backups yourself to preserve space EXEC_COMMA
246. e points and settings will on the fly be calculated and adjusted as needed Defining a segue mix was never so easy this is truly what you see and hear is what you get et Talk ee Next B C G Stres MN UATTRT TRIAD aU id Figure 22 The Segue Editor Quick Monitor Player This a special player located in the ribbon bar of ProppFrexx ONAIR It doesn t come with the multitude of features as the PFL Player and thus it doesn t allow you to adjust any track settings like cue points tempo volume envelope ot effects but it can be used to simply and quickly play any track at any time The Spacebar and the eft and right arrow keys are always assigned to the Quick Monitor Player So whenever you select an audio track within ProppFrexx ONAIR may it be in the playlist find track or the directory explorer window etc you might use the Spacebar to start or stop playing that selected track and while playback you might use the ft and right arrow keys to skip forward resp backward within the track So instead of using the PFL Player to pre listen to a track you might as an alternative also use this player The Quick Monitor Player can be freely routed to any available output mixer channel typically to the same output mixer as the PFL Player Figure 23 The Quick Monitor Player Cartwall Player Two cartwall windows Cartwall I and Cartwall IT are available within ProppFrexx ONAIR Each cart entry in a cartwall actually r
247. e on your local machine username and password specify optional network credentials EXEC_UPLOAD FILE ploads a local file from your local machine to the web arameter string sourceFile targetUrl username password eply OK ERROR he sourceFile specifies the location of the local file the targetUrl denotes the location on the web username and password specify optional network credentials HAUG EXEC_PLAY FILE Plays a File Url or EmbeddedPlaylist file Parameter string filename mixername lengthsec Reply OK ERROR Note If lengthsec is omitted the file plays til the end If mixername is omitted Route Standby is used Once playback has started it cannot be stopped or paused EXEC _DIRECTPLAYER CREATE Creates a direct player for a File Url or EmbeddedPlaylist file Parameter string name filename mixername loop attenuation Reply OK ERROR name the name of the player to create filename name of the media entry to use mixername the mixer channel to use if omitted Route Standby is used loop loop playback true or false attenuation volume in dB Note This command needs to be issued before any other EXEC _DIRECTPLAYER_ command the given name is to be specified in any such subsequent commands Make sure to call XEC_DIRECTPLAYER_FREE once you are done with it Gl EXEC _DIRECTPLAYER FREE Deletes Frees a player created with EXEC_DIRECTPLAYER_CREATE Parameter string nam
248. e used for any other tracks which should be overlaid like news or weather feeds As the name suggests this player represents an overlay to all other players meaning when used all DJ Players Cartwall Players and also the MODStream Player are faded down to a defined volume level or even faded out completely until the overlay playlist has finished During this time any currently active program playlist might also be suspended The Overlay Player can be freely routed to any available output mixer channel it always shares the same output mixer channel as the MODStream Player 54 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR RADIO42 Confidential 55 ProppFrexx ONAIR According to the above players the following independent routings to any output mixer channel can be defined DJ Player A Routing DJ Player B Routing DJ Player C Routing DJ Player D Routing PFL Player Routing Quick Monitor Player Routing Standby Player Routing Cartwall I Player Routing 9 Cartwall II Player Routing 10 MODStream Overlay Player Routing 11 Input Full Duplex Routing Monitoring OO SLO Ors Oe Ne These capabilities should allow you to integrate ProppFrexx ONAIR into any existing mixer console environment or even use ProppFrexx ONAIR without any external mixer 56 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup By default when first installed ProppFrexx ONAIR creates four output mixer channel
249. e 119 The Segue Editor Multi Track Editor cic ceeesescssessesessssesessessssesseseeneneeneaes 186 Figure 120 The Program Editor jvesctses citsscsrssvessnsdasetenssovssvecsavetuseseus tors cevelansdusv lave dexibeucsavaduee couse 192 Figure 121 The Script Edito iiia E E aus oceans ER deus 194 10 RADIO42 Confidential INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION ProppFrexx ONAIR is a comprehensive playlist management and broadcasting tool designed for general On Air operations live assist and automation may it be for a large terrestrial radio stations or smaller web radio stations or even DJs performing live ProppFrexx ONAIR is designed to serve you with the highest audio quality for a real 24 by 7 by 365 operations The flexible mixer and routing capabilities the build in streaming functionalities the ultimate support for almost any audio format as well as features like embedded playlists true BWF support multiple cartwalls Outlook like scheduler full meta data tag data support fast search and preview of media entries remote control via GPIO MIDI Serial IO TCP and many more features make this solution the perfect choice The sexy but rock solid user interface of ProppFrexx ONAIR makes it even more fun to work with The user interface part of ProppFrexx ONAIR is written in C based on the Net Framework v3 5 whereas the underlying and integrated audio engine is written in C to guarantee most reliable and stable playout recording
250. e Audio Files for Cartwall II If checked audio files contained in the user cartwall path and its sub directories will also be scanned In this case a user cartwall library will be created for each folder found in the user cartwall path If not checked only playlist files will be scanned RADIO42 Confidential 113 ProppFrexx ONAIR Remote Lib Settings Click here to define user specific option when accessing a Remote Media Library Server only applies if you are using remote media libraries Figure 80 Remote MediaLibrary Settings Allow Remote Data Access If checked it is allowed to retrieve the physical media entry if not already accessible from this local client In such case the physical audio file is transmitted from the Remote Media Library Server to this client as a temporary file Meaning you can fully access and play any remote media entry even if the physical file is not present or can not be accessed locally Note Only enable this option if you have a really fast network connection to the Remote Media Library Server as the physical file is fully transmitted to the client Cache Size Specifies the maximum number of temporary files which should be cached on this client for faster access once a remote media entry was transmitted from the Remote Media Library Server to this client Temp Directory Specifies the folder location where to store temporary remote files transmitted from the Remote Media Library Server t
251. e Center an integrated Web Browser a freely configurable list of Standby Players an extensive Find and Explorer control plus Overlay and MODStream support round up the picture The following list provides an overview of the capabilities of ProppFrexx ONAIR e Support for Windows Vista Windows 7 and Server 2008 32 or 64 bit ProppFrexx ONAIR runs on any modern Microsoft Windows operating system Vista Windows 7 Server 2008 as well as XP and Server 2003 are fully supported This includes either the 32 bit or the 64 bit versions e 24by7 ProppFrexx ONAIR is designed to operate 24 by 7 Stability was one of the major design goals to ensure glitch free daily operations e High Quality Audio Processing ProppFrexx ONAIR is based on the best audio engine available on the market which is BASS see www un4seen com for details Internal processing is performed in 32 bit floating point precision The audio processing chain can be fully controlled by numerous options to guarantee an optimum in sound quality from input to output e Fully ASIO and WASAPI Support ProppFrexx ONAIR supports any modern single or multi channel soundcard with either a WDM WASAPI or ASIO 2 0 driver Therefore you might use almost any professional soundcard digital or analog with ProppFrexx ONAIR e Support for almost any Audio Format ProppFrexx ONAIR supports playback of almost any audio format stereo or multi channel file based or internet streaming this incl
252. e current _SET playlist Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SND2VOLUME Gets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player C of the current _GET playlist Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SND2VOLUME Sets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player C of the current _SET playlist Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SND2VOLUME Gets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player D of the current _GET playlist Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SND2VOLUME Sets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player D of the current _SET playlist Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER A SND2PAN GE Gets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player A of the current T playlist Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER A SND2PAN SE Sets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player A of the current T playlist Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SND2PAN GE Gets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player B of the current T playlist Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 l
253. e current Player of the current playlist to the Cue In position Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REWIND CURRENT Rewinds the current track in the current Player of an open playlist to the Cue In position Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT RESET CURRENT Rewinds and Re current playli Parameter sets the current track in the current Player of the st to all defaults none Reply OK ERROR PLS RESET CURRENT Rewinds and Re Parameter sets the current track in the current Player of an open playlist to all defaults playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD NEXT Loads a next t Parameter rack to the next Player of the current playlist none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD NEXT Loads a next t Parameter rack to the next Player of an open playlist playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD SELECTED current playli Parameter Reply O Loads the currently selected track to the next Player of the st none ERROR PLS LOAD SELECTED playlist Reply OK ERRO Loads the currently selected track to the next Player of an open Parameter playlistname R PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSE A Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U Parameter none Reply OK ERRO he current track in Player A of the current playlist seFading Eject on AutoUnloading R PLS PLAYPAUSE_A Plays Pauses t FadesOut on U he current track in
254. e defined above If a Soundbed track is defined it will fadeout and stop using the Fade Time MixOut Tim milliseconds are waited here If Fade Master Volume is set the master volume is unducked back to 0 dB If TalkUser sets TalkOver is set the resp Input Mixer Channels are muted and related Output Mixer Channels are unmuted If Pause Playlist during Ta kUser is set the current playlist is resumed AutoPlay is set to On and a next track will be started playing The global general OnTa kuserOFF event is triggered not the one defined above RADIO42 Confidential 77 ProppFrexx ONAIR Using the Remote Control Monitor The Remote Control Monitor RCM allows you to monitor your GPIO Remoting devices servers Remoting allows you to execute operate almost anything within ProppFrexx ONAIR via almost any general purpose input output GPIO eg via TCP MIDI Serial I O GamePort etc It also allows you to remotely monitor other instances of ProppFrexx ONAIR within a multi studio setup In this window you can monitor the state of these remoting devices servers Figure 45 The Remote Control Monitor In the first section you can control your master and slave instances of ProppFrexx ONAIR as well as manage your remote clients more info can be found in the chapter REMOTING EVENTS COMMANDS AND GPIO Each ProppFrexx ONAIR instance can be set to a Master or to a Slave mode by default the Master mode
255. e duration CueIn to CueOut lstrackplaytimecurrent the current track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut lstrackplaytimenext the next track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut plstrackramptimecurrent the current track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 plstrackramptimenext the next track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 plstrackoutrotimecurrent the current track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut plstrackoutrotimenext the next track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut plstrackalbumartcurrent the current track s album art picture base64 encoded plstrackalbumartnext the next track s album art picture base64 encoded filenameandpath the track s location and file name T G T a RAC W G Gg WY T Y D G D gg T FO FO IO FON Oe AG SS T D 1O6 Or o 292 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX wnnwnrvnryYAYrHnAHnHennHnnHAnHAHnHeHrnAHrennnnrnnHrnAHnHrHnHrHnreHnHenHAnHnHnrHnH HrYnAHrenAnrenenHnnHnHnnHAHnHeHnHA HnHreHnHrenAeHnTrHnHnHHnH HH UN NH filename the track s filename filenamewithoutext the track s filename without the extension filenameext the track s filename extension only including the period directoryname the track s directory only rootdirectoryname the track s root path e g C or Computer Folder guid the track s global unique identifier e g F9168C5E CEB2 4FAA B6BF 329BF39FA1E4 trackname the track s tr
256. e external mixer PLF the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for monitoring This channel uses eg the 2nd soundcard device which is connected to the external mixer Input Mixer Channels IN7 this input is not routed to any output mixer channel This channel uses eg the line in soundcard recording device and receives the final mix down of the external mixer as the input signal Microphones are connected to the external mixer monitoring of the mics are done via the external mixer Streaming the IN7 mixer channel setves as the streaming source channel External Mixer Microphone External Players y fap Ga ca ea Ga Soundcard Outi Out2 Int gt Sle s ait jz ale ja Siis ollo DJ Player Standby Player Cardwall Player Streaming via IN1 PFL Player Quick Monitor Player Figure 31 Mixer Setup Example 4 This scenario might easily be extended by creating more dedicated output mixer channels for the different players eg you might create OUT A OUT B OUT C OUT D CART1 CART2 STDBY OVRLY etc output mixer channels In addition you might create virtual output mixer channels to group certain players in a sub bus etc The same would be possible for the input mixer channels You might add additional input mixer channels to receive independent mix downs from
257. e instance of ProppFrexx ONAIR can be started at a time on your machine You might use this command line option to allow multiple instances to be started Note that various issues might arise when starting multiple instances of ProppFrexx ONAIR eg the same ASIO device cannot be used twice the scheduler cannot run in parallel using the same calendar file etc So it is recommended to only use this command line option together with the config option Be sure you know what you are doing RADIO42 Confidential 43 ProppFrexx ONAIR WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The first thing you should think about when using ProppFrexx ONAIR is how you want to use it meaning in which hardware environment soundcards external mixer etc you want to embed it ProppFrexx ONAIR has very flexible capabilities when it comes to using your soundcard inputs and outputs You can define any number of mixer channels and routings to these channels Each mixer channel represents one logical audio stream to one of your soundcard I Os this is what we call the mixer setup As ProppFrexx ONAIR has various integrated players eg the DJ Players the PFL Player the Quick Monitor Player the Cartwall Players the Standby Players the MODStream Player the Overlay Player etc you can freely define to what mixer channel you want to route each of these players The routing therefore defines what soundcard outputs are being used by each player Furthermore you
258. e milliseconds hookcuein the track s Hook Cueln position as a string HH MM SS hookcueinsec the track s Hook Cueln position in seconds 3 decimal places hookcueinms the track s Hook Cueln position in whole milliseconds hookfulllevel the track s Hook FullLevel position as a string HH MM SS hookfulllevelsec the track s Hook FullLevel position in seconds 3 decimal places hookfulllevelms the track s Hook FullLevel position in whole milliseconds hookramp the track s Hook Ramp position as a string HH MM SS hookrampsec the track s Hook Ramp position in seconds 3 decimal places hookrampms the track s Hook Ramp position in whole milliseconds hookramp2 the track s Hook Ramp2 position as a string HH MM SS hookramp2sec the track s Hook Ramp2 position in seconds 3 decimal places hookramp2ms the track s Hook Ramp2 position in whole milliseconds hookoutro the track s Hook Outro position as a string HH MM SS hookoutrosec the track s Hook Outtro position in seconds 3 decimal places hookoutroms the track s Hook Outro position in whole milliseconds hookfadeout the track s Hook FadeOut position as a string HH MM SS hookfadeoutsec the track s Hook FadeOut position in seconds 3 decimal places hookfadeoutms the track s Hook FadeOut position in whole milliseconds hooknext the track s Hook Next position as a string HH MM SS hooknextsec the track
259. e mixing time of the last track of the current script and the first track of the next script When a new script is started the first track of that script is played this milliseconds before the last track of the currect script is cued out Note This is just the default value you can assign an individual mix time in the program configuration dialog Maximum Program Delay When a program is defined as soft start so it doesn t have to start at exactly that time it might be delayed by this maximum number of seconds When a new script is about to be started the remaining time of the current Track of the current script is checked If the remaining time is less than this maximum delay time the Track will be played til the end before the new script is started which will then result in a delayed script start But if the remaining time is greater than this maximum delay time the current Track is faded out immediately and the script start will not be delayed Note1 Programs defined as fixed start will always start on time Note2 This is just the default value you can assign a delay time in the program configuration dialog Program Start Time Defines the time in seconds a program starts in advance of its actual start time This time has several purposes a it gives time to re load the media libraries and scripts b it gives time to pre schedule the first script tracks c it defines an optional time a program can start early Playlist Look Ahead Def
260. e reloaded MAIN RESCAN LIBRARY Rescans or Reloads all or a specific media library Parameter medialib Reply OK ERROR If no medialib filename and path is specified all media libraries are rescanned Note Only synced folder based media libs are rescanned others are reloaded MAIN RELOAD MEDIALIBRARY Reloads all or a specific media library Parameter medialib Reply OK ERROR If no medialib filename and path is specified all media libraries are reloaded MAIN RELOAD SCRIPTLIBRARY Reloads the entire script library Parameter none Reply O RROR Gl MAIN USER LOGOFF Logs off the current user Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW MIXER Shows the Mixer window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW _FIND Shows the Find window aR Parameter none RROR MAIN SHOW EXPLORER Shows the Explorer window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW _TRACKBOARD Shows the Trackboard window MAIN SHOW TIMECODE Shows the TimeCode window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW _TRACKINFO Shows the TrackInformation window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW ONAIRTIME Shows the OnAirTime window tO o R w 3 0 ct o H none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW _STATIONINFO Shows the StationInfo window Parameter none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SHOW _CARTWALL1 Shows the Cartwall I window none Reply OK ERROR MAIN SH
261. e scaled by the value 100 as such the resulting string of the given macro will be 0 7 70 100 Example 2 Your external serial I O device sends the following data PANO 5 You defined the following regular expression to match this PAN 0 9 And assign this control command assuming the maximum PAN value is 1 0 MIXER OUTPUT PAN SET OUT1 regexaspanGlwith1l 0 Which results to the following MIXER _OUTPUT_VOLUME a ET OUT1 0 0 n Explanation The regular expression PAN 0 9 matches the incoming serial I O message PANO 5 and results in 2 capture groups 0 PANO 5 bose To translate the capture group index 1 value to a ProppFrexx balance control command parameter we use the macro regexaspanGlwith1 0 As seen in this macro G1 will use the capture group index 1 which has a value of 0 5 whereas with1 0 specifies that this value will be scaled by the value 1 0 as such the resulting string of the given macro will be 0 0 2 0 5 1 0 1 GamePort Devices When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR can be controlled by any game port device A device connected to any game port of your computer sends well defined game port events to the system ProppFrexx ONAIR might now receive those events and translate them into the already known control commands which mean game port events might trigger their execution Device
262. e shows a mixer channel strip either output or input A mixer channel itself represents a mixer by its own as it can receive any number of source audio streams in parallel eg multiple players can use a single mixer channel in parallel The mixer channel performs an internal stereo mix down of all sources incl high quality re sampling if needed With the mixer channel fader together with the Pan and Gain you can control the volume of the related mixer channels The three build in DSPs and the four freely definable DSPs allow you to perfectly control the sound of each mixer channel The DSPs are executed in the following order AGC DSP1 EQ DSP2 COMP DSP3 DSP4 Pan Gain Each mixer channel can be turned off or on and can be muted and unmuted independently Via the SND function you can route a copy of the mix down audio signal of each mixer channel to another output mixer channel eg you might monitor your audio signal on a PFL mixer channel at any time by a single click And finally the REC function allows you to record the audio signal at any time Using the Fader The fader controls the volume of the mixer channel To select the fader click with the mouse on the fader strip The fader markers in the corners of the strip will indicate if the fader is selected Hovering the mouse over the fader slider will display a tool tip showing the current fader value in dB Mouse Controls Drag and Move the fader with the mouse to change the
263. e size of the output and input area can be adjusted individually by using the splitters in between them You might use the Move Leff or Move Right menu items to reorder the mixer channels in their resp area Edit Settings Select this item to configure the settings of an already existing mixer channel see below for details Show OnAir Time Input only Check this item to display a running timer in the mixer channel s name field whenever the input mixer channel is unmuted and online on air Adjust External Volume WASAPI only Select this item to adjust the external Windows volume setting of the associated WASAPI soundcard device Edit Control Command Events Select this item to configure special control commands to be associated with the mixer channel see Appendix for details Instant Recording Select this item to invoke the Instant Recording dialog to record the current audio signal of the mixer channel to a file Recreate and Reset If you discover any issues with your soundcard driver and the mixer channel got somehow broken or any SND function is lagging you might select this item to try to reinitialize and recreate this mixer channel If the problem still persists please check your soundcard driver externally which might result in the need to restart ProppFrexx ONAIR When a device is disabled disconnected from the system it is still retained but will stop working If the device is subsequently re
264. e status byte The data1 byte will then contain e g a Main Volume control change value whereas the data2 byte will finally contain the external fader position Status 0xB1 Type ControlChange Channel 1 16 Datal 0x07 MainVolume Data2 ANY between 0 and 255 Note that the ANY entry for Data2 byte will pass the data2 value as is In the MIDI Message Mapping dialog you can now map this MIDI short message to the following ProppFrexx control command MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 mididata2asvol The control command MIXER_OUTPUT_VOLUME_SET has two parameters a lt mixername gt b lt volume gt The lt mixername gt is the name of the ProppFrexx mixer channels you want to change in the above example this is OUT1 The lt volume gt represents a decimal number within ProppFrexx and must be between 0 0 silent and 1 0 maximum So we need to convert the Data2 byte of the MIDI short message from 0 255 to 0 0 1 0 This can be done via the macro mididata2asvol which converts the data2 byte to an appropriate volume value All available macros can be found in the Appendix Control Command Macros Therefore the above mapping MIDI Message 0xB1 0x07 Data2 Any to Command MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 mididata2asvol You might use the Control Command Builder dialog just click on the Edit button to define the control command s to be exec
265. e streaming server to update if missing all servers are updated STREAMING SETSONGTITLEFORMAT Sets the song title format to use for title updates Parameter songtitleformat servername Reply OK ERROR songtitleformat the song title format to use if empty the default format will be used servername the name of the streaming server to set the format for if missing the default format will be set THIS SET MASTER Sets this instance as the Master executes the OnSetMaster control commands Reply OK ERROR THIS _SET_SLAVE Sets this instance as the Slave executes the OnSetSlave control commands Reply OK ERROR THIS _ISMASTER Gets if this instance is set as the Master Reply bool True if set False if not THIS MACHINENAME Gets the machine name of this instance Reply string machine name THIS CURRENTUSER Gets the currently logged in user name Reply string user name THIS SEND CHAT MESSAGE Sends a chat message to all connected GPIO service clients Parameter message Reply OK ERROR Message the text message to send SCHEDULER GET FILE Gets the current scheduler calendar file path and loaction Reply string the scheduler calendar file path and location SCHEDULER_REFRESH Forces an immediate update of the scheduler calendar storage Reply OK ERROR SCHEDULER _CHECKSTATIONVOICEFILE Gets if automatic station vo
266. e track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player D timea the track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player A timeb the track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player B timec the track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player C timecurrent the current track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 timenext the next track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 ltrackramptimea the track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 of DJ Player A ltrackramptimeb the track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 of DJ Player B timec the track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 of DJ Player C timed the track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 of DJ Player D the AutoPlay status 1 True auto 0 False manual the UseFading status 1 True fading 0 False none the AutoLoad status 1 True auto 0 False manual lremovewhenplayed remove tracks when played 1 True remove 0 False mark removewhenplayedtext remove tracks when played Remove Mark showmoderatorwindow the moderator window 1 True shown 0 False hidden isplaying is any DJ Player playing 1 True yes 0 False no isplayinga is DJ Player A playing 1 True yes 0 False no isplayingb is DJ Player B playing 1 True yes 0 False no isplayingc is DJ Player C playing 1 True yes 0 False no 284 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX wnenwnrn7rysAnrvAn nnn HnHYYrHeHrnAHrHrennnnHAnnHrnAnrnHrHnHennHnnnH
267. e yes 0 False no the peak level of the 1st output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 hui the peak level of the 1s output mixer as a string 0 12 1 the left level of the 1s output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 lhui the left level of the 1 output mixer as a string 0 12 r the right level of the 1s output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 rhui the right level of the 1st output mixer as a string 0 12 the peak level of the 24 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 hui the peak level of the 24 output mixer as a string 0 12 1 the left level of the 2 4 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 lhui the left level of the 24 output mixer as a string 0 12 r the right level of the 24 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 rhui the right level of the 2 4 output mixer as a string 0 12 the peak level of the 34 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 288 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX BODA o p a O o n O p a O p S O p n O p S nn nnHHnHnHYNHYeYreHnHrnHYrHrennnHn HnHAnHeHnHrHYrHeHenHTeHnHneHnHAHnHeHeHHHeHnrAeHrenAenrennHAHnHnHHeHeHeYHeeHreHnHAeHrHeH HH HH UN NH outputmixer3levelhui the peak level of the 3 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer3level1 the left level of the 3 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer3levellhui the left level of the 34 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer3levelr the right level of the 34 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 out ja output
268. each different streaming format you want to use with a Streaming Server you must create a dedicated Encoder Profile Default Figure 87 Define Encoder Profiles In the lower list all current profile settings are shown for each supported encoder Description A descriptive text of the current profile this description will be used in further dialogs to select the profile so make sure to specify a unique description text Target Samplerate As many encoders doesn t support resampling you might specify the target sample rate in Hz and the number of channels at which to perform any encoding Default Encoder Select the encoder to be used by default with this profile 126 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Encoders The list of supported encoders as configured in the previous encoder setup Double Click on an encoder entry or select an entry and click on the Encoder Settings button to edit the specific options of that selected encoder When you are done click on the Save button above to save all your profile settings WAV Encoder Settings Figure 88 WAV Encoder Settings Bits per Sample Defines the PCM resolution in bits per sample Use 32 Bit Integer If checked 32 Bit integer PCM format is used instead of 32 Bit IEEE float Add RiffInfo If checked a RIFF INFO LIST chunk is added to the resulting file Note The RIFF INFO LIST chunk data is directly taken from the TAG information
269. ear the entire Trackboard Shiftt Enter Open Windows Explorer at Track Location Alt 2 Show Info for selected Tracks Alt 3 Open TAG Editor for selected Tracks Drag Move a Track to a player or move a selection inside the playlist Drop Add audio file s or a playlist file to the Trackboard Double Chick Invokes the PFL Player for the selected Track Ctrl Double Click Shows the embedded content for the selected Track Shift Doubk Click Invoke the TAG Editor for the selected Track DJ PFL Player CUE Click Sets the current Cue Point to the current position if not set Click Starts playback of the current Cue Point until clicked if set Right Click Removes the current Cue Point PLAY Click Start Holds playback Right Click Jumps back to the Cue In position PEL Click Opens the PFL Player if not open Click Closes PFL Player Takes and takeover all settings if open WaveForm Lefi Click In lower half select the WaveForm only In upper half jump to the selected track position Left Double Click In lower half changes the zoom between full and 10 seconds Right Click Opens the context menu Cirl MouseW heel changes the zoom distance zoom in out JogWheel Multi functional 360 rotary knob to control the track position the playback speed the effect transition etc The JogWheel allows two main modes RADIO42 Confidential 209 ProppFrexx ONAIR Jogging Left Mouse drag and drop Scr
270. eared with each new script execution Lef Click to opens the Song History Editor Clear History If checked the script library will clear its song history with every load or reload else the song history will never be cleared and always keep the last used tracks in the history Reload Defines which media libraries should be reloaded whenever the script is started check each media library which should be reloaded Force Synchronously Reloading If checked all selected media libraries will always be reloaded synchronously By default only playlist based media libraries will be reloaded synchronously whereas folder based and database media libraries will be reloaded asynchronously in the background which means new entries are only available after the reload is completed which might be after the script was effectively started Note This option should only be enabled when reloading small folder based or database media libraries Loop Line Defines the script line which should be used to loop the script In sequential mode a script is looped once the script end has been reached This value defines the line number which should be used to reset the script pointer allowing you to skip certain entries at the beginning of the script exclude them during looping In random mode this parameter is ignored Initial Track If set this entry will always be used as the very first track whenever the script is started Note Automatic Cue Point Dete
271. ecscensoscoseese 152 Sireamine SEUNS oe ea nsdn ddannlanddindnvndnnninawmiuscmnindmunrnuntie 153 Seriptand Scheduler Setting Sisona iaeiaiai e EE AEEA 157 SCHIP UTA ccsscsisassssssssssisecesassezssizesesesssassenssasessnzsessccanssessecisssoes hss onsecsasstsssessesdeeseasses4scdasseassensssdeogeacsuateetoge 157 Global Sona FStOT Ydes sere enytenrtcerrerrcrercrrerccrtere Yrecrcerrcrerrre rrerrrrertrecrrecrrrertrerrrerrcrererercrerrceerirerveneytrrr 157 Scheduler Seteiigs aah aa SI SLL NNSS eSEE ssasseaseseneseesssaacsasessesecaaseasesessscaaseasesesessensgaegaensonees 158 Ma age Additional Script Libraries sy i3 sssccsssssasseossessstbeoseasesossessssensssosecsasoescssosesssssonsssosesosscsazsensssaszsoaansaieees 160 MEA CAINS SS CEN ts 3155s cs sscacsscassccsscasssccssacsscasssesssasascesscacsscesseasad lies gus eulsiuss lees sae iassases sgessastasas sess seas sees ee Cedars 161 MOP eG ENEO i d AEA esades Sia exchechs cbesebtd clus bedes eased ies te ae EE 170 RSS Message Center Web Browser suisia 170 MODStream Monitoring cssecsssssessssssesssssssesssssessssssessssssesssensesssessssssessssssessssssensessssnsesssensessseneesssensessseneeses 170 PATA OU CEASE BEEE E E E E 171 Overlay and Advertising Manacemienitiss csiicssscsslicesicsitdescccosccssccasscessccssccasscessscssceasssessscssccesscassecsscdansenseecoegs 171 WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES cccceesseseeeeeeeeseees 172 Types Of Media Libraries sacisscsssstsasecststuasectensasestessnsiste
272. ed Ifyou just want to lower the master volume to the defined talk over level without executing the talk over functionality you might use the Mixer button of the main channel strip Rzght CZick on it to slide the master volume to the defined talk over level without actually executing the talk over functionality RADIO42 Confidential 75 ProppFrexx ONAIR As an alternative to the above talk over functionality the Ta User button might be used which allows you to define a different talk over behaviour on a per user bases if UAC is enabled When using the Ta kUser button Left Click talk user on off Right Click lets you configure the talk user behavior and options Figure 44 Configure TalkUser Settings On TalkUser ON The control command s to execute if the TalkUser function is activated defined on a per user bases if UAC is enabled On TalkUser OFF The control command s to execute if the TalkUser function is deactivated defined on a per user bases if UAC is enabled TalkUser sets TalkOver If checked toggling the TalkUser button also sets TalkOver however it does not trigger the OnTalkover events This means the Master Level is ducked unducked if not supressed the Mixer Channels are muted unmuted If unchecked only the OnTalkuser events are triggered and you can need to control any activity yourself e g with the respective control commands Fade Master Volume If checked the maste
273. ed see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2MIXER_SET Set the mixer SND2 Mixer value when already set Parameter mixername snd2mixer Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Note if the snd2mixer is already assigned it will be removed adds a new SND2 mixer or removes it MIXER_INPUT_SND2MIXER_GET Gets a mixers SND2 Mixer value list of mixer names currently SND2 Parameter mixername Reply string list of SND2 mixer names seperated by If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT see MIXER_INPUT_SND2MIXER_SET Set the mixer SND2 Mixer value when already set Parameter mixername snd2mixer Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER _ INPUT SELECT Note will be removed adds a new SND2 mixer or removes it see if the snd2mixer is already assigned it MIXER OUTPUT SILENCEDETECTION O N Temporarily enables the silence detection for the mixer channel Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR f no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT see MIXER_OUTPUT_SILENCEDETECTION O PE Temporarily disables the silence detection for the mixer channel Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR f no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT SELECT see
274. ed by the main talk over functionality During talk over the output is muted when talk over has finished it will be un muted again Note This not only applies to TalkOver Actually the mixer channel will be muted whenever an input mixer channel having the Unmute On Talkover option set is active Mute Unmute Defines the type of the mute and unmute operations Source mutes unmutes any source audio signal of the mixer When muted any recording streaming and SND routing will be muted as well Output mutes unmutes the output audio signal When muted any recording and streaming will still process the source audio signal but any SND routing will be muted as well External Like Outpu but the external device will be muted unmuted as well not available for the ASIO and NONE driver model Enable Silence Detection If checked the audio level of this mixer channel is constantly monitored If the level stay for a certain time below a certain threshold the OnDetectSilence event will be raised as well as AufoP ay might automatically be turned on see general settings Exclusive Mode Use the device in exclusive or shared mode WASAPI only Exclusive The device can only be used exclusively by this application which allows greater precision and lets you choose the output sample rate Shared The device can be shared by multiple applications Enforces to use the default sample rate and format Lock On Lock If not checked this mixer wil
275. ed output mixer is used MIXER _OUTPUT_SND2_ ON Sets a mixer to SND2 Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER _OUTPUT_SND2_ OFF Sets a mixer to NOT SND2 Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT last selected output mixer is used MIXER _OUTPUT_SND2POSTFADING GET Gets a mixers SND2 Pre Post Fading value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if Post Fading False if Pre Fading RADIO42 Confidential 229 ProppFrexx ONAIR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2POSTFADING TOG GLE Toggles a mixers SND2 Pre Post Fading value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT_SND2POSTFADING_ON Sets a mixer to SND2 Post Fading Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2POSTFADING OFF Sets a mixer to SND2 Pre Fading Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT _RE
276. ed source As the installer is not signed the publisher is shown as unknown Directory Structure Upon successful installation of ProppFrexx ONAIR the following directory structure is created in the selected installation folder Installation Folder eg C ProppFrexx ONAIR contains all main modules and libraries The main application is called ProppFrexx ONAIR exe AddOns contains any BASS add ons to support playback of additional formats You might place additional BASS add ons hete as available on http www un4seen com bass html addons Encoder contains external command line encoders which should be used You might place additional command line encoders here by yourself RADIO42 Confidential 15 ProppFrexx ONAIR log default folder where log files might be placed into This folder is empty by default Scripts default folder where script files might be placed into This folder is empty by default Winamp default folder where Winamp DSP plug ins might be placed into You might place additional Winamp DSP plug ins here by yourself VST plug ins DSPs will be located in a global VST folder and this folder needs to be specified in the global settings dialog see below Start Menu Structure The following start menu structure will be created in the program group under radio42 ProppFrexx ONAIR ProppFrexx ONAIR i will launch the main onair application ProppFrex
277. edeanetis tvtscnsesbockendetessasselasenedvencesenss 130 Fig r 94 MP2 Encoder Setting Sesser erie a rari eiis 130 Figure 95 AACplus Encoder Settings sscsrcersessroesessesersesessesssoesescesensesescensscessscassnsenesoessees 131 Figure 96 PLAC Encoder Sete 8 cis ccs cots cesesstochenseteretasrsesenecetnetis tvtscnsesbockendeteseaneelasenedsendeenss 131 Fig te 972 MPC Encoder Sette ssc c cts cexscsts esesstocdenseteretnsveesenedesnetis a ireas ieaiaia 132 Figure 98 ACME NGOder Setin Sessler erie a irera eiiis 132 Figure 99 CMDLN Encoder Settings secseseesesseeesecssreceesstesseresseressecteseresseresrercorereerstesreredseresreree 133 Figure 100 Logging Configuration cccecssecssessseessesessssessessssssssssssssssesssssssssssssessssesssseessseensaes 135 Figure 101 Events Commands Configuration it ccs actvnsessnte nesndosSersvdnstnosedoddeeastwcaneariodananswsnienss 137 Figure 102 Direct editing of control commandsS sss sesssssssesssreessreessresssrressrressrressnrensreessreessreee 137 Figure 103 The Control Command Buildet o ccc ccessesesssesceessssessssessessssssessssesssseessseeeees 138 Figure 104 Input Output Configuration sissdssassastsincadsdacasenstbas dasscbcsovadeia htecabsdasadeuatuansussdacndgunste 139 Figure 105 Routing Configuration sirsirrirrirrsieriirrairseissriarrierrirrainreinsriarsdeitineaiaredrnrdarrderiirraia niia 140 Figure 106 GPIO Remoting Configuration a disccsisdassdasatetetbisdulsdetslotalaiata
278. edia entries to compose an embedded entry only used internally Trackname The default name of the media entry if nothing else is available this defaults to the filename without its extension else it is composed as Artist Title 2 Basic TAG Data Duration The duration of the media entry ie the nominal length of the track Title The title name of the media entry Artist The artist performer of the media entry Album The name of the album of the media entry Album Artist The name of the album of the media entry Track The track number of the media entry position and or total number of a track in the source e g a CD Disk The disc number of the media entry position and or total number of discs in the source e g a CD Genre The genre s of the media entry Year The release date of the media entry Grouping The grouping or category of the media entry Mood The mood description of the media entry Copyright The copyright string of the media entry Encoded By The encoded by value of the media entry Publisher The publisher or record label of the media entry Composer The composer of the media entry Conductor The conductor of the media entry Lyricist The lyricist or text writer of the media entry Remixer The remixer or special editor of the media entry Producer The producer of the media entry Comment A general comment description related to the media entry Rating The user rating value
279. eerseutees 65 Figure 35 Output Device Configuration Dialog sssssssssesssresssreessrtessreessreessnressnreesnreesnreesnreess 66 Figure 36 Output Device Configuration Dialog Virtual Sub Bus ssssssssssssssssssssrsessssesessss 69 Figure 37 ADM Settings ASIO Mixer Channel wc csc essecessesssesssscssssesssscsssscsnsseenssesnsseaene 69 Figure 38 Input Device Configuration Dialog ce ccesseesseesessssessssessssesssscsssseensseensseansseenens 70 Pipure 39 Phe Main ChanmeliS trip svc cctuscsrecieassceusssoentetsesastotseosstotoensasedoutestteqotptetessaptntearseastbess 72 Figure 40 Load and Save Mixer Setup suisse ccssesssecesssostecsesastotscosstotnensasedsantestteqotpteteesastnteersrastbers 73 Figure 4t Using Mizer Presets hnoo risiini tuth ini iret i ioe i E T eri i EEA io iee i E iE i iE ri ESE 73 Figure 42 Creatine anew Mixer Preset iuerisireri isoen oi ieies iis AE stated E EEEE 74 Figure 43 External Mixer Control WindoW sessessssesssresssseessseessrtessnrensntensnreesnreesnreesnreesnreesnreess 74 Figure 44 Configure Talk User Settings wo cecssecesesessessscsssscssssesnsscsssscessscenssesssscansscansseansseaegs 76 8 RADIO42 Confidential Table of Figures Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 6
280. eft and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SND2PAN SE Sets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player B of the current T playlist Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SND2PAN GE Gets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player C of the current T playlist Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER C SND2PAN SE Sets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player C of the current T playlist Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SND2PAN GE Gets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player D of the current T playlist Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER D SND2PAN SE Sets the SND2PFL output balance value of Player D of the current T playlist Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER A TEMPOMODE_ Gets the tempo mode value of Player A of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Vinyl33 or Vinyl45 PLS CURRENT PLAYER A TEMPOMODE_ Sets the tempo mode value of Player A of the current playlist SET Parameter string tempomode CDJ CDJ_MT Viny133 Vinyl45 Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER B TEMPOMODE_ Gets the tempo mo
281. eft and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Gets the output balance value of Player C of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Sets the output balance value of Player C of the current playlist SET Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Gets the output balance value of Player D of the current playlist GET Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PLS CURRENT PLAYER OUTPUTPAN_ Sets the output balance value of Player D of the current playlist SET Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER SND2VOLUME Gets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player A of the current _GET playlist Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER SND2VOLUME Sets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player A of the current SET playlist 254 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SND2VOLUME Gets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player B of the current _GET playlist Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PLS CURRENT PLAYER B SND2VOLUME Sets the SND2PFL output volume value of Player B of th
282. el uses eg the headphone soundcard device Input Mixer Channels MIC this input is further routed to the PLAY output mixer channel This channel uses eg the microphone soundcard recording device Monitoring of the microphone via the PFL channel can be done using the SND function of the input mixer channel or hardware monitoring To ensure latency free full duplex operations you should use ASIO Streaming the PLAY mixer channel serves as the streaming source channel To Headphones To Main Speakers From Microphone Ga ca ca ca ca ca Soundcard r gt SE lg ajc S EJS E gt ja j Sa J llo T OutputTo Path DJ Player Standby Player t Cardwall Player Streaming via PLAY PFL Player Quick Monitor Player Figure 29 Mixer Setup Example 2 In order to prevent any echoes from the microphone on the main speakers you should enable the Mute On Talkover flag on the PLAY output mixer channel as well as the Unmute On Talkover flag on the MIC input mixer channel This ensures that the PLAY channel will automatically be muted whenever the MIC channel is active and that the MIC channel will automatically be activated when using the Ta kOver function In addition you might remove the Apply Master Volume flag from the PFL channel so that this channel s volume is not impacted by the master vol
283. emnemananatenmt tt 16 Uninstalling ProppRrexx ONAIR enonsa E E ER 17 Updatino ProppFre t ONAIR assanar anaa e E E ERR 17 Windows Optimizations for ProppFrexx sess ssesesssesssseessreessreessreesnreesnreessreessreesnreesnreesrreess 18 ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR sssseesssssseeeessseeeessseeeessseecerssseeeessseeeessseeeeess 22 ebt TE ET nial nninaninti ani ataniated 23 LOOMS sasssesasssssspsaszseanspgaapbeassnaanssatnatgaaataavansaiavaasasdeanieasseanassatsabegastaavanaaassaasanqaaasannssaaipsaassbenasiaabboaniesas 29 Propplrexx Meta Data Editors cccssccssssccessasveccssssasessassestestessenssenssossstbisdnasseosecssssnstbetisosssosucgaasssttisisestassenssedesesens 29 Propprexx Media Library Servet ctsscsccscicscsessescisscccassecsaseccsscsessseccssecessseccsdececaseecsdecesscdecsseseuscdecssecessscecsesessdl 29 ProppFrexx Adverisino nonna tert cerceerereerresteeerererere vee erreerveeeree Treercrervee veeereeerveecveeevreererervee Yer sverrrtrere 29 ProppE rex ONAIR W anche t iicccicccscccicssssracteacstacuncstosssosscenseosecossctacseascotecsarceasgeotecossetazsencsconecganseazgcogsoassoass 29 Proppprexr Tinie ssscssscsssccsssessscusscssscessakasccscsescesssccsteesccsdsctescsescesdscsnscsesccoscsssecieussesestecseucdescesscesvectesesescestessdss ente 29 PENCON REERPEE TEEPE BESEBRRESEEESSELSEEESESECESEE CESS CEC REC SORE SERRE PCE STESSTCE rer rer rer rer errr ier reer reer tre reer trergere rier reerreerierercererrerree 29 PEP COR AE E EEEE EE
284. ent must at least send a PING command every so often in order to keep a server connection alive If the client doesn t send any command within the specified timeout period the connection is automatically closed by this server d The client should send a BYE command in order to close the connection Example Protocol AUTHORIZATION password r n r n SHOW ALERT WINDOW ONLINE You are now online r n r n MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 0 5 r n MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT2 0 735 r n r n PING r n r n MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 1 0 r n r n BYE r n r n You can use this protocol to send any number of control commands to this remote server ProppFrexx ONAIR allows only one TCP client to be connected at any time TCP RemoteControl Server Port The port of the TCP remote control server TCP remote control commands can be sent to this server whenever started Timeout Clients connected to the TCP RemoteControl Server might at least send a PING command every so often This value specifies the timeout in seconds after which clients are automatically disconnected TCP Control Enabled If checked the TCP remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Note that might in any case start the TCP Server manually by using the Remote Control Monitor RCM from within the Main Mixer Channel Authorization Password If specified a TCP remote contro
285. enu To open the main menu click on the main menu button Main Menu Button Opens a new and empty playlist Opens a most recently used playlist or library Saves the current playlist Closes the current playlist Prints the current playlist Opens the general configuration settings Lets you change the look and feel skin Rips tracks from an audio CD Burns tracks to an audio CD Lets you instantly record from any mixer source Changes the user if user access control is enabled Closes ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 15 The Main Menu The individual functions of the main menu ate described in the following chapters The Ribbon Bar The ribbon bar contains three different pages 1 the Main Control page 2 the Scheduler Control page 3 the User Control page 4 the DJ Control page Depending on the state of ProppFrexx ONAIR eg if a playlist window is open or the scheduler is running the ribbon bars show more ot less items Figure 16 The Main Control Ribbon Page RADIO42 Confidential 47 ProppFrexx ONAIR Open Opens an existing playlist C O Click on the arrow to open the most recently used playlists or any of the defined media libraries New Creates a new and empty playlist C N Close Closes the currently active playlist Ca F4 Save Saves the currently active playlist C S Click on the arrow to open the save sub menu Save Playlist As Saves the currently active playlist under a new filename
286. eplaygain_track_gain OGG replaygain_track_gain APE replaygain_track_gain MP4 com apple iTunes replaygain_track_gain ASF replaygain_track_gain RIFF IRGG Alternatives itgl Replaygain_Track_Peak ID3v2 TXXX replaygain_track_peak OGG replaygain_track_peak APE replaygain_track_peak MP4 com apple iTunes replaygain_track_peak ASF replaygain_track_peak RIFF IRGP Alternatives These TAG attributes have been carefully selected as they reflect the defacto standard as supported by most tag editing applications and or the ProppFrexx Meta Data Editor 182 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES Note that if you don t want to write TAG data directly to the audio file ProppFrexx also supports reading writing meta data to a separate pfmd files along with the audio file or even from a dedicated meta data database table Cover Art Pictures An image associated with the media entry The cover art image is either obtained directly from the audio files TAG data or if the audio file doesn t contain any pictures gathered from the path location of the audio file In this case the following is tested in the following order Track Image The filename extension is changed to jpg gif png or bmp Folder Image The directory of the audio file is scanned for a Folder jpg or Album jpe file Album Image The Albun tag name is extended by jpg and the directory of the audio
287. epresents an individual Cartwall Player The number of Cartwall Players therefore is dynamic and depends on the number of entries a cartwall library playlist currently being used has got The features of the Cartwall Player is also quite limited in respect to the features of the DJ or PFL Player however the Cartwall Player also supports tempo gain volume envelopes cue points looping etc So you might actually use eg the PFL Player to define all track settings which are then use by the Cartwall Player The Cartwall Players can be freely routed to any available output mixer channel independent for the Cartwall I and II meaning all players of Cartwall I will use the same output mixer channel and all players of Cartwall II will use the same output mixer channel which might be different from the output used with Cartwall T RADIO42 Confidential 53 ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 24 The Quick Monitor Player Standby Player These players are pretty much like DJ Players but they are independent from any playlist window As they are not used directly during automation they are called standby The number of Standby Players used is limited to a maximum of 99 you can add new or remove existing Standby Players at any time within the standby player window You might use a Standby Player to play any tracks at any time independent from any playlist activity Audio tracks must always be loaded opened manually to by the Standby Player The Stand
288. equire more or less mixer channels Here are some examples RADIO42 Confidential 57 ProppFrexx ONAIR 1 Simple internet streaming only no microphone Output Mixer Channels PLAY all internal players except the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for standard play out This channel uses eg the default soundcard device PLF the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for monitoring This channel uses eg the headphone soundcard device Input Mixer Channels none Streaming the PLAY mixer channel serves as the streaming source channel To Headphones To Main Speakers ca oe sp cp ca ca Soundcard Out1 Out2 Output PLAY Input Output PFL DJ Player Standby Player Cardwall Player Streaming via PLAY PFL Player Quick Monitor Player Figure 28 Mixer Setup Example 1 58 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR 2 Simple using no external mixer one microphone Output Mixer Channels PLAY all internal players except the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for standard play out This channel uses eg the default soundcard device PLF the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for monitoring This chann
289. erage Bitrate Specifies the average target bitrate ABR in kbps desired VBR only Note If set not 0 only this value will be used as an AVB value the VBR Quality will be ignored Figure 90 WMA Encoder Settings Use Variable Bitrate Use Variable Bitrate VBR If unchecked Constant Bitrate CBR will be used Bitrate Constant or average bitrate in kbps Note Multiple bitrates are supported when using this profile for streaming In all other cases only the highest selected bitrate will be used VBR Quality Set the quality level from 1 low to 100 lossless for variable bitrate 10 approx 65 kbps 25 approx 77 kbps 50 approx 89 kbps 75 approx 140 kbps 100 approx 778 kbps Lossless Use WMA Professional Use the WMA 10 Professional format Windows Media Audio 10 Professional WMA 10 Pro is the most flexible Windows Media audio codec available If unchecked the most compatible Windows Media Audio 9 codec WMA 9 is used Use 24 Bit Use 24 bit encoding If checked the output will be in 24 bit resolution which requires WMA Pro to be set as well 128 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR AAC Encoder Settings QuickTime C Encoder Settings x Figure 91 QuickTime AAC Encoder Settings Quality Defines the QuickTime encoder quality to use Fast Normal High Mode Defines the QuickTime encoding mode CBR ABR CVBR TVBR Constant Bitrate CBR Average Bitrate
290. es cick on the Additional Script Libraries button The following dialog allows you to manually manage your individual script libraries and assign individual parameters to them v Figure 115 Additional Script Libraries Dialog The tree list shows all defined and loaded script libraries grouped by its category which have been manually added to your collection of script libraries the name in brackets indicate the filename of the script Use the button row to the right to add additional script libraries see below When a script library is selected in the tree list additional info of that script library is shown below Double Click on an entry to edit its parameters Script Libraries which couldn t currently be accessed e g the folder file is unavailable are shown as Broken within the tree list Note The category assigned to a script library is only used in this dialog and in any dialog which allows you to select certain script libraries and only serves the purpose of grouping script libraries in these dialogs i e allowing you to more quickly find a certain script library There is no other purpose assigned to the category 160 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR New Script Adds a new script file to your library collection Add Script Adds an existing script file to your library collection Edit Script Edits the content of the selected script file This lets you define the script settings
291. essreess 35 Figure 7 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 4 veces 36 Figure 8 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 5 6 ccccseeeeseeeeesessessesesseeeses 36 Figure 9 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 7 ss ssssssssssssssssssreesssressrressrresssreessreess 37 Figure 10 Registering ProppFrexx ONAIR uo csecsseesesessesessesnssesnescenssesnsscsnsseenssesnescansseasags 38 Figure 11 USB Device Restat mrna e a a a s 39 Figure 12 Using the ProppFrexx ONAIR Demo Version ss ssssssssssssreesrresssressrressrreesrreessreess 40 Fig re 13 TRE Matty Wind OW eenen aa e e E a 45 Figure 14 Dragging a Docking Window sssssssssesssresssreessreessstesneessnrensneeesnreennreennreesnreesnrressreess 46 Fip re T5 The ants Ment fot cc ccclevetetuiatsetntectsesotedscanstorbenruewbtecvdnstns tvbuctuedolecueaatlorbenstberbtsevensetetsese 47 Figure 16 The Main Control Ribbon Page uo csseesesessesessesessessssesssscessseensscsssseanssesnsseensseaege 47 Figure 17 The Scheduler Control Ribbon Page iccecssesseesesessessssessssessssesssseensseensseensseanene 49 Figure 18 The User Control Ribbon Page ccsseessesescsssessssesssscssssessssesssscsssscensseensseensseanees 50 Figute 19 The Header Bar iscsssiscsisisissstssssssacsesstssassvciendsastvesstaaaavcasssaaacvssstvadatocaensesacoescevadetssaaneaaeoeys 50 Figure 20 The DJ Player Full Size and Medium Size Layout on essesesesnssestssestene 52 Figure 21 The PEL Player scisscsssissscsssis
292. eter none Reply OK ERROR in Player B of the current playlist PLS PAUSE B Pauses the current track on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR in Player B of an open playlist FadesOut PLS CURRENT PAUSE C Pauses the current track FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR in Player C of the current playlist PLS PAUSE _C Pauses the current track on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR in Player C of an open playlist FadesOut PLS CURRENT PAUSE D Pauses the current track FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR in Player D of the current playlist PLS PAUSE D Pauses the current track on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR in Player D of an open playlist FadesOut PLS CURRENT PAUSENOFADE A Pauses the current track Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR in Player A of the current playlist no PLS PAUSENOFADE A Pauses the current track Fading Parameter playlistname in Player A of an open playlist no RADIO42 Confidential 245 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PAUSENOFADE B Pauses the current track in Player B of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply
293. ets a mixers SND2 volume value Parameter mixername Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT used MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2VOLUME_ SET Sets a mixers SND2 volume value Parameter mixername volume between 0 0 and 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used RADIO42 Confidential 227 ProppFrexx ONAIR see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT MIXER OUTPUT _SND2VOLUME CHANGE Changes a mixers SND2 volume by a delta value Parameter mixername volumedelta Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT mixer between 1 0 and 1 0 is used MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2PAN GET Gets a mixers SND2 balance value Parameter mixername Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 If no parameter is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT right mixer is used MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2PAN_ SET balance value between 1 0 and 1 0 Sets a mixers SND2 Parameter mixername pan Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT _SND2PAN CHANGE Changes a mixers SND2 balance by a delta value Parameter mixername pandelta between 1 0 and Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected
294. external Mixer internal Microphone 3 No external Mixer internal Microphone extra Monitoring 4 External Mixer external Microphone Simple 5 External Mixer external Microphones Complex 6 External Mixer internal Microphones Figure 4 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 1 1 No external Mixer no Microphone 12 6k This setup type is the most simplistic model It creates two mixer output channels One for standard play out of all default players DJ Cartwall Standby etc and one output channel for Pre Fade Listening PFL Player Quick Monitor and Segue Editor No mixer input channel is created x The PLAY output mixer channel is set to AutoSND2 at No W PFL which means you will hear the current PLAY signal in the a PFL channel when you are not performing any pre fade PLAYS PFL yt listening Streaming Servers might directly use the PLAY output mixer channel 2 No external Mixer internal Microphone amp Almost identical to the previous model but a virtual PLAY channel is created which is further routed to a real OUT channel and in addition one input mixer channel is created which is also routed to the OUT channel The OUT output mixer channel is set to AutoSND2 at No ar PFL which means you will hear the current OUT signal in the PFL channel when you are not performing any pre fade listening PLAY OUT PFL MIC 1 Streaming Servers might directly use the OUT output mixer c
295. external mixer Like in the above mode the external mixer sends the final mix down signal to an INP input mixer channel which is further routed to a MON output channel thus giving an independent output for extra monitoring The OUT output mixer channel is set to AutoSND2 at No PFL which means you will hear the current OUT signal in the PFL channel when you are not performing any pre fade listening PLAY OUT MONE PFL INP Lt LI Streaming Servers might directly use the MON output mixer channel 6 External Mixer internal Microphones Similar to the previous mode but an additional input mixer channel is created to receive an internal microphone signal Both the final mix down of the external mixer as well as the internal microphone are routed to the MON output channel for any external monitoring 34 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR Streaming Servers might directly use the MON output mixer channel In the next step you can define what driver model you want to use with your soundcard Whenever possible we recommend using ASIO for lowest latency especially when you want to monitor any mixer input channel to any output channel If ASIO is not available you might want to use WASAPI Windows Audio Session API available on Vista Win7 only and if that is also not available you might need to use the classic Direct Sound WDM driver model amp b ProppFrexx ONAIR Se e ProppFrex Mixer Setup Soundcard
296. exx ONAIR comes with integrated streaming support for SHOUT cast v1 and v2 ICEcast and Windows Media Server in either push or pull mode Any number of different streaming servers can be configured and used in parallel Flexible Mixer and Routing Setup ProppFrexx ONAIR can be configured to work in any hardware environment Any number of input and output mixer channels can be defined as well as virtual sub busses for handing sum or group channel strips this includes freely definable speaker assignment Any player control within ProppFrexx ONAIR can be freely routed to any of those channel strips This gives you unmatched flexibility in your digital audio workstation setup and lets you integrate ProppFrexx ONAIR into any given studio environment Mixer Presets and Profiles ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to define any number of mixer profiles with up to 5 mixer presets each This allows you to change your entire mixer setup or only the definition of your mixer control including effect gain pan or volume settings with just a single click Local Harddisk or USB Stick Registration The ProppFrexx ONAIR registration is by default tied to your local machine of course you can still use any resource within your local area network However a special hard disk or USB Stick registration allows you bind your registration also to a local hard disk and or a removable USB Stick so that you can carry ProppFrexx ONAIR with you on this single disk resp
297. f defined even if the SupressHistoryCheck option is set AsEmbeddedContainer The resulting tracks of that script line will be added as one embedded container instead of individual entries AsEmbeddedHookContainer The resulting tracks of that script line will be added as one embedded container using the defined tracks hook cue points and using any defined media entry type related hook opener closer and separators instead of individual entries Track Options ClearAllCuePoints c When the track is loaded to a DJ Player all the current cue points will be removed which might lead to an ACPD afterwards ClearAllEventEntries e When the track is loaded to a DJ Player all event entries incl track inserts will be removed ClearAllVolumePoints v When the track is loaded to a DJ Player all volume points will be removed SupressACPD d When the track is loaded to a DJ Player ACDP automatic cue point detection will be turned off RecalcACDP rt When the track is loaded to a DJ Player ACPD will be forced regardless of existing cue points 164 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR LoopEntry L The track should be looped once started forces you to stop it manually StopAtEnd E When AutoPlay is active the playlist should stop after this track regardless playlist needs to be continued manually from here SupressFading f When the track is loaded to a DJ Player any existing volume
298. f referencing a playlist file are loaded recursively meaning those entries are resolved and load their entries again as individual tracks else such entries are loaded as a single embedded playlist entry meaning a playlist reference will be loaded as a single embedded playlist track and played as such as a single track Force UTF 8 If checked m3u or pls playlist files will always be loaded and saved using UTF 8 encoding If not checked it will be loaded and saved using Windows 1252 encoding which is the standard Keep _synced_ pfp Playlist with Folder If checked a pfp playlist file is kept along with a folder based media library stored in the main folder using the same name The pfp playlist file will keep any already scanned audio file of that folder based media library in syne with the folder content itself The advantage is that any meta data already read for audio files in that folder doesn t need to be read again when re loading the folder based library The disadvantage is that this requires initial and continuous meta data reading for all files contained in that folder regardless of any TAG reading option Exclude Hidden Files If checked any hidden file will be excluded from any directory scanning Note The time taken to scan a directory for files might increase when this option is enabled Mixing and Fading Settings In Live Assist or Automatic mode if AutoPlay is On ProppFrexx ONAIR might mix subsequent t
299. figuration data to setup your MP3 encoder of choice as well as another additional generic command line encoder CMDLN respectively the AAC encoder of choice Executable Specify the executable name exe of the MP3 resp CMDLN resp AAC command line encoder to be used Note The executable must be placed to the global Encoder directory within your installation folder CBR String Defines the command line arguments to be used with constant bitrates CBR Note You can use any of the predefined macros see below within the command line VBR String Defines the command line arguments to be used with variable bitrates VBR Note You can use any of the predefined macros see below within the command line Supports STDOUT Check this option if the MP3 command line encoder supports encoding to STDOUT No HEAD Don t send a WAVE header to the encoder If this flag is used then the sample format must be passed to the encoder via command line parameters In most cases it is recommended to use this flag in order to support unlimited streaming capabilities Use 32 Bit Integer If checked the sample data is converted to 32 Bit integer data before it is passed on to the encoder If neither this nor the Use 24 Bit Integer flag is checked 32 Bit IEEE float sample data is send to the encoder Use 24 Bit Integer If checked the sample data is converted to 24 Bit integer data before it is passed on to the encoder If neither this nor the Use 32 Bit
300. first data value within the OSC message In addition you might use the following prefix values here i uses an Int32 data value h uses an Int64 data value f uses a float 32 bit data value d uses a double 64 bit data value s uses an ASCII string data value b uses a byte array data value RADIO42 Confidential 151 ProppFrexx ONAIR 1O Warrior Control When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR offers support for the first O Warrior card found on the system The IOW24 40 56 as well the PV1 PV2 cards is supported Pin state changes of any of the digital IO pins of the IO Warrior card are detected and are translated into control commands just with any other remoting functionality 1O Warrior Enabled If checked the IO Warrior remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Mapping Select the O Warrior message mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the 1O Wartrior Message Mapping dialog which lets you map digital pin state changes into ProppFrexx control commands Monitor C ick here to inspect O Warrior pin state changes Watch the pin states and how they trigger the defined control command execution A similar mechanism is used for IO Warrior as already described in the chapter MIDI Devices see above This means any IO Warrior pin state change is matched against the selected mapping file Each
301. for broadcast automation software as changing the OS user requires the current applications to be stopped which would break the program and audio workflow that s why we have integrated our own UAC here But UAC offers even more It allows you to also customize various user specific settings including the entire layout and arrangement of all windows so that each user of ProppFrexx ONAIR gets exactly what he needs is restricted by what he should not do and has its own look and feel Master Pasword The master password might be used to unlock a locked application even if UAC is disabled The default master password is ProppFrexx This password is also used if the Advertising Manager is lauched If the Advertising Manager uses the same master password no additional Advertising login is needed Whenever UAC is enabled a login dialog will be shown before you can start working with ProppFrexx ONAIR ProppFrexx ONAIR Login bij ProppFrexx ONAIR oo amp Select a user and enter your password xxx my Use Bernd Standard Operator Password mee Figure 75 Login Dialog In the login dialog you first select the user to work with and enter the related password for that user then cick on the Login button to start ProppFrexx ONAIR You might change the currently active user at any time using the Main Menu resp the Lock button in the Header Bar When changing the currently active user the mai
302. for each mixer channel The setup itself will be saved loaded to from a mixer profile The profile is identified by the name given in the editable combo box The default profile has the name Default To change the current mixer setup select a setup name from the combo box and click on the Load icon button to change it Enter a new mixer setup name or use any existing name to overwrite it in the combo box and click on the El Sav icon button to save the current mixer setup including all mixer channels the presets and any FX DSP settings Mixer Locked If checked the mixer channels are locked to prevent any changes to be made only the channel faders stay active in this case Using multiple profiles allows you to quickly change the entire setup of your mixer eg if you need a different layout for a specialized environment during a specific operations However in most situations only one setup is required Using Mixer Presets Mixer Preset Slots Left Click select the current preset Ssaves restores all settings Right Click remove the preset clear Figure 41 Using Mixer Presets RADIO42 Confidential 73 ProppFrexx ONAIR A mixer preset contains only the FX DSP settings of all mixer channels including the mixer channel s fader volume Pan and Gain settings the On Off and the Mute Unmute state and the SND and REC settings but not the definition of the mixer channels itself and their device configurat
303. ft and 1 0 right standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY OUTPUTPAN SET Sets the output balance value of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 pan 1 0 1 0 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right QUICKMONITOR_STOP Stops the Quick Monitor and ejects the current track Parameter none Reply OK ERROR FIND QUICKMONITOR Starts the Quick Monitor of the currently selected track in the current find result window Parameter none hotstartIndex 0 9 Reply OK ERROR An optional HotStart index might be given between 0 and 9 if given playback starts at that HotStart index EXPLORER QUICKMONITOR Starts the Quick Monitor of the currently selected track in the current browser explorer window Parameter none hotstartIndex 0 9 Reply OK ERROR An optional HotStart index might be given between 0 and 9 if given playback starts at that HotStart index TRACKBOARD TOGGLE Toggles the trackboard content according to the hot buttons Parameter hotbuttonIndex 1 5 Reply OK ERROR The HotButton index might be between 1 and 5 and relates to the RADIO42 Confidential 261 ProppFrexx ONAIR five toggle buttons 1 being the Default TRACKBOARD_ LOAD Loads the trackboard content with either a folder or playlist Parameter folderorfile Reply OK ERROR The folderorfi
304. g Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional out time in ms if given it denotes the fade PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSEONLY CURRE Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of the current NT playlist FadesOut on UseFading no Eject Parameter fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional if given it denotes the fade out time in ms PLS _PLAYPAUSEONLY CURRENT Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading no Eject Parameter playlistname fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional if given it denotes the fade out time in ms PLS CURRENT PLAYPAUSENOFADE CUR RENT Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of the current laylist no Fading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR O PLS_PLAYPAUSENOFADE CURRENT Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of an open playlist no Fading Eject on AutoUnloading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _PLAYPAUSENOFADEONLY Plays Pauses the current track in the current Player of the current _ CURRENT O laylist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR no Eject PLS CURRENT PLAY CURRENT Plays the current track in the current Player of the current playlist if paused Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAY CURREN
305. g a new playlist file Show Info Panel If checked a track info panel is shown at the bottom of the playlist else the info panel will be hidden The info panel will display the detailed track metadata as well as an available cover image Show Moderator Text If checked the moderator text and the track information of the currently select track of the current playlist will automatically be displayed in the Moderator Window Next Track Mode Defines how a next track is determined from a playlist From Beginning The first free track from the beginning of the playlist is taken From Player Position The first free track from the position of the current player of the playlist is taken From Last Player Position The first free track from the last position of any player of the playlist is taken Save Absolute Paths If selected the fully qualified absolute paths are used to save any track location when the playlist is saved else relative paths are used locations of the tracks are saved relative to the playlist file location Save UNC Paths If selected the fully qualified UNC Universal Naming Convention paths are used to save any track location when the playlist is saved which include the machine name instead of a drive letter Mark Only Sequential If checked a played track will only be marked as played if it is sequentially followed in the playlist order else a played track will always be marked Ask Entry Type If checked and
306. g the routing will be delayed and changed once it stopped playing MAIN ROUTE DJD_SETDELAYED Changes the routing for DJ Player D when it is not playing anymore Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the DJ Player D to If the player is currently playing the routing will be delayed and changed once it stopped playing MAIN ROUTE PFL_ SET Changes the routing for the PFL Player Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the PFL Player to MAIN ROUTE STANDBY SET Changes the routing for the Standby Players Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the Standby Players to MAIN ROUTE STANDBY SETDELAYED Changes the routing for the Standby Players when not playing anymore Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the RADIO42 Confidential 223 ProppFrexx ONAIR Standby Players to If a player is currently playing the routing will be delayed and changed once it stopped playing MAIN ROUTE OVERLAY SET Changes the routing for the Overlay Players Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to route the Overlay Players to MAIN _ROUTE_QUICKMONITOR_SET Changes the routing for the QuickMonitor Player
307. g will be added automatically EXEC_WRITE_ FILE Writes any content to a file Parameter string filename mode content Reply OK ERROR Note Mode can be aa Append ASCII au Append UTF8 ah Append HTTP ad Append Default or na New ASCII nu New UTF8 nh New HTTP nd New Default EXEC WRITE PLAYLISTFILE Creates a playlist file based on a template file Parameter string targetfile templatefile Reply OK ERROR Note The targetfile will be the file path and location to be RADIO42 Confidential 215 ProppFrexx ONAIR created the templatefile will be the file containing the playlist macros to be replaced EXEC SHELL COMMAND Executes a shell command asynchronously Parameter string command style Reply OK ERROR Notel The shell command will simply be invoked and the process will not wait for any results Note2 style can be minimized hidden or normal default EXEC SHELL COMMAND SYNC Executes an executable file synchronously and returns the result Parameter string command style Reply StandardOutput ERROR Notel The shell command will be invoked and the process waits for the results send to StandardOutput Note2 All control commands will be blocked until the process exists Note3 Style can be minimized hidden or normal default EXEC_SEND EMAIL Sends an email message Parameter string from to subject message Reply
308. gned to a media entry Tempo The initial track tempo adjustment in percent default is 0 no tempo change Gain The initial track gain adjustment in percent default is 0 no gain change TrackEndIndicator Any single character which might describe the ending of the track e g for a cold immediate ending or V for a faded ending ModeratorText An optional info text which might be used by the DJ or presenter CuelIn The cue in position of the media entry the effective start position of the track FullLevel The position where the full volume level should be reached If set the tracks volume is ramped between CuelIn and this position when UseFading is used Ramp The first intro position of the media entry where the intro part of the track ends Ramp2 The second intro position of the media entry where an alternative intro part of the track ends RADIO42 Confidential 183 ProppFrexx ONAIR Outro The outro position of the media entry where the ending part of the track starts FadeOut The position where the volume level should start fading out If set the tracks volume is ramped between this position and CueOut when UseFading is used Next The position of the media entry where a next track should start playing CueOut The cue out position of the media entry the effective stop position of the track CuePoints A list of an alternative set of cue points CueIn FullLevel Ramp Ramp2 Outro
309. gs using the given command line option config lt path gt Defines the location relative to the executable location or absolute path to your configuration directory By default ProppFrexx ONAIR stores any configuration files in the Application User Data Folder i e C Documents and Settings username Application Data radio42 ProppFrexx ONAIR resp C Users username App Data Roaming radio42 ProppFrexx ONAIR By using this command line option you can enforce ProppFrexx ONAIR to retrieve and store any configuration files at the given path location This might for example be useful if you want to share a common configuration for different system users store the configuration files at a central network location or relative to the executable location on the same hard disk like required for any hard disk registration globalconfig lt path gt Defines the location relative to the executable location or absolute path to certain global configuration files Namely e Additional Media Libraries file ProppFrexx ONAIR medialibs e Additional Cartwall Libraries file ProppFrexx ONAIR cartwalllibs e Additional Script Libraries file ProppFrexx ONAIR seriptlibs e Global Message Center Messages file ProppFrexx ONAIR messages e Mixing configuration file ProppFrexx ONAIR mixing By default ProppFrexx ONAIR stores the above mentioned configuration files in the standard configuration directory which might be either
310. h and loaction Reply string the advertising calendar file path and location ADVERTLIB REFRESH Forces an immediate reload of the advertising library Reply OK ERROR VT_LOCALCARTWALL BUTTON Shows Hides the local Cartwall if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_REC_BUTTON Emulates a REC button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_FADESTOP_BUTTON Emulates a FADE STOP button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_RESETALL BUTTON Emulates a ResetAll button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_ATTVOLUME BUTTON Emulates an AttenuateVolume button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply OK VT as RELISTEN_BUTTON Emulates a PreListen button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_NEXTENTRY_BUTTON Emulates a NextPlaylistEntry button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_NEXTPLACEHOLDER_BUTTON Emulates a NextPlaylistPlaceholder button click if the VoiceTracking window is shown Reply O VT_CLOSE_CANCEL Closes the VoiceTracking without saving if it was shown Reply O VT_CLOSE SAVE Closes the VoiceTracking with saving if it was shown Reply OK R_ INVOKE MAIN Invokes opens a new general InstanceRecording dialog Reply O R_STARTSTOP_REC Starts Reply r stops the recording for the selected source and output
311. h on the file statistics play counter using a preceeding T character negates the search using a preceeding character performs a case sensitive exact match search Example lucien search for any lucien occurance lucientjon search for any lucien and jon occurance t do you wanna search for this title occurance please be a paul search for title and artist 0 123 b 1127 search for BPM between 123 and 127 ePop search for the exact genre Pop age2 90 search for tracks modified in the last 90 days lage3 7 search for tracks which have not been played in the last 7 days count 10 search for tracks having no more than 10 plays ever Browser Window Space Play Stop selected File in Quick Monitor Left Fast Forward Quick Monitor by 10 sec Right Fast Backward Quick Monitor by 10 sec F11 Open the PFL Player with the current Track F12 Add selected Track to the current playlist Shifit F12 Add selected Track to the current playlist at current position Alt 2 Show Track Info Alt 3 Open TAG Editor Cr Insert Copy selected tracks to Trackboard RADIO42 Confidential 207 ProppFrexx ONAIR Ctrl C Copy selected tracks to Clipboard Alt C Copy File Directory To Cirlt Alt C Move File Directory To Insert Add File To Media Library Add Add to other Playlist Ctrl R Refresh View current folders Shift Cir R Refresh View all folders
312. hannel RADIO42 Confidential 33 ProppFrexx ONAIR 3 No external Mixer internal Microphone extra Monitoring We channel which is further routed to the real OUT channel The OUT channel is further copied a MON channel thus giving 2 independent outputs The MIC input is routed to the MON output to keep playback and monitoring separate The OUT output mixer channel is set to AutoSND2 at No PFL which means you will hear the current OUT signal in the ete yy JET E PFL channel when you are not performing any pre fade listening Four output mixer channels and one input mixer channel are JE A created The default players are routed to the virtual PLAY Streaming Servers might directly use the MON output mixer channel 4 External Mixer external Microphone Simple Two output mixer channels and one input mixer channel are created The output is identical to type 1 but in this setup ProppFrexx mainly serves as a play out engine The mics and other external sources are mixed by the external mixer which sends his final on air mix down back to a ProppFrexx input mixer channel Streaming Servers might directly use the INP input mixer channel 5 External Mixer external Microphone Complex Four output mixer channels and one input mixer channel are created The default players are routed to the virtual PLAY channel which is further routed to the real OUT channel which serves as the main output to the
313. hat you use the same driver model for each channel using the same physical soundcard Device The physical soundcard driver resp device to be used with this input mixer channel Input Source Channel Pair Select the input source resp channel pair to use with this mixer channel only relevant if the selected device is a multi channel device WDM If your soundcard device supports multiple input sources you might select the input source to use ASIO Select which Asio channel pair should be used with this input device WASAPI Windows Audio Session API always represents each input as a separate device Important Note Make sure to use a unique device input source for each input mixer channel as two mixer input channels can not share the same device input source Output To If selected a copy pre fading of the audio signal processed by this mixer channel will be send to the selected output mixer channel as well for full duplex monitoring You might select NONE if you don t need any full duplex monitoring Mono By default stereo 2 channels recording is used enable this checkbox to force mono 1 channel recording 70 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Input in 32 Bit Use 32 Bit floating point sample data for this mixer channel The main advantage of floating point channels aside from the increased resolution quality is that they are not clipped If your soundcard support 24 or 32 Bit input this o
314. he 5th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ti J J Oo J Gl LE CT_CART_6 Selects the 6th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ti J J O w GI CT_CART_7 Selects the 7th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Gl Gl CT CART 8 Selects the 8th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR Gl wv Gl Gl CT_CART 9 Selects the 9th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR Gl wv Gl CT_CART_10 Selects the 10th Cart in the Cartwall Parameter none Reply O ROR and only this one Gl wv Gl LE CT_CART_11 Selects the 11th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR Gl av E CT CART 12 Selects the 12th Cart in the Cartwall Parameter none Reply O and only this one ti W J O w peni Ta CT CART 13 Selects the 13th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR ELECT CART 14 Selects the 14th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR ECT CART_15 Selects the 15th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR Pi A Gl BI CT CART 16 Selects the 16th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply O ROR oy av Gl
315. he Player B of the current playlist with the currently playing player Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAYER SYNCBEAT Tries to sync the Player C of the current playlist with the currently playing player Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAYER SYNCBEAT Tries to sync the Player D of the current playlist with the currently playing player Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAYER SND2PFL GE Gets if Player A of the current playlist is currently in SND2PFL Tr mode Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS PLAYER SND2PFL GE Gets if Player B of the current playlist is currently in SND2PFL T mode Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS PLAYER SND2PFL GE Gets if Player C of the current playlist is currently in SND2PFL T mode Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS PLAYER SND2PFL GE Gets if Player D of the current playlist is currently in SND2PFL T mode Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS E PLAYER SND2PFL Toggles the SND2PFL mode of Player A of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ER PLS E PLAYER SND2PFL Toggles the D2PFL mode of Player B of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ER PLS E PLAYER SND2PFL Toggles the D2PFL mode of Player C of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ER PLS E PLAYER SND2PFL Toggles the D2PFL mode of Player D of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ER PLS E PLAYER SND2P
316. ial APPENDIX Example 3 EXEC_SEND_MIDI MCU config touch 1 Configure the faders so that they send movement messages also if not recognized as touched e g if moved with a pencil or finger nail Example 4 EXEC_SEND_ MIDI MCU config sensitivity 0 3 Configure the 1 fader touch sensitivity to 3 which is the default Control Surface Switch LED IDs The following IDs hex values in brackets might be used when either recetving a Mackie Control Universal midi message a switch was pressed or released or to enable disable the related LED Received Switch Midi Short Message Status 144 0x90 Data1 ID see table below Data2 127 0x7F switch fader pressed 0 0x00 switch fader released Send LED Midi Short Message Status 144 0x90 Data1 ID see table below Data2 127 0x7F LED On 0 0x00 LED Off hex Switch LED Name Function REC RDY REC RDY REC RDY REC RDY REC RDY REC RDY REC RDY REC RDY SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT ANANABAWNrR OC ANYNDNMAPWNPFPAWAATNDMANHWNPFPWAANDNHBPWNP WANDA WN e RADIO42 Confidential 317 ProppFrexx ONAIR Switch LED Name Function V Select V Select V Select V Select V Select V Select V Select V Select ASSIGNMENT ASSIGNMENT ASSIGNMENT ASSIGNMENT ASSIGNMENT ASSIGNME
317. iately return an error and concidered unplayable KeepStreamAlive k URL Tracks having this flag set will continue to try to reconnect after playback has started and the connection has dropped else the track will immediately return an error and concidered stopped the value in brackets is the short display value being used within the playlist window option column Filter Allows you to define additional selection criterias when querying entries from a media library only used for mode Sequential Random Cartwall The same expressions are used as already used in the Find Window Here is a description with some examples The filter expression consists of a lt prefix gt and lt criteria gt separated by a colon The lt prefix gt tells the parser what to search for and the lt criteria gt contains the actual value to look after The following lt prefix gt are supported title or t title contains key string artist or a artist contains key string album or I album contains key string mood or m mood contains key string RADIO42 Confidential 165 ProppFrexx ONAIR grouping or g grouping contains key string isrc or 1 iste contains key string rating or r rating contains key numeric bpm or b bpm greater than key numeric year or y year contains key string genre or e genre contains key string agel
318. ibbon control with a multiple document interface and a flexible docking manager This allows you to arrange any window to any location and of course it also supports any multi monitor environment The user interface is skinnable and comes with over 30 skins to allow you to customize the look and feel to your needs This also includes a high contrast skin for color blind people The new Microsoft Windows operating systems like Vista Windows 7 or Server 2008 allow you to change the DPI resolution which in effect will display the ProppFrexx ONAIR user interface bigger or smaller This is again a huge advantage for visually handicapped people The cutting edge user interface was designed to let you operate ProppFrexx ONAIR in a simple and intuitive but also efficient way Here is an overview of the main window elements Main Menu Button Quick Access Toolbar Header Bar Ribbon Bar i Playlist Window Area ProppFrexx ONAIR PTY bel kd Ed 5 ADIG42 MUSIC FOR LOUNGE LOVERS PLAY OUT Figure 13 The Main Window Status Bar Tabbed Docking Windows Main Menu The main menu can be opened by clicking the main menu button Ribbon Bar The ribbon bar contains three groups the main control bar the scheduler control bar and the user control bar You can change the active group by clicking on the RADIO42 Confidential 45 ProppFrexx ONAIR related group header item The main control bar contains the most frequently used toolb
319. ibraries during scripting If you only want to reload specific libraries only make sure to set the Don t Reload flag parameter with the library which will prevent it from being reloaded here Automatic Reloading Specify a value in hours to activate automatic reloading All Media ot Cartwall Libraries are then automatically reloaded in this interval Specify 0 to deactivate automatic reloading Starting at Defines the time when the automatic reloading interval should start This allows you define the exact time eg nightly when the reload should happen Other Folders and Paths VST Plugin Path Specify a directory which contains your VST plug ins VST plugins might be used as effect plugins in your input or output mixer devices C ick on the button to open the standard directory dialog in order to navigate to and select the folder containing your VST plugins Winamp Plugin Path Specify a directory which contains your Winamp DSP plugins Winamp DSP plugins might be used as effect plugins in your input or output mixer channels C ick on the button to open the standard directory dialog in order to navigate to and select the folder containing your Winamp plugins Note Winamp DSP plugins are often not as stable as VST plugins and only support an internal processing bitwidth of 16 Bits as such it is only recommended to use Winamp plugins if really needed Some Winamp DSP plugins might not be supported by ProppFrexx ju
320. ibrary to pick tracks from Random References a media library to pick tracks from Cartwall References a cartwall library to pick tracks from LoadTrack References a physical audio or playlist file to use LoadPlaylist References a physical playlist file to use Execute References a script library to execute Command References any control command s to execute Advert References an Advert Slot as defined in the Advertising Manager to use Placeholder References a string defining the placeholder value to use Count Defines the number of entries to schedule only used for mode Sequential Random Cartwall Execute E g if the Action is Random and Count is 3 this means that 3 random tracks are returned by this script line taken from the media library as referenced by the Ens field Options Here you can specify various script line options and specific track related control commands to be executed with the tracks returned Script Options only SupressHistoryCheck Any history check will be supressed for the resulting tracks of that script line SupressAddHistory The resulting tracks of that script line will not be added to the script resp global song history ClearMediaEntryOptions All existing track options will be cleared for the resulting tracks of that script line Note that you can also define options directly for any given media entry track itself ForceLibraryHistoryCheck Forces to use the media library song history i
321. ice file processing is active S_GET Parameter none Reply Reply bool True if deactive False if active SCHEDULER _CHECKSTATIONVOICEFILE Activates automatic station voice file processing S_ON Reply OK ERROR SCHEDULER _ CHECKSTATIONVOICEFILE Deactivates automatic station voice file processing S_OFF Reply OK ERROR OSCSERVER_ADDRESSSTATE SET Sets the address state of the internal OSC server Parameter addressstate Reply OK ERROR The AddressState is a string which will suffix the regular OSC input message address if set OSCSERVER_ ADDRESSSTATE GET Gets the address state of the internal OSC server Reply string the current addresstate The AddressState is a string which will suffix the regular OSC input message address if set OSCSERVER_BEGINBUNDLE Begins an OSC message bundle for the internal OSC server Reply OK ERROR All subsequent calls to EXEC SEND OSC will be collected in this bundle and send to the remote client when calling OSCSERVER_ENDBUNDLE RADIO42 Confidential 279 ProppFrexx ONAIR OSCSERVER_ENDBUNDLE Ends an OSC message bundle started with OSCSERVER_BEGINBUNDLE and sends the bundle to the OSC client Reply OK ERROR OSCSERVER_BEGINBUNDLE and OSCSERVER_ENDBUNDLE must be used in pairs Any calls to EXEC_SEND_OSC in between will be collected in this bundle ADVERTLIB GET FILE Gets the current advertising calendar file pat
322. ick on Universal Serial Bus Controllers Double click on the first USB Root Hub item click on the Power Management tab uncheck the box that says 4Wow the computer to turn off this device to save power and click OK Repeat this process for all other USB Root Hub items Disable System Startup Items Freeing up system resources this can resolve conflicts with other applications that automatically start up with your computer Hold down the Windows Key on your keyboard or Start Menu button and press the letter R to open up the Run dialog Type msconfig and click OK Remove all startup items which are not needed Hard Disk Optimizations Make sure to use a fast I O sub system Playing tracks from slow devices like slow network drives or slow USB drives might lead to playback dropouts In addition you might a Uncheck the drive option Compress this drive to save disk space b Uncheck the drive option Aow files on this drive to have contents indexed Turn off User Account Control UAC Do this only if you really experience any problems Open the Szart Menu and then click on Control Panel In the Large Icon View click User Accounts Click on Change User Account Control Settings Set it to Never notify Adjust Power Options Prevent the computer from going into Sleep Mode which can cause playback issues with the audio interface and its drivers Open the Start Menu and then click on Control Panel In the 18 RADIO
323. ied to your installation hard disk 3 USB Device Registration The Ident Number is tied to a USB Device ie USB Stick Make sure to select the proper registration mode prior to registering You can enforce a certain registration mode by starting ProppFrexx ONAIR with either the SileReg or the wsbReg command line option or directly in the following registration dialog If you don t specify any command line option or have not specified a certain registration mode in the registration dialog the normal registration mode is selected Each registration mode will generate an individual Ident Number and requires a different license registration keys Note that once you registered ProppFrexx ONAIR with a certain registration mode you should use run ProppFrexx ONAIR each time with this same option e g if you registered with the USB Device mode e g by using the awsbReg command line option or by selecting the USB Device registration mode within the registration dialog you should run start ProppFrexx ONAIR each time with this same option Else the normal registration mode will be selected for which you haven t registered and as such your obtained registration keys wouldn t match Also note that the USB Device registration mode requires the USB Device to be present at any time during ProppFrexx is running The following registration dialog will appear which can also be invoked manually at any time from the general settings
324. igh quality resampling will apply if you select any different sample rate RADIO42 Confidential 35 ProppFrexx ONAIR In the next step you can define the number of DJ Players you want to use within a playlist window as well as if you want to create individual output mixer channels for each DJ Player hy ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard e ProppFrexx Mixer Setup Individual Output Mixer Channels Please select how many DJ Players you want to use within a playlist window Number of DJ Players 3 i it is recommended to use 3 DJ Players Please select if you want to create individual output mixer channels for each DJ Player E Create individual PLAY mixer output channels Note Instead of creating only one PLAY output mixer channel to which all players are routed multiple output mixer channels are created one for each player Eg the following output mixer channels would be created if you are using three DJ Players DJ A DJ B DJ C and PLAY the DJ Players are routed to there appropriate outputs whereas other players eg the Standby Player are routed to the PLAY output B Figure 7 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 4 It is recommended to use 3 DJ Players within the playlist window but you might also select 2 ot 4 at this point If you select to create individual mixer output channels for each DJ Player than instead of only one PLAY output mixer channel to which all players are routed
325. igits 00 59 end_ss the program end second 2 digits 00 59 Overlay Macros available for overlay player events overt overt overt ayname the name of the overlay aydescription the description of the overlay ayreference the reference class name of the overlay wruwnrwrnn7nnrnenrn7rn7TvnrnnnnnHnHYHYH YH YH overt overt overt overt overt overt overt overt overt overt overt Over overt overt overt overt overt overt aystart the overlay start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss ayend the overlay end date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss aystarttype the start type of the overlay Fixed Soft Auto Manual aystarttypeid the start type of the overlay 0 1 2 3 aycommandt ype the type of the overlay command AdvertSlot Script Playlist aycommandt ypeid the type of the overlay command 0 1 2 aycommand the name of the overlay command slot script playlist name ayoriginalcommand the name of the unparsed original overlay command aytype the type name of the overlay ayallowcancel is cancel allowed 1 True 0 False ayallowdelay is delay allowed 1 True 0 False ayallowediting is editing allowed 1 True 0 False ayallowmoderatorchanges ate moderator changes allowed 1 True 0 False aymanualplayout is manual playout active 1 True 0 False aysuspendothers should the overaly suspend other programs 1 True
326. ile dialog and lets you select any existing and supported playlist file to be added to your media library collection Such playlist based media library will get the name of the selected playlist file RADIO42 Confidential 97 ProppFrexx ONAIR Add Folder Adds a folder based media library Opens a standard directory dialog and lets you select a folder whose contained audio files incl all audio files in all sub directories should be added as a new media library to your media library collection Such folder based media library will get the name of the selected folder A folder based media library will take longer to re load since all files needs to re scanned Add DB Adds a new database connection to your media library collection A database based media library will load the media entries from a database table instead of a playlist file see the Appendix Database Librtaries SQL for a DDL statement to define a database table accordingly You might use multiple tables to organize multiple DB based playlists In the following dialog you can specify the database connection as well as the table name to add to your media library collection Figure 67 Media Library Database Connection Connect String The connect string can either be an ODBC data source name DSN or any valid ODBC driver connect string Eg DSN dsnname or Driver Microsoft ODBC for Oracle Server ORACLE10i Persist Security Info False Trusted Connection Yes
327. ile to the new playlist window execute any control command ete How is the script executed When a script executes the script lines are executed one by one if the last line is reached it starts at the defined loop line again Each execution of a script line might result in new tracks added to the playlist window In the global settings dialog under Scripts Schedulet you can define various options Max Program Delay used when soft start was selected for a program Playlist Look Ahead a script line is executed until the playlist has this number of remaining tracks E g if your first script line loads an entire playlist file there might be already for example 20 tracks being added and such the scheduler will only execute the next script line if these tracks have been played out More to come soon RADIO42 Confidential 191 ProppFrexx ONAIR Working with the Program Scheduler Figure 120 The Program Editor A Program is actually an entry within the outlook like scheduler and defines when and how a script should be started You can invoke the Program Scheduler from the Scheduler Control ribbon tab by clicking on the Program Scheduler button A program scheduler entry when started does the following e it opens a new playlist window e assigns the given Script to that playlist window e and starts to AutoPlay this playlist at the defined start time e stops closes any previous running playlist As s
328. imex command uses a multi character update mode which is more efficient Depending on your MCU you might try this command and if that fails use the time command instead Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU timex pos EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU timex pos Parameters pos the time as a floating number in seconds or in d hh mm ss ff Note if pos doesn t denote a valid time the plain text is used Any or character will be used to lit the decimal dot on the display for the preceding character Caution the text is written from right to left if the text is shorter than 10 characters the remaining left most characters on the display remain unchanged Examples EXEC SEND MIDI MCU timex cpltimeremain EC SEND MIDI MCU timex cpltimepos X EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU timex 63 2 X EC SEND MIDI MCU timex 00 03 17 31 Displays the time represented by the cpltimeremain resp cpltimepos macro on the TimeCode display EXEC SEND MIDI MCU timex cpltrackramptimecurrent As the pos parameter can not be resolved to a valid time code the plain text is used to update the display In this example 00 42 will be displayed assuming the macro cpltrackramptimecurrent will be resolved to 00 42 note that character resolves to a blank digit on the display in the example above the last 3 digits are unused Set Assignment Display assignment The M
329. in form 0s vv vv vv s direction 0 clockwise 1 counter clockwise v number of ticks As such a data2 value between 0 and 63 represent a clockwise position change and a value between 65 and 127 represent a counter clockwise position change You might use the following macro function to resolve the transmitted V Pot position change contained in the midi data2 byte TOFLOAT S mididata2 Ox7F 0 signed 64 1 0 The last parameter determines the granularity In the example above values between 1 0 and 1 0 are returned As such the following macro function would return values between 0 5 and 0 5 resp 15 0 and 15 0 TOFLOAT S mididata2 Ox7F 0 signed 64 0 5 TOFLOAT S mididata2 Ox7F 0 signed 64 15 0 As such you typically might want to use relative control commands to change e g a volume gain or pan value E g use one of the following control comamnds MAIN VOLUME CHANGE MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME CHANGE MIXER _INPUT_ VOLUME CHANGE MIXER OUTPUT PAN CHANGE MIXER_INPUT PAN CHANGE MIXER OUTPUT GAIN CHANGE MIXER_INPUT_GAIN_ CHANGE PU PU MIXER OUTPUT SND2VOLUME_ CHANGE MIXER OUT T SND2PAN_CHANGE Examples RADIO42 Confidential 311 ProppFrexx ONAIR MIXER _OUTPUT_PAN CHANGE OUT1 TOFLOAT mididata2 0x7F 0 signed 64 0 5 MIXER_OUTPUT_GAIN_ CHANGE OUT1 TOFLOA
330. ines the default zoom windows size in seconds Meaning when a WaveForm is zoomed via a double click on the WaveForm the WaveForm will show a zoomed window of the defined size This value also defines when the player should start blinking if a track comes to its end E g the player starts blinking if the remaining track time is at this position Layout Defines the default layout of the DJ Players when a new playlist is created Full All player controls are visible Full No Wave All player controls are visible except the WaveForm Small Only the time and WaveForm controls are visible Small No Wave Only the time controls are visible Medium The time and WaveForm controls are visible plus simple playback controls Medium No Wave The time controls are visible plus simple playback controls Smart Wave Zoom If selected the WaveForm is automatically zoomed in and out according to the current player position eg at the beginning and the end of the track Enable Reverse Playback If selected reverse playback is supported allowing you to change the playback direction between forward and backward else reverse playback is disabled Enable Master Tempo If enabled the CD MasterTempo mode will available as a Player Mode In addition independent key and speed changes are possible to change either the pitch or the tempo or both Note When master tempo mode is enabled scratching effects will become mostly unusable due to internal proces
331. ines the number of entries to look ahead when adding new media entries to the playlist The minimum is 1 which means there is always at least one media track remaining in the playlist not already being cued to one of the DJ Players Max Remain When a scheduler entry should pause a current playlist when suspending it this defines the maximum remaining time for the current track in seconds If the remaining time of the current track is less than this value the current track will be ejected insead of paused Set this value to 0 to alway pause the current track independent of its remaining time Cleanup Defines the number of days for automatic cleanup of the program scheduler calendar Old and unused entries older than these days will automatically be removed from the calendar Set to 0 to disable automatic cleanup Minimum Bridge Time Defines the minimum time in seconds an optional program bridge track should play If the remaining time til the actual start time of a program is less than this time the bridge track will not be played and the program will be started early Blink AutoPlay If checked the AutoPlay button will blink when the scheduler is running but AutoPlay was turned off New Auto Rec If checked and automatic recording is active on any mixer channel a new recording session is started with each start of a program Show Program Alerts If checked a notification window will be shown whenever a new program is about to be st
332. ing by optionally adding zum units to a given datetime value plus formats the output Syntax 306 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX DATE value add num format Parameters value the original datetime to format must be in yyyy MM dd HH mm ss add the conversion function name to apply to the value seconds adds num number of seconds minutes adds num number of minutes hours adds num number of hours days adds num number of days months adds num number of months years adds num number of years none uses the datetime value unmodified num the number of units to add a negative number subtracts format the style to format the output which can contain the following placeholders yy the year from 00 to 99 yyyy the year as a four digit number M the month from 1 through 12 MM the month from 01 through 12 MMM the abbreviated name of the month MMMM the full name of the month d the day of the month from 1 through 31 dd the day of the month from 01 through 31 ddd the abbreviated name of the day of the week dddd the full name of the day of the week dow the day of the week from 1 Monday through 7 Sunday week the week of the year from 01 through 53 h the hour using a 12 hour clock from 1 to 12 hh the hour using a 12 hour clock from 01 to 12 H the hour using a 24 hour clock from 0 to 23 HH the hour using a 24 hour clock from 00 to 23
333. ing mode stereo or mono Quality Encoding quality Best Highest quality slow Medium Good blend Fast Poor quality fast Use Variable Bitrate Use Variable Bitrate VBR If unchecked Constant Bitrate CBR will be used Bitrate Choose a nominal bitrate to encode at Attempt to encode at a bitrate averaging this Takes an argument in kbps Minimum Bitrate Specify minimum target bitrate in kbps desired VBR only Setting this to 0 will generate an AVG averaged bitrate Maximum Bitrate Specify maximum allowed bitrate in kbps VBR only Setting this to 0 will generate an AVG averaged bitrate MP2 Encoder Settings Figure 94 MP2 Encoder Settings Mode The general TwoLAME encoding mode stereo joint stereo mono etc Model The psychoacoustic model PAM TwoLAME should use Bitrate Constant or minimum allowed bitrate in kbps 130 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Use Variable Bitrate Use Variable Bitrate VBR If unchecked Constant Bitrate CBR will be used VBR Level Sets a quality level from 50 to 50 The higher the number the better the quality Maximum range is 50 to 50 but useful range is 10 to 10 Using negative values will force the encoder to favor the lower bitrate Whereas using positive values will force the encoder to favor the upper bitrate Maximum Bitrate Specify maximum allowed bitrate in kbps VBR only AACplus Encoder Settings Figure 95 AACp
334. insecc the remaining time of DJ Player C relative to CueOut cplremainsecd the remaining time of DJ Player D relative to CueOut cplremainmsa the remaining milliseconds of DJ Player A relative to CueOut cplremainmsb the remaining milliseconds of DJ Player B relative to CueOut cplremainmsc the remaining milliseconds of DJ Player C relative to CueOut cplremainmsd the remaining milliseconds of DJ Player D relative to CueOut cplplayerisendinga is the DJ Player A of the current playlist almost ending cplplayerisendingb is the DJ Player B of the current playlist almost ending cplplayerisendingc is the DJ Player C of the current playlist almost ending cplplayerisendingd is the DJ Player D of the current playlist almost ending cplcurrentplayerisending is the current player of the current playlist almost ending cpltimecode the timecode string of the current playlist cpltimeremain the remaining track time in seconds of the current playlist 0 0 cpltimeremainsec the remaining track time of the current playlist HH MM SS cpltimeremainms the remaining track time of the current playlist HH MM SS F cpltimeremainsmpte the remaining track time of the current playlist HH MM amp SS F cpltimepos the track position in seconds of the current playlist 0 0 cpltimepossec the track position of the current playlist HH MM SS cpltimeposms the track position of the current playlist HH MM amp SS F cpltimepo
335. io format string tracktype the track s meta data media entry type string options the track s meta data media entry options as a comma separated string trackendindicator the track s meta data track end indicator character moderatortext the track s meta data moderator text length the track s total length duration as a string HH MM SS lengthsec the track s total length duration in seconds 3 decimal places lengthms the track s total length duration in whole milliseconds duration the track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut as a string HH MM SS durationsec the track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut in seconds durationms the track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut in whole milliseconds playtime the track s effective play time CueIn to Next as a string HH MM SS playtimesec the track s effective play time CueIn to Next in seconds playtimems the track s effective play time CueIn to Next in whole milliseconds ramptime the track s ramp time CueIn to Ramp 2 as a string HH MM SS HH MM SS outrotime the track s outro time Outto to Next CueOut as a string qurtynntssy qtganess cuein the track s CueIn position as a string HH MM SS cueinsec the track s CuelIn position in seconds 3 decimal places cueinms the track s CueIn position in whole milliseconds fulllevel the track s PullLevel position as a string HH MM S
336. io signals from any of the internal players as well as from any other input or output mixer channel An input mixer channel can receive and process the audio signal of only the soundcard device input Figure 55 The SND Menu 86 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The first entries in the menu allow you to select the output mixer channel s to send the audio signal to a check mark indicate a selected output mixer channel When you have selected the output mixer channel s to send the audio signal to you might close the menu and click on the SND button to activate or deactivate the SND function Signal Post Pre Fading Click on this menu entry to toggle the state of the SND function Post Fading means that the audio signal is send to the other output mixer channels after the mixer channels volume fader incl muting has been applied Pre Fading means that the audio signal is send to the other output mixer channels before the mixer channels volume fader incl muting has been applied In any case the audio signal send will always include any FX DSP applied by this mixer channel Volume Allows you to adjust the volume level which is send to the other mixer channels Pan Allows you to adjust the panning balance which is send to the other mixer channels Auto SND2 In this sub menu you can configure if the SND function should be activated deactivated automatically Off The Auto SND function
337. ion Mixer presets are therefore useful if you want to quickly change between different FX DSP resp mixer channel settings eg you might have one preset for standard on air operations and others for specific situations like phone call operations live moderations DJ sets etc The five mixer preset slots can be used like this Left Click If a preset is already set all mixer settings are changed to this preset else you are asked to enter a new preset name to save all mixer channel settings under this preset name Figure 42 Creating a new Mixer Preset Right Click The current preset settings are cleared and removed mixer channel settings are not changed The currently active mixer preset will be shown in red Using the External Mixer Control The external mixer control window is only available on Vista and Windows 7 As ProppFrexx ONAIR never changes the volume level of the external soundcard devices you might use this window to adjust the external volume level On the left side the available soundcard output devices are shown On the right side the available soundcard input devices are shown You might use the splitter in between to adjust the width of the respective areas x M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 M Audio Delta 1010 Line 1 2 Line 3 4 Line 5 6 Line 7 8 Multichannel S PDIF F E R B R B ine 1 Line 3
338. irectory which to use when encoding audio tracks Encoding Filename Specifies the default pattern to be used to create new file names during encoding Available macros ate yyyy S yy MM dd HH mm ss machinename username userdomainname originalfilename album albumartist composer year artist title tracknumber genre publisher copyright conductor grouping mood rating isre Profile Select the default encoding profile which should be used when encoding converting audio files Calculate Replay Gain If checked Replay Gain values are automatically calculated while recording encoding and saved to the tag data of the newly encoded output file RADIO42 Confidential 133 ProppFrexx ONAIR Recording Setting Recording Output Path Specifies the default directory to be used when recording audio tracks ie recording of a mixer channel or during instant recording Default Recording Profile Select the default encoding profile which should be used with the mixer channels Within each mixer channel you have the option to manually start recording by pressing the REC button in which case this profile is being used Recording Filename Defines how the output folder should be composed by default Available macros are Siyyyyt Styys SUMMy Sidd StHH Simm Sissy imixer id machinename username userdomainname Recor
339. is re loaded into main memory initially when the Media Library is defined at initial startup of ProppFrexx ONAIR for all defined Media Libraries automatically at a certain time if enabled configured automatically when a Scr pfis started the list of libraries to reload can be specified automatically when the 4wWaicl feature is enabled only available for playlist and folder based libraries and the related source is changed externally manually via a specific control command This means that once a media library is loaded and ProppFrexx is accessing a media library it doesn t touch the underlying source e g the playlist file the database table or folder structure instead ProppFrexx only accesses the cached main memory image the loaded media library entries This has noumerous advantages like You can change the source of a media library externally e g the playlist file the database table or folder structure at any time without affecting the currently loaded media entries ProppFrexx will continue to use the cached media entries up until the related media library is re loaded E g you can define a daily media library which can be maintained updated externally during the day but is only re loaded once in the night Access to the media entries e g searching filtering etc is much faster than any direct access to the source e g a database table and is also independent of the type of media library Once a me
340. is affected by the main talk over functionality During talk over the input is unmuted when talk over has finished it will be muted again Note This setting not only applies to TalkOver Actually having this option set will trigger muting of all output mixer channels having the Mute On TalkOver option set whenever this mixer channel is active Mute Unmute Defines the type of the mute and unmute operations Input mutes unmutes the input audio signal When muted any recording streaming and output SND routing will be muted as well Output Only mutes unmutes any routed output SND audio signal only When muted any recording and streaming will still process the input audio signal External Like Inpu but the external input device will be muted unmuted as well not available for the ASIO driver model Enable Silence Detection If checked the audio level of this mixer channel is constantly monitored If the level stay for a certain time below a certain threshold the OnDevectSilence event will be raised as well as AwfoP ay might automatically be turned on see general settings Exclusive Mode Use the device in exclusive or shared mode WASAPI only Exclusive The device can only be used exclusively by this application which allows greater precision and lets you choose the input sample rate Shared The device can be shared by multiple applications Enforces to use the default sample rate and format Lock On Lock If not checked this
341. is command line option If you start ProppFrexx ONAIR and omit this option the standard registration will become active for which you might not have registered so far 42 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR You might move the ProppFrexx ONAIR installation to a different location by simply copying all files from the current installation directory to the new one including all sub directories The same applies to all your configuration files You might copy all files and sub directories from your Application User Data Folder to a new PC or location in order to transfer all settings Note that the files with the extension mixer contain the mixer setup so make sure that the machine you are transferring the settings to might not use the same soundcard devices and such a new setup of the mixer might be required slave By default ProppFrexx ONAIR starts in master mode and neither the OnSetMaster nor the OnSetS ave control commands are executed Using this command line option enforces to start ProppFrexx ONAIR in the slave mode and such the OnSe S ave control command is triggered at startup master By default ProppFrexx ONAIR starts in master mode and neither the OnSetMaster nor the OnSetSlave control commands are executed Using this command line option enforces to start ProppFrexx ONAIR in the master mode and such the OnSe Master control command is triggered at startup allowmultiple By default only on
342. is inactive Vol Max The SND function will automatically be activated when the mixer channel fader is at the maximum position at 0 dB and automatically be deactivated if the fader is below the maximum Vol Min The SND function will automatically be activated when the mixer channel fader is at the minimum position at dB and automatically be deactivated if the fader is above the minimum No PFL The SND function will automatically be activated when no PFL player is active and automatically deactivated if a PFL player is in use PFL Player Segue Editor ot Quick Monitor Player This option might be useful if you want to eg send the standard play out signal of your DJ Players to your headphone mixer channel but only as long as no PFL is active as such when you use any PFL function you only want to hear the PFL signal in your headphone Note As an alternative to the SND function you might always directly copy the audio signal pre fading of a mixer channel to one other output mixer channel permanently In order to do so you might select the output mixer channel in the device configuration dialog in the Copy To Output To combo box Using the Recording Function REC The REC button allows you to manually record the audio signal processed by the mixer channel note that automatic recording might be set via the Auto Start Recording settings in the device configuration dialog Recording is carried out on the audio signal
343. is stopped after input drops below threshold in the range from 50 to 3000 ms Gain Make up gain of signal after compression in the range from 60 to 60 dB Using individual DSPs ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you use any VST 2 4 DSP or any Winamp DSP plug in with each mixer channel The location and path to the individual DSPs are defined in the general configuration settings When you click on one of the four freely assignable DSP buttons you might choose a DSP plug in the following dialog Select ST to list any of the loaded VST plug ins or select Winamp to list the found Winamp plug ins Note that Winamp plug ins can only be used once with a mixer channel In order to use the same Winamp plug in with multiple mixer channels you must provide multiple copies of the related dll library file Furthermore Winamp plug ins can typically only operate on mixer channels with a sample rate of 44100 Hz this is a simple limitation of the Winamp plug in itself In order to achieve highest sound quality we therefore recommend using VST DSP plug ins Currently VST 3 plug ins are not supported but this will change in a future version of ProppFrexx ONAIR Click on one of the four DSP buttons of the mixer channel to open the DSP settings window a blue button indicates that the DSP is active liter Kjaerhus Audio Figure 53 Selecting an individual DSP RADIO42 Confidential 85 ProppFrexx ONAIR After you have selected a DSP plug fro
344. isplays an internal clipboard of tracks you might want to use 10 Web Browser Displays the build in web browser 11 Standby Players Displays your configured stand by players 12 MODStream Player If used the MODStream watcher is displayed 13 Overlay Player If used the overlay player is displayed ONDARRUN You can rearrange the position and location of any of the docking windows by dragging the docking window s title bar or caption with the mouse When dragging docking icons are displayed which help you arrange the window to a new location and position A window can either be docked to any other window or it can be floating You might also rearrange the order of tabbed docking windows by dragging the tab window caption M RADIG4 Music FOP Lound LOVERS Figure 14 Dragging a Docking Window 46 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR To use ProppFrexx ONAIR in a multi monitor environment you might move a docking window to a different monitor on your expanded desktop Eg keep the main window containing the playlists on your main monitor but make the cartwall window the mixer window and any other docking window floating and located these windows on your secondary monitor The state and location of any window will be saved when you close ProppFrexx ONAIR and restored when you open it again When using the user access control this is also true for any individual user The Main M
345. it really contains all meta data you need to also make sure that at the time you save the pfp file all the TAG data was already read in Depending on your general TAG reading settings see above this might not be the case as e g the default settings only reads in TAG data once a entry becomes visible within a playlist window As such you might want to perform a manual and 174 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES dedicated TAG reading You can do this via the playlist windows context menu Selection Re Read TAGs Advantages very fast loading time can be maintained manually Disadvantages might not contain meta data must be maintained manually Folder based Media Libraries The list of media entries is determined by all audio tracks contained in the defined folder incl any sub folders When a folder based media library is loaded the resp folder and any sub folders are scanned and read in Any meta data must be read in in the background for all audio files found When using the Keep _synced pfp Playlist with Folders option which is set by default a pfp playlist file is stored in the base folder keeping that information what meta data has been read in so far to avoid a full re scan and TAG reading each time such a media library is re loaded When you initially define a new folder based media library this folder an all its sub directories are scanned for audio files In addition for each f
346. it will be expanded to its fully qualified absolute notation by using the directory of the playlist file as the base folder In any other case the file name is already given in absolute or UNC notation and doesn t need to be expanded Folder based Media Libraries The file name is already scanned as fully qualified and doesn t need to be expanded Database based Media Libraries If the file name given in the table column is in relative notations it will be expanded to its fully qualified absolute notation by using the base directory ies as specified in the database connection setup dialog In any other case the file name is already given in absolute or UNC RADIO42 Confidential 177 ProppFrexx ONAIR notation and doesn t need to be expanded It is however suggested to use absolute or UNC file names within a database table Remote Media Libraries If the file name given by the remote server is in relative notations it will be expanded to its fully qualified absolute notation by using the base directory ies as specified in the remote connection setup dialog In any other case the file name is already given in absolute or UNC notation and doesn t need to be expanded Note that you might specify within the ProppFrexx Media Library Server application how a file name should be transmitted to a client It is however suggested to use absolute or UNC file names within a remote media library MediaCollection An optional list of m
347. itor Reply OK ERROR Criterion Conditions Some control commands eg the EXEC_COMMAND2 or the EXEC_SEND_ SERIAL WRITE2 of the control command function IF use a criterion in order to evaluate a parameter against a condition Conditions are expressions enclosed in brackets which can be nested and are evaluated from inner to outer The parameter and the condition might again contain any control command macros The following criterion conditions exist Logical Conditions AND left right ft right denote a criterion OR left right 4f right denote a criterion NOT expr expr denote a criterion Abstract Conditions StartsWith value check if the parameter starts with a certain value EndsWith value checks if the parameter ends with a certain value Contains value check if the parameter contains a certain value Substring start length value checks if a substring parameter equals a certain value start and length denote the position in the parameter InList valuelist checks if the parameter is within a list of values the valuelist is seperated by eg One T wo Three Equals value type checks the parameter for equality against the valve The pe is optional default is s ring and can be int32 int64 float double time ot string Greater value type
348. ixer channel gain as a string the 6 mixer channel gain as a string the 7 mixer channel gain as a string the 8 mixer channel gain as a string the 9th mixer channel gain as a string RADIO42 Confidential 287 ProppFrexx ONAIR wuwnrwrnAn7n7n7YNYYHYrYnNAeHrHennHnnnHnnnHrnAHnHrnAnrenenHAnnHnHYrHeHreHnHeHnrenenrenHnHeHnHnHHYHYeHYereHeHrHreHnHneHnAHH H HHH O 0 a O p HHH HH ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou ou CELE cro Cr ck Gh Gr aE E ee Gk CP Cr ACh Choc EE e AET ar och ch th EE Gl Gh CP Cr E Ch E Grae Gh CR AT Cr Cth ck SCR Gr Gir Gk CF cr Cr lt Gh ch sch Gt pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu pu tmixer4on tmixer5on tmixer6on tmixer7on tmixer8on tmixer9on tmixerlmute tmixer2mute tmixer3mute tmixer4mute tmixer5Smute tmixer mute tmixer9mute tmixerlsnd tmixer2snd tmixer3snd tmixer4snd tmixer5snd tmixer snd tmixer7snd tmixer8snd tmixer9snd tmixerlrec tmixer2rec tmixer3rec tmixer4rec tmi
349. just stores the track insert location So if you made changes to the meta data of such a track insert eg to the cue points those can only be made persistent by saving them to the TAG data of the audio file or to a separate meta data file The Quick Monitor Player The Cross Fader The Beat Display Direct Voice Tracking Live Assist Operations Automated and Scheduler Operations Using the Trackboard 188 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH CARTWALLS WORKING WITH CARTWALLS More to come soon RADIO42 Confidential 189 ProppFrexx ONAIR STREAMING TO THE NETWORK More to come soon 190 RADIO42 Confidential AUTOMATION AUTOMATION ProppFrexx uses scheduling a bit different than other systems as it has a complete Outlook like scheduler build in In this scheduler you can define so called Programs A Program is a scheduler entry which defines when at what time and recurrence a certain Script should be executed When a Program executes because the scheduler is running and the defined start time of it is reached and as such you are in automation mode then the Program always automatically opens a new playlist window and closes any other open older playlist windows automatically The scheduler then executes the Script associated with the Program in this newly opened playlist window This ensures much more precise scheduling to the second and also decouples the playlists
350. just ten individual frequency bands The center frequencies are given in Hz and each band uses a bandwidth of one octave A pre amp allows you to adjust the volume of the audio signal so that the final audio signal doesn t distort Use the mixer s peak level meter to control the resulting audio level Figure 51 The 10 band EQ ON OFF Turns the equalizer on or off Preset Selects a predefined preset profile Pre Amp When you change any of the EQ bands it might be necessary to change this pre amplification value reverse in order to compensate the overall loudness Band Changes the gain value of each frequency band in dB Using the Compressor COMP Click on the COMP button of the mixer channel to open the COMP settings window a blue button indicates that the DSP is active This dynamic range compressor can be used to 84 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR reduce the dynamic range of an audio signal by making loud passages quieter and quiet passages louder The level meter on top shows the applied gain effect when active Figure 52 The Compressor COMP ON OFF Turns the compressor on or off Preset Selects a predefined preset profile Threshold Point at which compression begins in dB in the range from 60 to 0 dB Ratio Compression ratio in the range from 1 to 100 Attack Time in ms before compression reaches its full value in the range from 0 01 to 500 Release Speed at which compression
351. l True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT REC PAUSE TOGGLE Toggles a mixers REC PAUSE value Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT output mixer is used MIXER OUTPUT REC PAUSE ON MIXER OUTPUT REC PAUSE OFF Sets a mixer to REC PAUSE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Sets a mixer to NOT REC PAUSE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR output mixer is used 230 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT MIXER_OUTPUT_ADM GET Gets a mixers ASIO Direct Monitoring state Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM MIXER OUTPUT ADM TOGGLE Toggles a mixers ASIO Direct Monitoring state Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM MIXER OUTPUT ADM ON Sets a mixer to ASIO Direct Monitoring ON Parameter
352. l be excluded from any mixer locking A mixer might be either locked manually via the main mixer setup window or automatically according to the UAC When the ASIO driver model is selected you might double click on the ASIO icon to invoke the soundcards Asio sound control panel if available To create a Virtual Sub Bus which is a mixer channel which is not directly connected to any output soundcard device and thus serves as a pure internal mixer channel select the NONE driver model Note that you must select a real output mixer channel to which you want to route the output of this virtual mixer channel to This is specified in the Output To combo box 68 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 36 Output Device Configuration Dialog Virtual Sub Bus Hoover with the mouse over the labels in the dialog to display a tooltip explaining the different settings ADM ASIO Direct Monitoring Click here to specify further direct monitoring options for this ASIO mixer channel Figure 37 ADM Settings ASIO Mixer Channel Mirror To Select which ASIO output channel pair should be used to mirror the signal of this mixer to Note Direct Mirroring will clone the audio signal directly within the internal ASIO processing before it reaches the ProppFrexx mixer This means enabling mirroring bypasses any ProppFrexx mixer channel processing and directly clones the audio signal to the mirror chan
353. l client must authorize with this password in order to establish a connection Monitor Click here to inspect the TCP messages Watch the incoming TCP messages and how they trigger the defined control command execution Limit here to define general remote access limit rules Note Only the IP check is supported here These access limit rules also apply to the OCS remoting 142 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 107 Remote Access Limits This dialog allows you to define remote access limit rules IP check only for incoming clients trying to connect to the ProppFrexx TCP Server or OSC Server In the limit list you define rules to check with each client trying to connect When a client is trying to connect this list of rules is evaluated from top to bottom until a matching rule is found as such the order of the rules might be important when using wildcards When using at least one Accept rule type and no rule match is found for a connecting client the connection will be refused as in such case it is assumed that you must explicitly need to define each allowed client IP address range But if you are only using Deny rule types and no rule match is found for a connecting client than the connection is accepted by default Check Type Defines the type of rule check to carry out in this case only IP checks are supported meaning the incoming client IP address will be checked Rule Type Defines the t
354. l control keyboards like programmable cash register keyboards or any other special design keyboards Keyboard Hotkey Control Enabled If checked the Serial I O remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Hotkey Mapping Select the keyboard hotkey mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the Serial I O Message Mapping dialog Note the message mapping is only used for the Regular Expression protocol Whenever a key pressed on a keyboard a numeric value between 0 and 65535 is associated with that key In the hotkey mapping you can therefore assign a control command s to any of these numeric values Each mapping entry of the mapping file therefore works like a filter For each key pressed all mapping entries are checked If the numeric key value matches one of the defined hotkey values the related control command s is executed W_ALERT_WINDOW Test KEYBOARD Figure 110 Keyboard Event Mapping Dialog Caution Using some hotkey values might result in ProppFrexx ONAIR not working correctly anymore as some hotkeys might interfere with some standard windows hotkeys Prevent using any of the following Back 8 Tab 9 Enter 13 ShiftKey 16 RADIO42 Confidential 149 ProppFrexx ONAIR ControlKkey 17 Menu 18 CapsLock 20 Escape 27 Space 32 PageUp 33 PageDown 34 End 35 H
355. l player the track will not be stopped immediately but faded out by this time Talk Over The dB value to use when lowering the master volume via the Ta ROver function Fader Speed The general speed of all mixer faders when performing a slide operation eg when Ta kOver is used the main fader is slided by this speed Not Fading Tracks having a duration which is shorter than this length in seconds will not be faded ACPD will also not apply to these tracks Hook Mixing Allows you to define special fading and mixing settings for hooks A hook is a short passage that is used to make a song appealing and to catch the ear of the listener Use the hook cue points to define the hook passage RADIO42 Confidential 119 ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 83 Hook Mixing Settings Fade In Length Specifies the length in milliseconds of the fade in operation for hooks Fade Out Length Specifies the length in milliseconds of a fade out operation for hooks Note When multiple hook files are automatically mixed and no hook next cue point is set the next position is calculated as the middle between the fade out and the cue out position Hook Opener The hook opener is an audio track which will be used in embedded hook containers as the first track C ck on the button to open a file selection dialog Click on the gt button to play the selected audio file on the PFL mixer channel Hook Separator The hook separator is
356. laylists can be physical local playlist files eg like m3u pls or any other supported playlist format or even links to database tables representing a playlist Cartwalls are also seen as playlist whose entries represent the single carts whereas the scheduler might create dynamic playlists for live assist or fully automated playout operations etc In other words you might say Almost everything in ProppFrexx ONAIR is a playlist This means the first thing you should think of is Where are my audio files and how do I organize them So here are some notes about playlists By default the standard playlist formats like eg m3u or pls just contain a reference to the location of the audio file plus sometimes a short title of the reference but they typically does not contain additional information about how an individual track should be played eg specifying cue points if loop points exist if volume envelops to perform automatic fading exist if additional meta data is associated with a track etc For this reason we have developed our own playlist format called pfp ProppFrexx Standard Playlist format This format overcomes these shortens and supports all kind of additional meta data per individual playlist track It is based on the open Sharable Playlist Format xspf which stores the playlist in an XML format However you can still use any other existing and supported playlist format with PorppFrexx ONAIR just be aware
357. le parameter must be a fully qualified path to either a folder or playlist file PROGRAM SCHEDULER GET Gets the program scheduler value Parameter none Reply bool True if ON False if OFF PROGRAM SCHEDULER TOGGLE Toggles the program scheduler value Parameter none Reply O PROGRAM SCHEDULER_ON Sets the program scheduler to ON Parameter none Reply O PROGRAM SCHEDULER_OFF Sets the program scheduler to OFF Parameter none Reply O PROGRAM MANUALOPERATION GET Gets the manual operation value Parameter none Reply bool True if ON False if OFF PROGRAM MANUALOPERATION_ TOGGLE Toggles the manual operation value Parameter none Reply OK PROGRAM _MANUALOPERATION_ON Sets the manual operation to ON Parameter none Reply O PROGRAM MANUALOPERATION OFF Sets the manual operation to OFF Parameter none Reply OK PROGRAM STARTSCRIPT Starts a script in a new or given playlist at the given time Parameter string playlistname scriptname starttime stopimmediate Reply OK ERROR playlistname leave empty to open a new playlist scriptname leave empty to use the current one HH mm ss stopimmediate True False other running script startTime in format yyyy MM dd Note This also stops any PROGRAM STOPSCRIPT Stops script in the current or given playlist with the given options Parameter string playli
358. le the stack mode STANDBY STACK _MODE_OFF Removes the StackMode of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY STACK MODELOOP_TOGGLE Toggles the Loop StackMode of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY STACK _MODELOOP_SET Sets the Loop StackMode of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 loopmode O LoopOnce 1 LoopEndless 2 NoLoop STANDBY STACK SELECT Selects a certain stack track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 index 1 max Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 index 260 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX the index number of the track to select between 1 and number of tracks loaded STANDBY STACK SELECTNEXT Selects the next stack track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY STACK SELECTPREVIOUS Selects the previous stack track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY LOADSTACK Loads a playlist to the stack of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 filename Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standb
359. lected Carts in the Cartwall II Parameter none Reply int number of selected Carts in the Cartwall II CW2_ SELECT CART Selects certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_SELECT CART TOGGLE Toggles the select state of certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_DESELECT_CART Deselects certain Cart s in the Cartwall II Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW2_DESELECT ALL Deselects all Carts in the Cartwall II Parameter none Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW2_CART_NAMES GET CW2_ SELECT CART 1 Selects the 1st Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CART 2 Selects the 2nd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CART 3 Selects the 3rd Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ SELECT CA
360. ledirsdaiadeustetstasscacatevcies 141 Figure 107 Remote Access Litntts ica iasacissssasssstssscavasorscscasenecscpeasesoascneasovvssensassdanscnsasonadsssanaean 143 Figure 108 Define MIDI Message Mapping oc ccsccscssessesessesessesessesessssessesessssessssesssseeneseensaes 144 Figure 109 Serial I O Configuration Dialog yazsccsssassdasasessihsscalscessdovadhia chledansdasadeuatulstasscacadeucine 146 Figure 110 Keyboard Event Mapping Dialog ssssssessesssresssresssrisssresssreessrressnrensnressrressrreesrens 149 Figure 111 Streaming Configuration iisssssssorssossorsssssocsescasosoesononsesoesesoasosoesenoassscassnoasonsesesonsones 153 Figure 112 Edit Streaming Server Configuration ss sessesssresssreessriessresssreessrtessriensrressrressrrensrens 155 Figure 113 Seripts Scheduler Conta tation icaicaciintaisdasadessihssdalscecsdovadeia chledansdatadeuatelstasscacadeucine 157 Figure 114 Global Song History Options cece cesesseessesessesessesessesessssessssessssesssseessseeneaes 157 Figure 115 Additional Script Libraries Dialog occ eeeseeeseeseseeseseesessssessssesssseeneseeneees 160 Figure 116 Edit Script Library Dialog isssscaisiseisssissscassetscscasenocseneasesoassnoasosossensasasonscnonsonadsssanaesan 161 Figure 117 FixTime Script Elements Dialog cccecesesceesceessesessssessesessssessssssssseensseeneaes 168 Figure 118 More Stuff Configuration csccscsssssessssesseessesssesessesssssssssessssssssessessssssssseensseensaes 170 Figur
361. lename or Guid PFL GOTO HOTSTART Sets the track position of the PFL Player to a HotStart index QO 297 Parameter Reply OK ERROR hotstartIndex 0 9 QUICKMONITOR GOTO HOTSTART Sets the track position of the QuickMonitor Player to a HotStart index 0 9 Parameter Reply OK ERROR hotstartIndex 0 9 CW1_OUTPUTVOLUME_ GET Gets the output volume value of the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB CW1_OUTPUTVOLUME SET Sets the output volume value of the Cartwall I Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR CW1_OUTPUTPAN GET Gets the output balance value of the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right CW1 OUTPUTPAN SET Sets the output balance value of the Cartwall I Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR CW1_OUTPUT_GET Gets the output mixer of the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply string output mixer name RADIO42 Confidential 263 ProppFrexx ONAIR CW1_ OUTPUT SET Sets the output mixer of the Cartwall I Parameter string mixername Reply OK ERROR To get a list of available output mixernames see MIXER OUTPUT NAMES GET CW1 PLAYLIST NAMES GET Gets all available names which can be selected as a Cartwall I Playlist Parameter none Reply
362. leted User Identity Information Just for info at the moment Future versions of ProppFrexx ONAIR might leverage this data 114 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Images Just for info at the moment Future versions of ProppFrexx ONAIR might leverage this data Description Just for info at the moment Future versions of ProppFrexx ONAIR might leverage this data Show Just for info at the moment Future versions of ProppFrexx ONAIR might leverage this data Playlist Defaults Remove Tracks If checked a track will be removed from the playlist after it was played else it will just be marked as played Auto Width If checked the columns of the playlist window are automatically aligned to fit the total width of the playlist window Auto Select Next If checked the next track within the playlist will automatically be selected and centered as the playlist advances Auto Load If checked the DJ Players of a playlist will automatically be loaded when a player is empty A player will become empty once a track was played and unloaded Auto Unload If checked the DJ Players of a playlist will automatically be unloaded when a track was played else the track will remain loaded after it was played Auto Select Playing If checked the currently playing track within the playlist will automatically be selected Create Backup When checked a backup bak of the current playlist file is created before savin
363. line down in the list FixTime Elements C ck here to define FixTime Elements for your script which are special entries to be executed at an exact given time e g at every 30 minute of an hour See below for details Script Lines The script lines define how new tracks should be added to a playlist automatically when the script is executed Note that a playlist window actually queries pulls new tracks from the script as e g started from the program scheduler This means when a playlist window which effectively executes a script is running empty and as such needs more tracks it asks the script for it to provide them As such the script lines are evaluated and executed to provide the number of requested new tracks E g if a playlist window asks for 3 new tracks it might be that multiple script lines are executed up until the requested number of tracks are at least returned This also means that more tracks might be returned to the playlist as requested The above mentioned Playlist Look Ahead parameter controls this behavior when a playlist is considered empty another script line is executed until the playlist has at least this number of remaining tracks This also means that if you are adding tracks manually to a playlist which executes a script that the resp playlist might not ask for new tracks might not execute further script lines up until the playlist is running empty again Each scrip
364. lso be used in a HA environment ProppFrexx Advertising This tool manages all your advertising needs It allows you to define and schedule advert slots manage your advert partners manage your advert campaigns and assign advert tracks to campaigns as well as assign campaigns to advert slots In addition this tool offers various statistics and billing reports to fullfill your daily advert planning tasks As all the advertising data can be stored on a central secured shared network folder which is also accessible by all ProppFrexx ONAIR instances it allows you manage advertising independent from ProppFrexx ONAIR e g operated by your advert team only ProppFrexx ONAIR Watcher This little tool runs as a small tray application in the background and allows you to constantly monitor the state of ProppFrexx ONAIR In case of an unattended shut down of ProppFrex ONAIR or any other crash it will automatically be restarted ProppFrexx Time This little tool is a standalone Gorgy Timing inspired clock control in the style of the classic LEDI layout pfremcmd This command line tool allows you to send any control command s to any ProppFrexx ONAIR instance remotely e g to be used with 3 party software to trigger certain actions Control Commands allow you to execute almost any ProppFrexx functionality RADIO42 Confidential 29 ProppFrexx ONAIR pfpconv This command line tool allows you to convert any supported playlist format
365. lue Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_REC_ON Sets a mixer to REC Parameter mixername filename Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected used input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_SELECT If an optional filename is given that one is MIXER_INPUT_REC_OFF Sets a mixer to NOT REC Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER_INPUT SELECT input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT REC AUTOSENSING GET Gets a mixers REC AUTOSENSING value Parameter mixername If no parameter is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT Reply string Off Pause Stop or NewSession input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT REC AUTOSENSING SET Set the mixer REC AUTOSENSING value Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT Parameter mixername mode Off Pause Stop NewSession input mixer is used see 234 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX MIXER INPUT REC PAUSE GET Gets a mixers REC PAUSE value Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT_SELECT see MIXER INPUT REC PAUSE TOGGLE Toggles a mixers REC PAUSE value Parameter mixername Re
366. lus Encoder Settings Format AAC object type HE AAC High Efficiency default HE AAC High Efficiency High Bitrate or LC AAC Low Complexity Mode Sets the channel mode By default parametric stereo is used Bitrate Constant or average bitrate in kbps Use MP4 Output If checked the output is written to a MP4 container m4a else an AAC bitstream output format aac is used FLAC Encoder Setting Figure 96 FLAC Encoder Settings Compression Defines the compression level between 0 fast and 8 best Although FLAC is a lossless format you can adjust the compression level A higher compression level max is 8 means a smaller output whereas a lower compression level min is 0 means faster results RADIO42 Confidential 131 ProppFrexx ONAIR MPC Encoder Settings Figure 97 MPC Encoder Settings Compression Defines the compression level between 0 fast and 8 best Although MPC is a lossless format you can adjust the compression level A higher compression level max is 8 means a smaller output whereas a lower compression level min is 0 means faster results Use Version 7 If checked Musepack Stream Version 7 will be used else Musepack Stream Version 8 ACM Encoder Settings Audio Compression Manager ACM is the Windows multimedia framework that manages audio codecs compressor decompressors A codec must conform to the implicit ACM specification to work with Windows Mul
367. ly int trackcount PLS _TRACKREMAINING GET Gets the remaining track count of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply int trackcount PLS CURRENT OPENED GET Gets a list of currently opened playlist names Parameter none Reply string list of opened playlist names one per line PLS CURRENT SELECT Sets the current playlist make it the current one Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available PlaylistNames use PLS CURRENT OPENED GET PLS CURRENT ADVANCE TO CURRENTT Advances the current playlist marks all tracks as played until IME the scheduled time matches the current time Parameter none Reply OK ERROR The playlist must not be playing a scheduled one and not use continous backtiming PLS ADVANCE _TO_CURRENTTIME Advances a playlist marks all tracks as played until the scheduled time matches the current time Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR The playlist must not be playing a scheduled one and not use continous backtiming las LS CURRENT CLOSE Close the current playlist without saving Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CLOSE Close an open playlist without saving Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT NEW Creates a new and empty playlist and makes it the current one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT AUTOPLAY GET Gets the current playlist AUTOPLAY value Para
368. m the minute from 0 through 59 mm the minute from 00 through 59 s the second from 0 through 59 ss the second from 00 through 59 t the first character of the AM PM designator tt the AM PM designator You might use the literal as the standard date separator and the literal as the standard time separator else enclose any other characters within a literal Example 1 DATE now days 1 yyyy week Will result to 2013_03 assuming the macro now will resolve to 2013 01 14 09 07 57 Example 2 DATE start days 1 dow _HHmm Will result to 7_1705 assuming the macro start will resolve to 2013 01 14 17 05 00 TIME converts and formats a time value to a string representation Returns a new string by optionally adding vm units to a given time value plus formats the output Syntax RADIO42 Confidential 307 ProppFrexx ONAIR TIME value add num format Parameters value the original time format as a floating number in sec or in d hh mm ss ff add the conversion function name to apply to the value ms adds nam number of milliseconds seconds adds num number of seconds minutes adds num number of minutes hours adds zum number of hours abs takes the absolute time in case value is negative none uses the time value unmodified num the number of units to add a negative number subtra
369. m the list of available plug ins click OK to load and start the DSP Once a DSP was successfully started and assigned to the mixer channel the following settings window allows you to control the DSP Figure 54 VST DSP Settings The top tool bar of the DSP settings windows contains the following controls Bypass Switches the DSP plug in processing on off VST only Preset Select a program module preset of the DSP plug in if available Restore Restore the parameter defaults for the selected program module preset VST only Editor Opens the external VST or Winamp plug in editor Close Removes the DSP plug in from the mixer The individual parameters of a VST DSP plug in are shown below in the settings window and can directly be controlled adjusted Please refer to the DSPs documentation about the parameter values its use and functionality Click on the Editor button to show the external VST or Winamp plug in editor Using the Send To Function SND The SND button allows you to send a copy of the audio signal processed by the mixer channel to any other output mixer channel a blue button indicates that the SND function is active This offers you the possibility to route the audio signal to multiple mixer channels and thus use a mixer channel as a group bus receiving multiple audio streams Right Click on the SND button to open the send to menu An output mixer channel can receive and process the aud
370. mapping entry of the mapping file therefore works like a filter For each pin state all mapping entries are checked If a pin state matches one of the defined filters the related control command s is executed Please refer to the common sources to learn more about IO Warrior Eg here http i Velleman Control K8055 When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR offers support for up to four Velleman K8055 cards Pin state changes of any of the digital IO pins of the K8055 card s are detected and are translated into control commands just with any other remoting functionality Velleman Enabled If checked the Velleman remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Mapping Select the Velleman message mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the Velleman Message Mapping dialog which lets you map digital pin state changes into ProppFrexx control commands Monitor C ick here to inspect K8055 pin state changes Watch the pin states and how they trigger the defined control command execution A similar mechanism is used for Velleman as already described in the chapter MIDI Devices see above This means any Velleman pin state change is matched against the selected mapping file Each mapping entry of the mapping file therefore works like a filter For each pin state all mapping entries are checked If a pin state matches o
371. me location if neccessary If the Base Directory is omitted for the database connection the filename is assumed to be absolute resp UNC DURATION The total track duration in milliseconds if the column is of data type n or long or in seconds if the column is of data type float or double or in HH MM SS FFFF if the column is of data type sring ENTRYTYPE One of the following numeric or string values Music 0 Music2 1 NewMusic Jingle 3 Advertising 4 Announcement 5 News 6 Sports 7 Weather 8 Traffic 9 Report 10 InternetStream Show 12 Home 13 Hot 14 Watch 15 Warning 16 Green 17 Yellow 18 Red 19 Blue 20 Bed 21 SoundBit 22 Commercial 23 Contest 24 Emergency 25 SoundEffect 26 Filler 27 StationID 28 2 Intro 29 Liner 30 Logo 31 MagicCall 32 Promo 33 Segue 34 Spot 35 Stager 36 Stack 37 Sweeper 38 TestTone 39 Temporary 40 Overlay 41 DropiIn 42 DropOut 43 Outro 44 Other 45 212 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Miscellaneous 46 PhoneCall 47 Talk 48 Article 49 World 50 Local 51 Automation 52 Brand 53 Pitch 54 Break 55 Userl 56 User2 57 User3 58 User4 59 User5 60 User6 61 User7 62 User8 63 User9 64 EmbeddedPlaylist 100 Document 200 OPTIONS Any combination logical OR of the following flags either as a numeric val
372. media libraries should be reloaded whenever the script is started Loop Script Line Defines the script line which should be used to loop the script In sequential mode a script is looped once the script end has been reached This value defines the line number which should be used to reset the script pointer allowing you to skip certain entries at the beginning of the script exclude them during looping 194 RADIO42 Confidential AUTOMATION In random mode this parameter is ignored Script History Count Defines the size of the song history per script library A value of 0 disables the song history Note This number also defines the maximum number of archive entries The song history will not be cleared with each new script execution Left Click Opens the Song History Editor Clear History At Reload If checked the script library will clear it s SongHistory with every load or reload else the SongHistory will never be cleared and always keep the last used tracks in the history Initial Track If set this entry will always be used as the very first track whenever the script is started Note Automatic Cue Point Detection ACPD is always disabled with this entry Archive Defines an optional archive playlist file in which track entries will be saved which are being used during the script execution Note You might use the same file as an additional song history in order to make sure that subsequent script executions d
373. meter none 238 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Reply bool True if set False if not LS AU TOPLAY GET Gets the AUTOPLAY value of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply bool True if set False if not LS_CU RRENT AUTOPLAY TOGGLE Toggles the current playlist AUTOPLAY value Parameter none Reply O RROR Gl LS AU TOPLAY TOGGLE Toggles the AUTOPLAY value of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply O RROR ra LS_CU RRENT AUTOPLAY ON Sets the current playlist to AUTOPLAY Parameter none Reply O RROR Gl LS AU TOPLAY ON Sets an open playlist to AUTOPLAY Parameter playlistname Reply O RROR Gl as LS_CU RRENT_AUTOPLAY_OFF Sets the current playlist to NOT AUTOPLAY Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Gl LS AU TOPLAY OFF Sets an open playlist to NOT AUTOPLAY Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR LS_CU RRENT_USEFADING_GET Gets the current playlist USEFADING value Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not las LS_US ti zj D iw NG GET Gets the USEFADING value of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply bool True if set False if not LS CU RRENT USEFADING TOGGLE Toggles the current playlist USEFADING value Parameter none Reply O RROR nal LS_US Gl FADING TOGGLE Toggles the USEFADING value
374. meter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB PFL_OUTPUTVOLUME_ SET Sets the output volume value of the PFL Player Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR PFL_OUTPUTPAN_GET Gets the output balance value of the PFL Player Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right PFL_OUTPUTPAN_SET Sets the output balance value of the PFL Player Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right Reply OK ERROR PFL OUTPUT GET Parameter none Reply string Gets the output mixer of the PFL Player output mixer name PFL OUTPUT SET Parameter string Reply OK ERROR Sets the output mixer of the PFL Player mixername To get a list of available output mixernames see MIXER OUTPUT NAMES GET PFL CLOSE Closes Hides the PFL Player Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PFL CURRENT Starts the PFL Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Player for the currently selected media entry PFL CURRENTPLAYLIST CURRENT playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Starts the PFL Player for the current track of the currently active PFL CURRENTPLAYLIST NEXT playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR Starts the PFL Player for the next track of the currently active PFL FILE Starts the P Parameter string Reply OK ERROR filename guid FL Player for a given fi
375. ming the macro yyyy will resolve to 2011 and MM will resolve to 03 Example 3 REPLACE S overlayoriginalcommand north south Will result to C ImportLog south start_yyyy start_MM start_dd pfp Assuming the macro overlayoriginalcommand will resolve to C ImportLog north start_yyyy start_MM start_dd pfp 302 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX STRING formats a string value Returns a new string which is formatted according to a given conv function Syntax STRING value conv pl p2 Parameters value the original string to format to a certain length conv the conversion function name to apply to the string value rpad right pads or truncates value to a certain length p1 the length the result string should get p2 not used Ipad left pads or truncates value to a certain length p1 the length the result string should get p2 not used reverse reverts the characters of value p1 the length the result string should get left padded p2 not used sub retrieves a substring from value p1 the zero based starting position p2 the number of characters to extract starting from p1 p1 the 1st numeric float parameter value to use with the com function p2 the 27d numeric float parameter value to use with the conv function Example 1 STRING mixername rpad 7 Will result to OUT 1 assuming the macro mixer
376. mixer channel or hardware monitoring To ensure latency free full duplex operations you should use ASIO Streaming the MON mixer channel serves as the streaming source channel To Headphones Microphone To Speakers l ca ca ca ca ca i Soundcard gt jelzi silo lE le BOWS S Spe Sp fe alele a la Sislls 3 O 0 O OutputTo Path lt gt SND Path DJ Player Standby Player Cardwall Player z Streaming via MON PFL Player Quick Monitor Player Figure 30 Mixer Setup Example 3 You should enable the Mute On Talkover flag on the OUT and MON output mixer channel but disable it on PLAY and PFL Also enable the Unmute On Talkover flag on the MIC input mixer channel Enable the Apply Master Volume flag on PLAY but disable it for OUT MON and PFL Use the SIND function on the PLAY and MIC channel to toggle monitoring of these channels also in the PFL channel 60 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR RADIO42 Confidential 61 ProppFrexx ONAIR 4 Simple using an external mixer with microphones Output Mixer Channels PLAY all internal players except the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for standard play out This channel uses eg the 1st soundcard device which is connected to th
377. mixer3levelrhui the right level of the 3 output mixer as a string 0 12 ou ou outputmixer4level the peak level of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer4levelhui the peak level of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer4level1 the left level of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer4levellhui the left level of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer4levelr the right level of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer4levelrhui the right level of the 4 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer5level the peak level of the 5 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer5levelhui the peak level of the 5 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer5levell the left level of the 5 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer5levellhui the left level of the 5 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer5levelr the right level of the 5 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer5levelrhui the right level of the 5 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer6level the peak level of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer6levelhui the peak level of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer6level1 the left level of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer6levellhui the left level of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer6levelr the right level of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 out
378. mixer4autorec is AutoRec active for 4 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no tmixer5autorec is AutoRec active for 5 input mixer 1 True yes 0 False no the peak level of the 1 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixerllevelhui the peak level of the 1 input mixer as a string 0 12 tmixerllevell the left level of the 1 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixerllevellhui the left level of the 1st input mixer as a string 0 12 tmixerllevelr the right level of the 1 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixerllevelrhui the right level of the 1 input mixer as a string 0 12 the peak level of the 2 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer2levelhui the peak level of the 2 4 input mixer as a string 0 12 tmixer2level1 the left level of the 2 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer2levellhui the left level of the 2 input mixer as a string 0 12 tmixer2levelr the right level of the 2 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer2levelrhui the right level of the 2 input mixer as a string 0 12 the peak level of the 34 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer3levelhui the peak level of the 34 input mixer as a string 0 12 tmixer3levell the left level of the 3 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tmixer3levellhui the left level of the 34 input mixer as a string 0 12 290 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX inputmixer3levelr the right level of the 34
379. mm the overlay start minute 2 digits 00 59 start_ss the overlay start second 2 digits 00 59 end the overlay start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss end_yyyy the overlay start year 4 digits 0000 9999 end_yy the overlay start year 2 digits 00 99 end_MM the overlay start month 2 digits 00 12 end_dd the overlay start day 2 digits 00 31 end_dow the overlay start day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday end_week the overlay start Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 end_HH the overlay start hour 2 digits 00 23 end_mm the overlay start minute 2 digits 00 59 end_ss the overlay start second 2 digits 00 59 nn nD ND HH HW WN mwruwnrnnnnrnnnrnrvnn7TynYAnHnHnnHYHYHYHYYHeHYrHrHeHnHHnHAHnHHHHHYHeHre HH HUH HH Note A bumArt pictures will result in a base64 encoded string To convert that back to an image on a receiver side you can simply decode that string back to a byte array and take the data to create a JPEG image The original album art picture will in any case automatically be scaled to a max 200x200 image and converted to JPEG keeping the original aspect ratio as such the resulting image might be smaller but either the width or height will be 200 pixel GPIO Client Macros The following macros are only available within the GPIO Client Application e g when triggering control commands within its event mapping airencestatel the state of the Airence SW_LED_1
380. mmands Transport Specifies the transport protocol which should be used to receive and send OSC messages from and to the remote client UDP Unicast the UDP unicast protocol is used UDP Multicast The UDP multicast protocol is used where the Input designates the multicast IP address to join TCP Unicast the TCP protocol is used Monitor C ick here to inspect incoming OSC messages Watch the incoming OSC messages and how they trigger the defined control command execution 150 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR A similar mechanism is used for OSC as already described in the chapter MIDI Devices see above except that for MIDI messages we always receive three fix data bytes as for OSC messages we always receive an OSC address string as well as an arbitrary number of data values This means any OSC message received via the input IP address and port is matched against the selected mapping file Each mapping entry of the mapping file therefore works like a filter For each incoming OSC message all mapping entries are checked If the incoming message matches one of the defined filters the related control command s is executed Please refer to the common soutces to learn more about OSC Eg here http opensoundcontrol org For OSC messages the following special control command macros do exist in order to translate a matching OSC message into a control command parameter S oscaddress the OSC add
381. mmands etc The following GPIO devices are supported RADIO42 Confidential 141 ProppFrexx ONAIR TCP Devices When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR offers a TCP server on the configured TCP port address This enables ProppFrexx to receive messages send from any TCP client e g another ProppFrexx ONAIR instance the pfremcmd exe tool or your own TCP client application Note that the IPv4 as well as the IPv6 protocol is fully supported The TCP client might now send ProppFrexx ONAIR messages simple binary UTF 8 encoded text strings terminated by a double CRLF 7 z r in order to remotely control ProppFrexx ONAIR The messages to be sent are actually the same as already explained in the chapter Event and Command Settings Please also refer to the chapter Appendix Control Commands for a full list and all details about the available control commands their use and the needed parameters This TCP server will now receive these messages and evaluate them However there are a few additional TCP protocol things you need to know So here they come a The client must as the first command send the AUTHORIZATION command using the password as specified in this dialog b Each message string must be UTF 8 encoded and must be terminated by a double CRLF r n r n Subsequent commands which are just separated by a single CRLF r n are executed directly one after the other until a double CRLF r n r n is detected c The cli
382. multiple output mixer channels will be created one for each player And in a final step you need to assign the mixer channels to your physical soundcard devices According to the hardware integration model you have selected you can assign a dedicated soundcard device channel to the mixer channels created used by ProppFrexx ONAIR hy ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard e ProppFrexx Mixer Setup Output Soundcard Selection Please select which output soundcard device should be used for which mixer channel Mixer Soundcard Device Speakers Channels PLAY PFL Virtual out 1 2 Echo Indigo DJx LINE lt Default gt OUT Virtual out 3 4 Echo Indigo DJx LINE lt Default gt MON Virtual out 5 6 Echo Indigo DJx LINE lt Default gt Make sure to select a unique combination for each mixer channel Figure 8 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 5 6 Make sure to select a unique combination for each mixer channel i e do not use the same soundcard device channel combination for different mixer channels If you are running the mixer setup wizard manually you have the ability to specify a mixer setup profile name for your configuration settings This gives you the ability to later switch 36 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR between different mixer setup profiles Eg you might create multiple mixer profiles and on the fly switch between the
383. n easily be exported to a freely definable format CSV FixedWidth Database or Playlist which allows you a perfect integration with any external scheduler application like Music1 PowerGold Selector etc In addition ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to import external scheduler log files e g from Traffic 2000 or Music1 and to create on the fly appropriate program and or overlay scheduler entries accordingly Playlist Overlay Support ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to define overlay playlists to be played out above your regular program at any definable time An overlay playlist will suspend pause ot really overlay any current program and allows you to define stuff to be played independent from any operator eg advertising news weather traffic reports etc Integrated Advertising Management ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to define and manage all your advertising needs organize your partners and advertising audio define advertising slots and report what has really being played as the perfect bases for your billing Advertising playlists are automatically generated and can be integrated into the scripting engine ot used as an overlay within the scheduler External Device Monitoring ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to monitor your external devices soundcards preventing unwanted changes eg muting a device or changing the device volume by other applications or manual user changes Sophisticated DJ Players Each playlist window comes with up to four
384. n if it asks you for permission Type or copy amp paste this into the command prompt window bcededit exe set current nx AlwaysOff Hit the Enter key and you should see the confirmation Operation Completed Successfully Restart the computer and DEP should be off If you would like to re enable DEP enter the following into the command prompt window bcededit exe set current nx OptIn After restarting the computer DEP will be re enabled Disable DEP just for ProppFrexx ONAIR Open the Start Menu and right click on Computer Choose Properties On the left side of the screen click on Advanced System Settings Under Performance click on Settings Click on the tab for Data Execution Prevention Choose the option Turn on DEP for all programs and services except those I select Click on the Add button and navigate to the following location C Program Files radio42 ProppFirexx ONAIR 3 0 Choose the executable file for ProppFrexx ONAIR ProppFrexx ONAITR exe Hit Apply and then OK Restart your computer Disable any Windows System Sound To prevent any automatic windows notification sound to be played disable any windows sound Open the Start Menu and then click on Control Panel In the Large Icon View select the Systemsound settings under thze Sound options And Select the No Sounds profile schema and click OK Disable Input Devices being monitored in an Output Device Some input devices might directly be monitored
385. n window might shortly fade out to change the user interface layout this however doesn t impact any audio processing ot other operations User Profiles Click on the User Profiles button to define user profiles and assign rights and general profile settings in the following dialog RADIO42 Confidential 109 ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 76 Define User Profiles Profile Select a profile name from the list of available profiles or clear the text and type in a new name for a new profile Or cick on the Save button to save the current profile under this name Save Click here to save the current user profile Remove Click here to remove the currently selected user profile Note Users with such profile assigned will be elevated to the Admin profile Description A descriptive text of the current profile Rights Select the rights to apply to this profile All checked items grant the users the respective right Limit Paths To Specify the allowed paths to be shown in the directory explorer window as well as to which general access should be granted Each entry must be separated by a semicolon e g C D Music will limit the access to the specified paths only Leave empty to give unlimited access to all drives and paths Note If specified a ProppFrexx ONAIR user can only use media entries which reference to a location within these defined paths As such this option allows you to grant limit file access
386. name will resolve to OUT 1 Example 2 STRING mixername lpad 7 Will result to PFL assuming the macro mixername will resolve to PFL Example 3 STRING HELLO reverse Will result to OLLEH Example 4 EXEC_SEND MIDI_SYSEXMSG OxFO 0x00 0x00 0x66 0x10 0x12 0x00 x STRING S outputmixerlname rpad 6 x STRING S outputmixer2name rpad 6 STRING S outputmixer3name rpad 6 x STRING S outputmixer4name rpad 6 m STRING inputmixerlname rpad 6 OxF7 Will display the string PLAY OUT MON PFL MIC1 toa Mackie Control Universal Logic Control surface s LED assuming the above mixer name macros will reolve as displayed TOSTRING converts and formats a numeric value to a string Returns a new string by optionally converting a num value plus formats the output Syntax TOSTRING num conv pl format Parameters RADIO42 Confidential 303 ProppFrexx ONAIR num the original numeric value to format conv the conversion function name to apply to the num todb converts zum from a float value to a dB value p1 the maximum value allowed e g 1 0 fromdb converts num from a dB value to a float value p1 the maximum value allowed e g 1 0 add adds a value to num p1 the value to add e g 5 0 mult multiplies a value to num p1 the val
387. nd a track having silence at the beginning ot end is loaded to such player this silence will not be detected and might result in a delay when playback is started However this also guarantees that tracks are not faded at the beginning and end eg to prevent truncating small slices of audio Mixing per Media Type C ick here to define individual mixing settings per media type ie to apply different mixing settings to e g jingles sweepers advertising tracks etc as to regular music Each track can be assigned with an individual media type see the chapter Media Libraries on how to assign default media types to individual media libraries The track 120 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR related media type will be used to determine the individual mixing settings There are over 60 different predefined media types you can choose from giving you more than enough options to differentiate various track types In the following dialog you can specify the mixing settings per media type Figure 84 Define Mixing Settings per Media Type Media Type Select the type of media entry for which you want to edit the mixing settings When done cick on the Save button to save these settings The mixing settings CDP and Manual Fading are actually the same as already described above so please refer to the above descriptions In addition the following options are available Max Play Length Defines a maximum pl
388. ndow cccecessssessssesesessssessssessssnssssnssssnssssnssssnsseensseansseeage 91 Input Mixer Channel Menu ccccsessessessssessssessssessssessssessssessssessssessssssssssesseeeey 91 General Audio Configuration acts sistas hia indesadsccthantabsdasadenatban talsdecsdovadaia eladansdesadeandeles 92 Folders Libraries Configuration essssssesttiseesssssstttreeessssstrtretenssssstrrreteessssrrrrrreeessss 95 Additional Media Libraries Dialog s ssssssssssssssessrressrressrresssrenssreessreesnrresnrresnreessreess 97 Media Library Database Connection s ses sssesssessesssessrtssreestesrtesrtesreesreesererressresreeseeeseees 98 Remote Media Library COnnection seessesesesssesssesreesrtesrresreeseessreesresrresrresteereeerresrreseee 99 Edit Media Library Properties sicissisisssssiissscessssisensasscsescnoassncscnsasacusscnvasstocsensnsesoasssies 99 Player Settings Configuration ccceceeseesesesessssessssessssessesessssesssseseseseseseseseeseey 102 Playlist Others Configuration sticthiaescacpisscadecacedaninsdabadbsasniorassdebadeiasaiacuesdabsiosatncatiuntie 105 Define Media Type Colts wiiciisiissassssssssasstscatssatscseasevecsescasaseassnoasonocscnsnsa dots cneaavtvananaes 105 Edit Extended TAG Options saissaississasiscasssatscssasetecsescassdeascnsassnocsessasa dots caeaavtvananaes 107 Edit Album Lookup Options occ esseesescsescsseseesessssesssnesessessssessesesesesseaeeeaeey 108 Login Dialog vicasssssaisatssssstssastesssissans decnaba
389. ne ply O e RROR LS AUTOUNLOAD TOGGLE Pa Re Toggles an open playlist AUTOUNLOAD value rameter playlistname ply OK ERROR LS CURRENT AUTOUNLOAD ON Pa Re Sets the current playlist to AUTOUNLOAD rameter none ply OK ERROR LS AUTOUNLOAD ON Pa Re Sets an open playlist to AUTOUNLOAD rameter p4 playlistname RROR Gl ly O LS CURRENT AUTOUNLOAD OFF Pa Re p4 Sets the current playlist to MANUAL UNLOAD rameter none Ly OK ERROR LS AUTOUNLOAD OFF Pa Re p Sets an open playlist to MANUAL UNLOAD rameter playlistname RROR a ly O las LS CURRENT REMOVEWHENPLAYED GE Gets the current playlist REMOVEWHENPLAYED value Pa Re p4 rameter none ly bool True if set False if not las LS REMOVEWHENPLAYED GET Gets an open playlist REMOVEWHENPLAYED value RADIO42 Confidential 249 ProppFrexx ONAIR Parameter Reply playlistname bool True if set False if not PLS CURRENT _ REMOVEW HENPLAYED TO Toggles the current playlist REMOVEWHENPLAYED value GGLE Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REMOVEWHENPLAYED TOGGLE Toggles an open playlist REMOVEWHENPLAYED value Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT REMOVEWHENPLAYED ON Set the current playlist to REMOVEWHENPLAYED Pa
390. ne of the defined filters the related control command s is executed Each connected K8055 card is identified by a card address SK5 6 switch As up to four cards might be connected in parallel the 5 IO pins of the card are translated into logical pin ids according to their card address The card with the address 0 is mapped to the pins 0 5 152 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The card with the address 1 is mapped to the pins 8 12 The card with the address 2 is mapped to the pins 16 20 The card with the address 3 is mapped to the pins 24 28 Please refer to the common sources to learn mote about the K8055 Eg here http www velleman eu distributor products view id 351346 Streaming Settings This category contains the configuration of streaming servers broadcasting Figure 111 Streaming Configuration ProppFrexx ONAIR has build in support for the following streaming server types e SHOUTcast or compatible e g Live365 accepting MP3 or AACplus e ICEcast or compatible accepting MP3 or OGG e Windows Media Encoder push or pull mode e HOME cast build in WMA or MP3 streaming server If you want to stream an audio signal to a broadcast server as defined above you need to configure a so called streaming server You can stream to as many broadcast servers as you like Gust your outgoing network bandwidth or your machine power might give you a limit If you for example want to st
391. neath a WaveForm opens the popup window which lets you directly set the initial track tempo the WaveForm will be adjusted immediately the initial track gain the current track position can be aligned using the JogWheel the cue points can be set directly Automatic Cue Point Detection right click to remove all Cue Points Save Meta Data as TAGs Save Meta Data as File Note Setting the tempo and gain is a bit different as in the DJ PFLPlayer In the DJ PFLPlayer this will only change the current gain tempo but will not set the initial track gain tempo permanently So in the DJ PFLPlayer you would have to right click on the gain tempo to invoke the context menu to permanently set the initial gain tempo But here changing the tempo and gain immediately sets the initial tempo J gain permanently A right click on the Trackname underneath a WaveForm shows the effective playtime of the track as long as clicked Depending on the power speed of your machine some operations like zooming or moving or changing the tempo might take a bit as the WaveForms and their layout position is always rendered on the fly in real time So be a bit patient when you discover some slow movements RADIO42 Confidential 187 ProppFrexx ONAIR When you have made changes to an Insert Tracks you will be asked if you want to save those changes to the audio file TAGs resp to a meta data file This is because any track insert event
392. neessssiee LO Set Assignment Display Ex assign mentx ccesessesseesseesseesseesseesseesseesseesseessseesseesseessneesseesseessneesseess 314 Uplate thie TCD dicp lay leis aienea 314 Device Query Cdevicequery scsscsssccesscesscsssccasscesssesecesdsesdscsscccsccesdscstecesccesacestcckcces aai 314 Go Offline gooffline ceceeeeseesseesseesseesseesssessseesseesssessseesseesseessseesseessuessseesseessessseesseesseessneesseesseesseeesneesy 315 Version Request CVEPSIONLEGUEST Ge cciccccicscoccccscocsecscocsccscnsseascovseescosceascovseasonsseasossseasonsseasosssecsostsansenesecsebtet 315 Reset Fader res tfader a nns asss 315 Reset LED resetled Reset Reboot reset DOOU Joret a A AR 315 Confiruraton C conAg Jikoni iionnnniuianiinnniiiiiiiiiiii i 316 Control Star tace o wate lle ED O Sene aR RE 317 RADIO42 Confidential 7 Table of Figures Figure 1 ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard o cccccccscecesseesesessessssesssscesssesssscsssscensseessseensseanens 15 Figure 2 ProppFrexx ONAIR Splash Screen ccccccsseessesessesesessssessssesssscsssscssssesnsseensseensneanene 32 Figure 3 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizatd ss sssssssssssseeessreessrressrresssreesnreesnreesnreesnreess 32 Figure 4 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 1 cscs 33 Figure 5 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 2 cesses 35 Figure 6 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 3 ss sssssssssssssssssseessrressrressrrensnre
393. nel pair beforehand The mirrored audio signal will therefore not be visible from within ProppFrexx ASIO Direct Monitoring ADM is a special ASIO 2 0 feature enabling almost zero latency monitoring which is performed within the ASIO driver respectively the underlying hardware directly if supported by your device Direct Mirroring is a special feature implemented for all cards drivers not supporting ADM and is software based Therefore it might only provide the minimum latency your driver device can offer but still bypassing any additional ProppFrexx processing So if ADM is available it is recommended to use that if you are aiming almost zero latency monitoring Start Monitoring with Mixer Channel If checked ADM will be started with the mixer channel else it might be enabled or disabled manually e g via the mixers context menu or a control command Monitor To Select which ASIO output channel pair should be used for direct monitoring Note Direct Monitoring will clone the audio signal directly within the ASIO soundcard before it reaches ProppFrexx This means enabling monitoring bypasses any ProppFrexx mixer channel processing and directly clones the audio signal to the monitor channel pair beforehand The monitored audio signal will therefore not be visible from within ProppFrexx Not all soundcards drivers do support this ASIO 2 0 feature ADM Gain Lets you specify an optional gain value for the monitored channel pair Note
394. nforce ProppFrexx ONAIR to tie the registration to almost any removable USB Device ie a USB Stick Use the above command line option to do so In this case the registration information will be stored on the root path of the selected USB Device This registration method has the advantage that you can use this USB Stick even on different machines but only on one at a time and the Ident Number will not change if you change your machine configuration However the USB Device must be present all the time ProppFrexx ONAIR is running Note that the USB Device registration will present you a different Ident Number and therefore requires new registration data to be obtained from RADIO42 This means if you wish to use both standard and USB Device registrations you need to request two independent registration keys 2 licenses are needed Ifyou selected the USB Device registration method make sure to run start ProppFrexx ONAIR every time with this command line option If you start ProppFrexx ONAIR and omit this option the standard registration will become active for which you might not have registered so far fileReg By default ProppFrexx ONAIR uses a machine related registration This means the registration process ties the Ident Number and the registration data to the local computer and stores the registration information to the users windows registry HKEY_CURRENT USER This means the registration is only valid on this computer PC and
395. nitored the external volume is restored to the level as set in this dialog whenever the volume is changed outside of ProppFrexx ONAIR eg via the windows sound control panel This allows you to lock off the external volume level and prevent unwanted changes Edit Control Command Events Control commands allow you to trigger the execution of almost any activity within ProppFrexx ONAIR see the chapter REMOTING EVENTS COMMANDS AND GPIO for more information CZck on this item to assign control commands to the following predefined mixer channel events RADIO42 Confidential 89 ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 60 Mixer Control Command Events Dialog OnFaderStart triggered when the fader is moved above the minimum position OnFaderStop triggered when the fader is moved below the maximum position OnMute triggered when the mixer channel is muted eg via the M button OnUnmute triggered when the mixer channel is unmuted OnOn triggered when the mixer channel is activated eg via the ON button OnOff triggered when the mixer channel is deactivated OnStartRecording triggered when recording is started eg via the REC button OnStopRecording triggered when recording is stopped OnStartSND2 triggered when SND function is activated eg via the SND button OnStopSND2 triggered when the SND function is deactivated Select a mixer channel event and click on the Edf button to invoke the control command b
396. nly effective if an overlay is currently active and can be played OVERLAY DODELAY Delays the start of the currently opened overlay Reply OK ERROR Only effective if an overlay is currently active and can be delayed OVERLAY DOCANCEL Cancels a currently opened overlay Reply OK ERROR Only effective if an overlay is currently active and can be cancelled RADIO42 Confidential 277 ProppFrexx ONAIR OVERLAY STATUS GET Gets the status of the overlay player Reply string status Hidden Shown Waiting Running Playing or Stopping OVERLAY CREATE Creates an overlay manually and starts it now Parameter commandType command startType maxDelay mixTime suspendOthers pause OnSuspend attenuation manualPlayout Reply OK ERROR commandType AdvertSlot Script Playlist command the related slot script or playlist to use All other parameters are optional in the order they appear startType Fixed Soft Auto Manual default Manual maxDelay in seconds default 120 mixTime in milliseconds default 1000 suspendOthers True False default True pauseOnSuspend True False default False attenuation in dB default 18 0 manualPlayout True False default False when the Manual startType is defined you MUST issue an additional OVERLAY DOPLAY control command to effectively start this overlay OVERLAY TRIGGER Triggers an overlay manually and starts it now if not already played
397. nnected to a COM port and translate them into control commands so that the external device controller can remotely control any ProppFrexx ONAIR functionality Serial output enables ProppFrexx to send messages to a serial COM port to remotely control this device Input Select the serial input device to use this is the COM port which is receiving the GPIO messages to remotely control ProppFrexx ONAIR C ick on the property icon to define the COM port settings for this device Output Select the serial output device to use only used if you want to send messages via control commands to a COM port C ck on the property icon to define the COM port settings for this device Figure 109 Serial I O Configuration Dialog Please refer to your operating system manual and your external serial I O device connected to the COM port in order to properly set the above COM port properties Serial Control Enabled If checked the Serial I O remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Mapping Select the Serial I O message mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the Serial I O Message Mapping dialog Note the message mapping is only used for the Regular Expression protocol Protocol Specifies which protocol should be used to parse and dispatch incoming serial I O messages in to control commands ProppFrexx ONAIR the same
398. nnnHnHrHnAHrenHAnrnenHAnnnnHnHA HnreHnHrenHnrn HHH YH UN NH cplisplayingd is DJ Player D playing 1 True yes 0 False no cplhassourcea is a track loaded to DJ Player A 1 True yes 0 False no cplhassourceb is a track loaded to DJ Player B 1 True yes 0 False no cplhassourcec is a track loaded to DJ Player C 1 True yes 0 False no cplhassourced is a track loaded to DJ Player D 1 True yes 0 False no cplrelposbytea the track position in bytes of DJ Player A relative to CuelIn cplrelposbyteb the track position in bytes of DJ Player B relative to CueIn cplrelposbytec the track position in bytes of DJ Player C relative to CueIn cplrelposbyted the track position in bytes of DJ Player D relative to CuelIn cplrelposseca the track position time of DJ Player A relative to CueIn cplrelpossecb the track position time of DJ Player B relative to CueIn cplrelpossecc the track position time of DJ Player C relative to CueIn cplrelpossecd the track position time of DJ Player D relative to CueIn cplremainbytea the remaining bytes of DJ Player A relative to CueOut cplremainbyteb the remaining bytes of DJ Player B relative to CueOut cplremainbytec the remaining bytes of DJ Player C relative to CueOut cplremainbyted the remaining bytes of DJ Player D relative to CueOut cplremainseca the remaining time of DJ Player A relative to CueOut cplremainsecb the remaining time of DJ Player B relative to CueOut cplrema
399. nnouncer the state of the Airlite AuttoCueAnnouncer switch testatenonstop the state of the Airlite NonStop switch testatemicon the state of the Airlite MicOn indicator testategpol the state of the Airlite GPO1 indicator testategpo2 the state of the Airlite GPO2 indicator testateonair1 the state of the Airlite OnAir1 indicator testateonair2 the state of the Airlite OnAir2 indicator testatelmodule the state of the Airlite Module1 litestate8module the state of the Airlite Module8 litestatecrmmute the state of the Airlite CRM Mute switch litestateltrack the state of the Airlite Track1 play mode litestate8track the state of the Airlite Track8 play mode litestatelcomm the state of the Airlite Comm1 switch litestate3comm the state of the Airlite Comm3 switch litestatelvt the state of the Airlite VT1 mode litestate8vt the state of the Airlite VI 8 mode litestatephonering the state of the Airlite Phone Ring indicator emanlpin the state of the Velleman Pin1 emanl6pin the state of the Velleman Pin16 iowarriorlpin the state of the IO Warrior Pin1 iowarrior16pin the state of the IO Warrior Pin16 RADIO42 Confidential 301 ProppFrexx ONAIR Control Command Functions Beside control command macros you might also use functions inside your control command which are executed at the time the command is executed A function has the format FUNCTION paraml
400. notes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY EJECTNOFADE Stops Ejects the current track in a Standby Player No FadeOut Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 9 STANDBY REWIND Rewinds the current track in a Standby Player to the Cue In position Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY RESET Rewinds and defaults Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 Resets the current track in a Standby Player to all STANDBY LOADTRACK Loads a track to a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 filename Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 filename fully qualified path to the audio track to load If in StackMode the track will be added to the stack else it will replace any current track STANDBY STACK MODE TOGGLE Toggles the StackMode of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 The standby player must be empty to toggle the stack mode STANDBY _STACK_MODE_ON Sets the StackMode of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 The standby player must be empty to togg
401. nput mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT SELECT dspidx 1 4 pstext the rds program service text to set StereoTool VST MIXER OUTPUT STEREOTOOL SETRADI OTEXT Sets a mixer StereoTool VSTs RDS Radio Text StereoTool VST Parameter mixername dspidx enabled radiotext Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER_OUTPUT_ SELECT dspidx 1 4 enabled 0 off 1l on radiotext the rds radio text to set MIXER INPUT STEREOTOOL SETRADIO TEXT Sets a mixer StereoTool VSTs RDS Radio Text StereoTool VST Parameter mixername dspidx enabled radiotext Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER _INPUT_ SELECT dspidx 1 4 enabled 0 off 1 on rds radio text to set see radiotext the MIXER OUTPUT STEREOTOOL SETTPTA Sets a mixer StereoTool VSTs RDS TP and TA StereoTool VST Parameter mixername dspidx tplta Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER _OUTPUT_SELECT dspidx 1 4 tp 0 off 1l on ta 0 off l on MIXER INPUT STEREOTOOL SETTPTA Sets a mixer StereoTool VSTs RDS TP and TA Parameter mixername dspidx tplta Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER _INPUT_ SELECT dspidx 1 4 tp 0 off l on ta 0 off l on StereoTool VST see PLS CLOSE ALL Closes all Reply OK currently open playlists ERROR wi
402. number value as a string midicontroller the MIDI controller value as a string mididatal the MIDI data1 byte value as a string mididata2 the MIDI data2 byte value as a string mididata the combined MIDI data1 2 integer value as a string 0 16383 midipaireddata2 the paired MIDI data integer value as a string 0 16383 mididata2asvol the paired MIDI data as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 mididataasvol the combined MIDI data1 2 as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 mididata2asvolxxx the paired MIDI data as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 mididataasvolXxx the combined MIDI data1 2 as a volume value string 0 0 1 0 mididata2aspan the paired MIDI data as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 mididataaspan the combined MIDI data1 2 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 mididata2aspanxxx the paired MIDI data as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 mididataaspanxxx the combined MIDI data1 2 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 mididata2asgain the paired MIDI data as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 mididataasgain the combined MIDI data1 2 as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 mididata2asgainXxx the paired MIDI data as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 mididataasgainxxx the combined MIDI data1 2 as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 296 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX where XXX denotes the maximum Midi Data2 value to be used for the conversion else 127 or 16383 is used Note the combined
403. nvovarssvanvavansssarnesonssvansasesvssonvavarvssanavennsnensegs 199 Using the Control ROOM emerserit 199 Using the Web Browset wisisssssscseseessscasevassssssasansssanssvarssvanvavansssanesarssvannassvssstvavanbssansavenyssensess 199 USING THE MODSTREAM WATCHER cece eeseesseeeeeeeeeeeeee 200 THE ADVERTISING MANAGER oeeessssseossssecossesecossesccossseccoseseeosssse 201 PEP PEIN B 1 D E A E E E sevununasepusdandapesdan E E 202 Keyb atd SHOrtcuits niniin aineina ein seisein tineia i eisien Sosea nsn nS ENTEOS 202 DATA Oa E E E T OA 202 Playlist WimdOwi scccssssscascsssesesssshassseebtveu ssessapiassdseadssussapissbdzsedosessavsasedavasssncussdsduszeraasessaueadiey 204 ESV te BAY a EE seer ee eee Sree 206 Browset Windows nssincanncanananncnananncinnciinanaunnannnenmeeaneates 207 Trackboatd WindoOw nnnnscnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn anna 208 Di PRPiavetinucccusanenonateteconnmadenennmanm ian EESE AT EEEE 209 Database lLibtati es SQ jenna Rae ron ae eraoro EEE OE OESE SERE ESERTEPE PR ERES 211 Gontrol Comat ds esssssos psan Suo ESSN a NUSES NSRS BONSE NEO NSSR SNOS EASAN 215 Gite tiOn CONC ONS sevecesecavesevexeseeeesazeneuceestueueveseneuseesenteeneesvtntuestateeneetvtntventuteaneetvtetventeteenevesenes 281 Control Command Macros seccsecasescvevevecezezesteavesexevexeuentveneeteteaneventeenesteteaveventeenesdeteaveventeenesesenes 282 Global Mactos always available cccscssscessssccdsccsecitessucenececeesccecsessccssesscecstssccssessccsetsccc
404. o check in order to verify detect the file format The verification length excludes any tags that may be at the start of the file BPM Detection BPM Range BPM detection can be limited to a certain range of valid BPM values This slider defines the lower and upper boundaries the minimum and maximum of a BPM value to detect BPM Period Defines the time interval in seconds at which the BPM value will automatically be calculated and updated in the DJ Players Enable Beat Detection If checked the individual beat positions will be detected and displayed per track in the DJ Players This option also enables the beat matching and synchronization function of tracks within DJ Players but also increases the time for a track to be loaded Mixer Auto Lock Mixer If checked the main mixer will be locked whenever a preset is loaded selected to prevent any undesired user changes RADIO42 Confidential 93 ProppFrexx ONAIR Save Mixer Preset If checked the currently selected mixer preset is saved automatically when the application is closed Decode in 32 Bit If checked all audio tracks will be decoding in 32 Bit floating point resolution else 16 Bit integer resolution will be used The main advantage of floating point channels aside from the increased resolution quality is that they are not clipped until output So even if the output device is not capable of outputting the channel in its full quality the quality is still improved Fo
405. o gain change 2 0 twice as loud or 6 dB CUEIN FULLLEVEL RAMP RAMP2 OUTRO FADEOUT NEXT CUEOUT The cue point in milliseconds if the column is of data type zt or ong or in seconds if the RADIO42 Confidential 213 ProppFrexx ONAIR column is of data type float or double or in HH MM SS FFFF if the column is of data type string 214 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Control Commands A control command is actually a certain message string composed out of an action and a parameter part which is executed by the server The server will execute the given command and reply to it with a specific reply message The action identifies which control command should be executed on the server side Each control command has the following format action parameter action is the string representation of one of the CommandAction values parameter is the string representation of optional parameter value s which might contain macros explained in the next chapter To each command a reply will be generated by the server If an error occurs eg an invalid command is send the server will reply with ERROR errormessage So you can recognize a valid reply message that it does not start with ERROR Here is a list of possible control commands action with their respective parameters Conntrol Command Action Description Parameter Reply AUTHORIZATION Client to server authorization P
406. o this local client Find Options Defines the options to use in the find track window also in Filename If checked a key value is also searched within the filename else only the metadata fields are used i e title artist album etc also in Explorer Paths If checked any search Find window also scans all files in the currently defined explorer window directories which might take longer else only the loaded media libraries entries are scanned RSS Reader Refresh Rate Defines the rate in minutes how often the RSS Reader will refresh read the feed Set this value to 0 to disable automatic refresh Open RSS Link in external Browser If checked external links to the RSS Feed will be opened in an external browser else they will be opened in the internal web browser Playlist Script Template If specified the given script will be used as a template whenever a new playlist is created manually The script is actually executed for one loop only meaning the defined media entries within the script are automatically added to the new playlist Instant Recording Path Specifies the default directory which will be used to save instant recording files If empty the default recording directory will be used Clean Up Files after Specifies the number of days after which any audio files within the instant recording directory and any sub directory will automatically be deleted If zero 0 files in the recording directory will never be de
407. ocation Loading tracks into memory might have the advantage that during playback no I O activity is performed which might ensure stable playback on slow I O sub systems but might increase the time it takes to open load an audio track to a player RADIO42 Confidential 103 ProppFrexx ONAIR DJ Player Memory Limit Defines the memory limit to use for DJ Players set to 0 to never load a track into memory Cartwall Memory Limit Defines the memory limit to use for cartwall players set to 0 to never load a track into memory AutoStart PFL Player If checked playback of the PFL Player is automatically started whenever a track is loaded to the PFL Player AutoHide PFL Player If checked the PFL Player is automatically closed whenever a DJ Player starts playing Standby Players Defines the number of Standby Players to create by default Layout Defines the default layout of the Standby Players Full All player controls are visible Full No Wave All player controls are visible except the WaveForm Small Only the time and WaveForm controls are visible Small No Wave Only the time controls are visible Medium The time and WaveForm controls are visible plus simple playback controls Medium No Wave The time controls are visible plus simple playback controls BPM Calculation After Loading If checked the track s BPM value is automatically calculated after it was loaded to a player Auto Calculate BPM If checked the tr
408. oesn t contain the same tracks Additional Song History Defines an optional song history playlist file which will be te loaded with each script execution Note You might use the same file as the archive file in order to make sure that subsequent script executions doesn t contain the same tracks Advert Inserts Defines if and how advertising entries should be added during the script execution If a media library is specified tracks are taken from it in the frequency range given E g if you specify 4 7 this means that after each 4 to 7 script tracks an additional entry is taken from the advertising lib and inserted during script execution Jingle Inserts Defines if and how jingle entries should be added during the script execution If a cartwall library is specified tracks are taken from it in the frequency range given E g if you specify 4 7 this means that after each 4 to 7 script tracks an additional entry is taken from the jingle lib and inserted during script execution Script Lines Each Script Line has the following parameters note that each column contains an edit or button Mode Defines what this line should actually do the content of the Entry Parameter depends on this one Sequential Adds new track s from the given media lib to the playlist by sequentially picking the next tracks from the lib Random Adds new track s from the given media lib to the playlist by randomly picking the next tra
409. ogarithmic 2 LinearHalf 3 0ff Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER LEFT GET Gets the left cross fader assignment of the current playlist Parameter none Reply string player A B or C as LS CURRENT CROSSFADER LEFT SET Sets the left cross fader assignment of the current playlist Parameter string player A B or C Reply OK ERROR las LS CURRENT CROSSFADER_ LEFT TOG Toggles the left cross fader assignment of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _CROSSFADER_RIGHT_GE Gets the right cross fader assignment of the current playlist T Parameter none Reply string player A B or C PLS CURRENT _CROSSFADER_RIGHT_SE Set the right cross fader assignment of the current playlist T Parameter string player A B or C Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER RIGHT TO Toggles the right cross fader assignment of the current playlist GGLE Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _CROSSFADER_START_GE Gets the cross fader start mode of the current playlist a Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PLS CURRENT _CROSSFADER_START_TO Toggles the cross fader start mode of the current playlist GGLE Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT CROSSFADER START ON Sets the cross fader start mode of the current playlist to FaderStart Parameter none Reply OK ERROR
410. ome 36 Left 37 Up 38 Right 39 Down 40 Insert 45 Delete 46 a z 65 90 F10 121 Also note that using hotkeys might overwrite the standard ProppFrex ONAIR keyboard shortcuts Open Sound Control OSC When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR offers support for the Open Sound Control protocol OSC by either TCP UDP Unicast or UDP Multicast For more information about OSC see http opensoundcontroLorg introduction osc This allows you to receive and send OSC messages from and to any OSC enabled client eg you might use TouchOSC on your iPhone iTouch or iPad to fully control almost all ProppFrexx ONAIR functionality Incomming OSC messages are translated into control commands just with any other remoting functionality Input Select your OSC IP address and port number which should be used by OSC clients in otder to receive OSC messages this is one of your internal network adaptor IP addresses and a free port number eg 192 168 1 2 9000 Output Select the IP address and port number of the remote OSC client in order to send OSC messages OSC Enabled If checked the OSC remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Mapping Select the OSC message mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the OSC Message Mapping dialog which lets you map incoming OSC messages into ProppFrexx control co
411. one Configuration config Used to configure the MCU with certain default values Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU config what p1 p2 EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU config what p1 p2 Parameters what string the setting to configure transport configure the transport button click p1 0 no transport button click 1 transport button click p2 not used lcd configure the LCD back light p1 O LCD back light off 1 127 back light on with time out in min p2 not used touch configure the touchless movable faders p1 0 movement only if touched 1 also if not recognized as touched p2 not used sensitivity configure the faders touch sensitivity p1 fader id 0 7 or 8 master p2 touch sensitivity 0 5 gmeter configure the global LCD meter mode p1 0 horizontal 1 vertical p2 not used cmeter configure the channel meter mode p1 channel id 0 7 p2 mode 0 7 O all off 1 enable signal LED 2 enable peak hold display horizontal only 4 enable level meter on LCD 3 enable signal LED and peak hold display 5 enable level meter on LCD and enable signal LED 6 enable level meter on LCD and peak hold display 7 enable all pl int see above p2 int see above Example 1 EXEC SEND MIDI MCU config transport 0 Turns off the transport button click Example 2 EXEC SEND MIDI MCU config lcd 15 Turns on the LCD back light with a time out of 15 minutes 316 RADIO42 Confident
412. one Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 8 Plays Pauses the 8th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 9 Plays Pauses the 9th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART 10 as lays Pauses the 10th Cart in the Cartwall II and only this one 272 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 11 Plays Pauses the 11th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_ PLAY CART_12 Plays Pauses the 12th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY_ CART_13 Plays Pauses the 13th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART 14 Plays Pauses the 14th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY CART _15 Plays Pauses the 15th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY_CART_16 Plays Pauses the 16th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_PLAY_ CART_17 Plays Pauses the 17th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERRO
413. option to OFF disable mixer input channel Parameter mixername fadetime stopplaylist fadeotherio Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer input channel to disable fadetime fading time in ms stopplaylist true stop current playlists fadeotherio true fade out all other player outputs and overlay inputs MAIN LOAD _MIXER_SETUP Loads a given main mixer setup Parameter string setupname Reply OK ERROR setupname the name of the mixer setup to load e g Default MAIN LOAD MIXER PRESET 1 Loads the main mixer preset 1 Parameter none Reply OK MAIN LOAD MIXER PRESET 2 Loads the main mixer preset 2 Parameter none Reply O MAIN LOAD MIXER PRESET 3 Loads the main mixer preset 3 Parameter none Reply OK MAIN LOAD MIXER PRESET 4 Loads the main mixer preset 4 Parameter none Reply O MAIN LOAD MIXER PRESET 5 Loads the main mixer preset 5 224 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter none Reply OK MAIN AUTOPLAYLIST NAMES GET Gets all available names which can be selected as an AutoPlaylist Parameter none Reply string list of available AutoPlaylistNames one per line MAIN RELOAD LIBRARY Reloads all or a specific media library and optionally the script libraries Parameter medialib Reply OK ERROR If no medialib filename and path is specified all media libraries ar
414. oring Streaming the MON mixer channel serves as the streaming source channel External Mixer Microphone 1 A Microphone 2 Soundcard In3 gt jelz lla lt lolr ile lolo aE BEERE 6 fo 6 I JEJE T gt OutputTo Path DJ Player Standby Player Cardwall Player Streaming via MON PFL Player Quick Monitor Player Figure 33 Mixer Setup Example 6 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Adding Removing new Mixer Channels To add a new mixer channel either output or input right click on any existing mixer channel s name at the top of the mixer channel This will popup the mixer channel menu Within this menu you ll find an Add Mixer Channe item Figure 34 Mixer Channel Menu After selecting the Add Mixer ChanneK item a new mixer channel is added to the right of the list of existing mixer channels In order to remove an existing mixer channel you might select the Remove Mixer Channel menu item You need to confirm the removal of an existing mixer channel After adding removing a mixer channel it might be required to adjust the size of the mixer window resp the size of the output or input area in order to see all available mixer channels If the mixer channels doesn t fit all into their area scrollbars are automatically displayed Th
415. ote installing iTunes will also install the latest QuickTime version however iTunes is not required to be installed for AAC support http www apple com quicktime download For streaming AAC content e g to a SHOUT cast server ProppFrexx will use the Winamp media player libraries So make sure to install Winamp if you plan to stream in the AAC format Winamp can be downloaded here http www winamp com Credits This software uses portions of TagLib Copyright c 2006 by Brian Nickel lt brian nickel gmail com gt Taglib is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version TagLib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this program If not see http www gnu org licenses This software uses portions of fhgaacenc Copyright c 2011 tmkk lt tmkk smoug net gt RADIO42 Confidential 13 ProppFrexx ONAIR Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of fhgaacenc and associated documentation files to deal in fhgaacenc without restriction
416. ou use your iPhone or iPad as a remote controller using TouchOSC Multi Studio Support ProppFrexx ONAIR supports remoting in a multi studio environment If you RADIO42 Confidential 25 ProppFrexx ONAIR operate multiple studios ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to fully control each studio remotely from any other studio This includes scheduler and playlist control as well as controlling any remote mixer channel plus a special master and slave mode High Precision Synchronization ProppFrexx ONAIR allows you to define control commands and synchronize events with played out streams or to other events happening in the system This ensures full control over not only ProppFrexx ONAIR but also over other applications Even any number of track events can be defined which should be triggered if a specific position is reached eg to insert tracks within tracks etc Full Reporting and Logging Almost anything what ProppFrexx ONAIR is doing can be logged to freely configurable log files This should allow you to fulfill any internal or external reporting and regulatory requirements Automatic Recording and Automatic Sensing ProppFrexx ONAIR is capable to automatically record anything which is played out through any mixer channel input and output including various automatic sensing modes eg to only record if a signal is detected or above a certain threshold This enables you for example to record your entite program for archival pur
417. ound audio file the meta data TAGs are being read This means the TAGs are read for this audio file as such the file is opened and the TAGs e g ID3 APE WMA RIFF OGG whatsoever are being read in This scanning and TAG reading is done only once and initially when using a folder based media library Note that this might take some time depending on your harddisk speed Once all files in the respective folder s have been read in according to the above mentioned option a _synced_ pfp file is written to the defined media library folder This special playlist file now contains all tracks found in the respective folder incl and meta data read As such when you re start ProppFrexx ONAIR again it would reload your folder based media library again But instead of doing the scanning and TAG reading all over again this time ProppFrexx will actually first read the _synced_ pfp file if available and only scan the folder for changes or new audio files To monitor this background scanning and TAG reading process you might click on the small red Busy Indicator icon at the very left bottom of the main screen This will open a Worker Thread Status dialog Here you can monitor the number of outstanding background Entry TAG Reader tasks They should count down to 0 when all files have been fully read in As said the TAG reading is an initial task to read in all files initially from a newly defined folder based media library If you shutdown Pro
418. our element should repeat at 00 00 it will first be executed at 16 00 00 but not initially at 15 00 00 Note Setting an element time to exactly a script start time should be no problem but setting it close to a script start time might be problematic and might cause timing isues so that the element is started late after the real first script track as such elements would always be cued initially as a 2nd track E g avoid setting the start time to 00 01 if your script starts at e g 15 00 00 Repeat If checked the element will be repeated at every given next full minute and second else it will only be scheduled at the first occurrence of that time As Overlay If checked the element will be started in parallel to other playlist tracks else it will be started as a regual and separate entry like any other playlist entry An as overlay entry will not suspend the current track of the playlist and as such will be played in parallel to the other track s whereas a regular element will play as its own just like any other playlist item Attenuation If an element is defined as an overlay you can attenuate the volume of the current tracks playing in parallel This value defines the attenuation level in dB of the other tracks not this element Beside the above options a FixTime Element consists of the same parameters as a regular script line which are Mode Entry Count Option Filter see above RADIO42 Confidential 169 Pro
419. performed using Windows 1252 Latin or UTF8 encoding by default When selecting this option you can force title updates to be performed using UTF8 encoding Note Only set this property if you are sure that the streaming server supports title updates in UTF8 Artwork Enables or disables sending of in stream artwork pictures This sends artwork from the currently playing track to the server and acts in the same way as the album art view in most media players within ProppFrexx If there is no artwork for the playing track then the station logo may be sent if applicable Note Currently only used for SHOUTcast v2 servers where a Stream ID is specified 156 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Script and Scheduler Settings This category contains the configuration of script and scheduler settings Script Libraries s bn radio42 com Figure 113 Scripts Scheduler Configuration Script Libraries Script Library Path Specifies a directory which contains your scripting files pfs Each pfs file found will automatically be loaded and available within the scheduler programs Rescan Reload Rescans the Script Library Directory and reloads all Script Libraries Info Shows information about the loaded Script Libraries Song History The default size of the script library song history to ensure that not the same entry will be queried twice Set to 0 to disable the song history Additional Script Libra
420. playlist if you want to read the TAG data for those entries or not Note This has no effect if you have selected to always force TAG reading Perform TAG reading in Background If checked the TAG data reading will be performed in an independent background thread which will not block the user interface If not checked TAG data reading will be executed immediately Read TAG when Track becomes visible If checked the track s TAG data will be read once the track becomes visible within a playlist If not checked the track s TAG data will be read at least when a playlist entry will be selected Auto Save MetaData to TAG If checked meta data information cue points volume points the media entry type the entry options etc will automatically be saved to a special ProppFrexx TAG within the audio file Use MetaData Files pfmd If checked TAG information is also written to and read from a separate file which will have the same name as the audio file but uses the extension pftd Auto Save MetaData File pfmd If checked meta data information TAG and event data is automatically written to a separate file which will have the same name as the audio file but uses the extension pfmd Save WaveForm to File pfwf If checked a rendered WaveForm file will be saved along with the physical track file The WaveForm file gets the same name as the track with the extension pfwf Keep WaveForm with Playlist Entry If
421. playlist management and broadcasting application like ProppFrexx e g it is specialized on working with individual and parallel sound tracks to be recorded and arranged But the MCU doesn t contain features which are specific to broadcasting and playlist management like PFL TalkOver VoiceTracking multiple players cartwalls meta data editing playlist playback control and editing etc As a result there is no perfect way to provide a direct 1 1 mapping of the MCU protocol to the ProppFrexx functionality As such we have decided to leave the mapping of the Midi messages to related ProppFrexx control commands up to you this means more initial setup work for you but offers more flexibility and a better integration suited to your needs As said you might use the EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU resp EXEC_SEND MIDI2 MCU control command to transmit specific midi messages to the MCU Midi controller to update its state Here is the list of modes commands supported by this control command General Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU cmd paraml paramN EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU cmd paraml paramN Parameters cmd the command to send to the MCU controller param1 the 1 parameter related to the command paramN the Nt parameter related to the command As you can see the command describes the action to perform and each command has a variable list of parameters to be used along with the command Here comes the list of supported commands and it
422. ply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT see MIXER INPUT REC PAUSE ON Sets a mixer to REC PAUSE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT see MIXER INPUT REC PAUSE OFF Sets a mixer to NOT REC PAUSE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT see MIXER_INPUT_ADM GET Gets a mixers ASIO Direct Monitoring state Parameter mixername Reply bool True if set False if not If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM see MIXER _INPUT ADM TOGGLE Toggles a mixers ASIO Direct Monitoring state Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM see MIXER_INPUT_ADM_ ON Sets a mixer to ASIO Direct Monitoring ON Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM see MIXER_INPUT_ADM OFF Sets a mixer to ASIO Direct Monitoring OFF Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parame
423. points will be ignored SupressOverlay 0 When this flag is set and an Overlay or MODStream is about to start with the Sof start type this track will not be considered and the overlay will be delayed til the next track SuppressGloablLogging g Tracks having this flag set will not be considered for the global log file SuppressPlaylistLogging p Tracks having this flag set will not be considered for the playlist log file SupressBacktiming b Tracks having this flag set will not be considered during the backtime calculation of the playlist SkipDuringAutoPlay S When AwtoPiay is active this track should be skipped not being played UseHookCuePoints H Forces the track to use the defined hook cue points instead of the regular ones SupressTrackInsertTransition i Tracks having this flag set will not be considered for any automatic track insert transition even if their media entry type would qualify for that AutoPlayNext N When AutoPlay is not active and this track ends the next track will be played automatically regarless Note this option can also be used for Overlay Entries when ManualPlayout is active StopAutoPlay A AutoP ay will be deactivated StartAutoPlay a Au oPlay will be activated KeepStreamLoading 1 URL Tracks having this flag set will continue to try to establish a connection even if when loaded to a player and the URL stream is unavailable else the track will immed
424. ports playback of any supported audio track which might be local or network audio files http or ftp internet streams or even entire embedded playlists or containers 1 DJ Player Each playlist window has up to four DJ Players the actual number of DJ Players per playlist can be configured in the general configuration settings either 2 3 or 4 DJ Players are configurable The DJ Players are the main players of ProppFrexx ONAIR as they are used to play the tracks contained in a playlist window During automation these players are automatically used to play the tracks as defined in the related program script Each DJ Player can be freely routed independently to any available output mixer channel Each DJ Player has a multitude of features including tempo adjustments WaveForm display cue point and hot start support event execution scratching support reverse playback volume envelope support an own EQ and FX section a loop sampler etc yj VANNOANONODARGADOAYO OOTU AN ANOUN MUN N PM Freddie Hubbard feat Jeanie Tracy You re Gonna L a s ol 2 P vom 1411kbps PLAYING aN 1 y Pent ne te le EE Greg Gauthier amp Tony L feat Michelle Weeks J By Your Side Figure 20 The DJ Player Full Size and Medium Size Layout PFL Player The single PFL Player is available at any time and can be used to play any track from almost any location F11 The main use of the PFL Player is to pre listen to a track eg before it is ac
425. poses or to record the DJ voice talks only for later on air checks Modern User Interface The ProppFrexx ONAIR user interface comes as a modern ribbon control with a multiple document interface and a flexible docking manager This allows you to arrange any window to any location and of course also supports any multi monitor environment Skinnable User Interface ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with a skinnable user interface Over 30 skins allow you to customize the look and feel to your needs This also includes a high contrast skin for color blind people High DPI Awareness ProppFrexx ONAIR is high DPI aware The new Microsoft Windows operating systems like Vista Windows 7 or Server 2008 allow you to change the DPI resolution which in effect will display the ProppFrexx ONAIR user interface bigger or smaller This is again a huge advantage for visually handicapped people Integrated User Access Control ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated user access control allowing you to define any number of users and assign them to a user profile To each user profile you can assign roles rights and settings This allows you tailor what a user can do with ProppFrexx ONAIR during his daily operations while still using a single windows operating user account as every windows operating user sign on off operations might break the play out of your broadcast Integrated Scripting ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated scripting engine This allows
426. ppFrexx ONAIR Mote Stuff This category contains even more stuff to configure E More Stuff Figure 118 More Stuff Configuration RSS Message Center Web Browser RSS Feeds Specify the default RSS Feeds which should be available for all users Seperate multiple entries with a semicolon Each entry can be either only the http address of the feed or might be preceeded by an optional name of the feed followed by a pipe symbol E g http feeds reuters com reuters topNews or Reuters Top News http feeds reuters com reuters topNews Refresh RSS every Defines the rate in minutes how often the RSS Reader will refresh read the feed Set this value to 0 to disable automatic reftesh Open RSS Link in external Browser If checked external links to the RSS Feed will be opened in an external browser else they will be opened in the internal web browser Add Moderator Text to Message Center If checked and a new track is loaded to a DJ Player and the meta data of that track contains a moderator text this text will be added to the message center Add Alert Text to Message Center If checked any new alert and reminder message will be added to the message center Show Message Center on New Messages If checked and a new message is added to the message center the message center will be shown Open Web URLs in external Browser If checked web URLs will be opened in an external browser else they will be opened in
427. ppFrexx ONAIR before this scanning and TAG reading process has been fully finished ProppFrexx would save what it has so far scanned and continue with the next re start Advantages can be maintained automatically incl an auto watch feature new files copied to the folder are autom added average loading time Disadvantages long initial scanning time does not contain any meta data RADIO42 Confidential 175 ProppFrexx ONAIR Database based Media Libraries The list of media entries is determined by a special SQL database table or view each row in such a table references one media entry When a database based media library is loaded the resp table is selected and read in The table structue is defined in the Appendix Most columns are optional columns and thus could be null The meta data is defined as well in certain table columns Advantages fast loading time can be maintained manually Disadvantages might not contain meta data must be maintained manually additional SQL know how needed Remote Media Libraries A remote media library is a media library defined and existing on a ProppFrexx Media Library Server The ProppFrexx Media Library Server is a small application shipped with ProppFrexx ONAIR It s available only in certain editions The ProppFrexx Media Library Server can sit run on the same machine or on a different machine wthin your LAN and hosts any of the above media library
428. ption will result in highest sound quality If unchecked 16 Bit audio resolution is used Note Internal DSP FX processing will anyhow use full 32 Bit floating point precision So this setting only affects the data received from the input device Buffer The buffer length directly defines the latency of the audio signal A smaller buffer might decrease the latency but increases the chance that the recording might break WDM The buffer length in milliseconds 0 use default length see global settings ASIO The buffer length in samples 0 use default length see device panel WASAPI The buffer length in milliseconds 0 use default length see device panel Period The update period is the amount of time between updates of the recording buffer of the mixer channel Shorter update periods allow smaller buffers to be set but as the rate of updates increases so the overhead of setting up the updates becomes a greater part of the CPU usage Specify 0 to use the default update period Auto Start Recording If selected the mixer channel will automatically be recorded whenever ProppFrexx ONAIR starts up using the selected encoding profile see global settings for details Mute On Overlay If checked this input mixer channel is affected by overlays and mod streams being played During an overlay playback the input is faded out when the overlay has finished it will be faded in again Unmute On Talkover If checked this input mixer channel
429. putmixer6levelrhui the right level of the 6 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer7level the peak level of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tputmixer7levelhui the peak level of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer7level1 the left level of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 ou ou ou ou putmixer7levellhui the left level of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer7levelr the right level of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer7levelrhui the right level of the 7 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer8level the peak level of the 8 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer8levelhui the peak level of the 8 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer8levell the left level of the 8 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 tputmixer8levellhui the left level of the 8 output mixer as a string 0 12 outputmixer8levelr the right level of the 8 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer8levelrhui the right level of the 8 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer9level the peak level of the 9 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer9levelhui the peak level of the 9 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer9levell1 the left level of the 9 output mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 putmixer9levellhui the left level of the 9 output mixer as a string 0 12 putmixer9levelr the right level of the 9 output mixer as a
430. r Parameter none Reply OK ERROR subsequent commands NPUT_S Gl E t Q Oo Selects the 15th mixer for all mixer Parameter none Reply O ROR subsequent commands Gl wv EJ NPUT S Selects the 16th mixer for all mixer Parameter none Reply OK ERROR subsequent commands NPUT S Ta Gl CT_GET Gets the currently selected mixer for all commands Parameter none Reply mixername ERROR subsequent mixer MIXER INPUT VOLUME GET Gets a mixers volume value Parameter mixername Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and If no parameter is given the last selected input MIXER INPUT SELECT 1 0 OdB mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT VOLUME SET Sets a mixers volume value Parameter mixername volume Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT between 0 0 and 1 0 input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT VOLUME SLIDE Slides the mixers volume to a new value Parameter mixername volume between 0 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected MIXER INPUT SELECT and 1 0 input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT VOLUME CHANGE Changes a mixers volume by a delta value Parameter mixername volumedelta between 1 0 Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input MIXER INPUT SELE
431. r e g an hourly sweeper or station id or even a fixed interval of special anouncements etc FixTime Elements however are not useful if you want to play items at a certain time of the day as only the minute and second part qualifies a FixTime Elements and the hour part is determined by the time the script lines are effectively executed in such case you might use regular program scheduler entries or the overlay scheduler The following dialog allows you to define FixTime Elements for a script xed Suspend Random overlay Figure 117 FixTime Script Elements Dialog A FixTime Element has the following properties Fixed Element Time mm ss The minute and second part at which the element should be scheduled next to the script execution time E g 30 00 will schedule the element at the next half hour time slot 168 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Start Type Defines if the element should start exactly at the defined Time Fixed or if it might be delayed Soft In case of Soft start the remaining playtime of a currently playing track will be evaluated If the remaining playtime is less than the given Maximum Delay the current track will play til the end until this element is started If the remaining time is bigger than the Maximum Delay the current track is stopped immediately and the element starts on time Maximum Delay When an element is defined as soft start so it doesn t have to start at
432. r C of an open playlist to the Cue In position Parameter playlist Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT REWIND D Rewinds the current track of Player D of the current playlist to the Cue In position Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REWIND D Rewinds the current track of Player D of an open playlist to the Cue In position Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT RESET A Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player A of the current playlist to all defaults Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS RESET _A Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player A of an open playlist to all defaults Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT RESET B Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player B of the current playlist to all defaults Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS_RESET_B Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player B of an open playlist to all defaults Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT RESET C Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player C of the current playlist to all defaults Parameter none Reply OK ERROR 248 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX PLS RESET C Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player C of an open playlist to all defaults Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT RESET D Rewinds and Resets the current track of Player D of the current playlist to all defaults
433. r output channel the DJ Player C is routed to MAIN ROUTE _DJD_GET Gets the routing for the DJ Player D Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the DJ Player D is routed to MAIN ROUTE_PFL_GET Gets the routing for the PFL Player Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the PFL Player is routed to MAIN ROUTE STANDBY GET Gets the routing for the Standby Players Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the Standby Players are routed to MAIN ROUTE OVERLAY GET Gets the routing for the Overlay Players Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the Overlay Players are routed to MAIN _ROUTE_QUICKMONITOR_GET Gets the routing for the QuickMonitor Player Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the QuickMonitor Player is routed to MAIN ROUTE CW1_GET Gets the routing for the Parameter none Cartwall I Players 222 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the Cartwall I Players are routed to MAIN ROUTE _CW2_GET Gets the routing for the Cartwall II Players Parameter none Reply string the name of the mixer output channel the Cartwall II Players are routed to MAIN ROUTE DJA_SET Changes the routing for the DJ Player A Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR mixername the name of the mixer output channel to
434. r the 4 output mixer is SND active for the 5 output mixer is SND active for the 6 output mixer is SND active for the 7 output mixer is SND active for the 8 output mixer is SND active for the 9t output mixer is REC active for the 1 output mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is REC active for the 2 output mixer is REC active for the 3 output mixer is REC active for the 4 output mixer is REC active for the 5 output mixer is REC active for the 6 output mixer is REC active for the 7 output mixer is REC active for the 8 output mixer is REC active for the 9 output mixer 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 1s mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 2 4 mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 3rd mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 4 mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 5t mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 6 mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 7 mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 8t mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is AutoRec active for 9 mixer 1 Tru
435. r volume is faded down to the defined TalkOver volume during TalkUser else the master volume is left unchanged even if TalkUser sets TalkOver is enabled Pause Playlist during TalkUser If checked the current playlist will be paused during talk over At TalkUser ON AutoPlay OFF FadeOut Pause current track At TalkUser OFF AutoPlay ON Play next track Fade Time The time in milliseconds to use when fading out the current playlist track at TalkUser ON resp the soundbed track at TalkUser OFF MixIn Time The time in milliseconds to wait when TalkUser is activated before the master volume is faded down and the soundbed track starts to play e g to allow a current playlist track to fade out Note The user specific OnTalkUserON event is triggered after the MixIn Time MixOut Time The time in milliseconds to wait when TalkUser is deactivated before the master volume is faded back in and the current playlist resumes to play e g to allow the soundbed track to fade out Note The user specific OnTalkUserON event is triggered before the MixOut Time Soundbed Track The soundbed track is an audio track which will be played looped as a background track while TalkUser is active Attenuation The dB value to use to lower the volume of the soundbed track 76 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The above On Ta kUser ON OFF events allow you to assign a complete and individual sequence of control commnds
436. r was already running it will be restarted GPIO STOP _IOWARRIORSERVER Stops the I O Warrior Remote Control Server ERROR GP O START VELL EMANSERVER Starts the Velleman Remote Control Server ERROR If the Velleman Server was already running it will be restarted GPIO_STOP_VELLEMANSERVER Stops the Velleman Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR GPIO_START_DRATRENCESERVER Starts the DRAirence Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR If the DRAirence Server was already running it will be restarted GPIO_STOP_DRAIRENCESERVER Stops the DRAirence Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR GPIO START DRAIRLITESERVER Starts the DRAirlite Remote Control Server Reply OK ERROR If the DRAirlite Server was already running it will be restarted GPIO_STOP_DRAIRLITESERVER Stops the DRAirlite Remote Control Server ERROR WEB GOTO AD DRESS Loads a web page to the integrated web browser Parameter url Reply OK ERROR SHOW ALERT WINDOW Shows an alert window with a certain caption and text Parameter caption text Reply OK ERROR v ET MESSAGECENTER MESSAGE Adds a text to the message center Parameter message Reply OK ERROR v ET_TRACKINFO TEXT Shows the content of a file into the track info window Parameter filename Reply OK ERROR T i he text content of the given filename will be shown in the track nfo window SHOW CO
437. rHreH HHH HH 5 O T O QP S S S a On Oe S e AS AS S S 2 3A ge O Oo TO Q ue cpl cpl cpl cpl cpl cpl Y 0 ltrackbpma ltrackbpmb ltrackbpmc ltrackbpmd ltrackdura ltrackdura ltrackdura ltrackdura ltrackdura ltrackdura ltrackplaytimecurrent the current track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut ltrackplaytimenext the next track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut ltrackplay ltrackplay ltrackplay ltrackplaytimed the track s effective play time CueIn to CueOut of DJ Player D ltrackramp ltrackramp ltrackramp ltrackramp ltrackoutrotimecurrent the current track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut ltrackoutrotimenext the next track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut ltrackoutrotimea the track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut of DJ Player A ltrackoutrotimeb the track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut of DJ Player B ltrackoutrotimec the track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut of DJ Player C ltrackoutrotimed the track s outro time Outro to Next CueOut of DJ Player D Ltrackalbumartcurrent the current track s album art picture base64 encoded ltrackalbumartnext the next track s album art picture base64 encoded ltrackalbumarta the track s album art picture base64 encoded of DJ Player A Ltrackalbumartb the track s album art picture base64 encoded of DJ Player B ltrackalbumartc the track s album art picture b
438. rack When Use Fading is enabled the track will stop at this position with a silent volume level and is faded from the fade out position When Use Fading is disabled the track is not faded and ends with the full volume level So this category contains the configuration of all mixing parameters Figure 82 Mixing Fading Configuration Automatic Cue Point Detection ACPD Fade In Length Minimum Maximum Defines the minimum and maximum fade in duration in milliseconds The Fu Leve position is determined by these settings A slow rise of the audio level after Cue In means a short fade in time minimum is used An abrupt rise of the audio level means a long fade in time maximum is used resp any value in between might be determined Fu Level Cue In Fade In Length Cue In dB Defines the audio level in dB which should be used to identify any silence at the beginning of a track The Cue In position will be set to the position where the audio level first reaches this value Mix Delay Time Defines the time in milliseconds between the current track starts to fade out and the new track starts to play Thus this value defines the Fade Out resp the Next position whichever comes first The distance between Fade Out and Next will be limited to the Mix Delay time Total Mix Time Cue Out this Cue In next Next dB Defines the audio level in dB which should be used to identify the next track position at the end of a track
439. rackalbumd the track s meta data album name of DJ Player D cpltrackgenrecurrent the current track s meta data genre string cpltrackgenrenext the next track s meta data genre string cpltrackgenrea the track s meta data genre string of DJ Player A cpltrackgenreb the track s meta data genre string of DJ Player B cpltrackgenrec the track s meta data genre string of DJ Player C cpltrackgenred the track s meta data genre string of DJ Player D cpltrackyearcurrent the current track s meta data year string cpltrackyearnext the next track s meta data year string cpltrackyeara the track s meta data year string of DJ Player A cpltrackyearb the track s meta data year string of DJ Player B cpltrackyearc the track s meta data year string of DJ Player C cpltrackyeard the track s meta data year string of DJ Player D cpltrackgroupingcurrent the current track s meta data grouping string cpltrackgroupingnext the next track s meta data grouping string cpltrackmoodcurrent the current track s meta data mood string cpltrackmoodnext the next track s meta data mood string cpltrackratingcurrent the current track s meta data rating string cpltrackratingnext the next track s meta data rating string RADIO42 Confidential 283 ProppFrexx ONAIR wruwnrnnnn7n7n7n7Anrn7nnnnnHnHnHrYNYeHrenHenrnennnn nrHrHnAeHrenAnrennHnHnHYHYeHYrHeHeHnHreHnHneHnHnH H HHHHeHY
440. racks of a playlist automatically This is done by calculating all relevant cue points automatically whenever a track is loaded to a DJ Player this is called Automatic Cue Point Detection ACPD The relevant mixing cue points are Cue In Defines the position of the track where playback starts to skip silence at the beginning of a track When Use Fading is enabled the track will start at this position with a silent volume level and is then ramped to the full level position When Use Fading is disabled the track is not ramped at starts here with the full volume level Full Level Defines the position when a fade in operation should reach the full volume level When Use Fading is enabled the track is ramped between the cue in and the full level position When Use Fading is disabled this cue point has no effect RADIO42 Confidential 117 ProppFrexx ONAIR Next Defines the position when playback of the next track in the playlist should start the next track starts playback again at its own cue in position Fade Out Defines the position when the track should be faded out until it reaches the cue out position When Use Fading is enabled the track is faded between this and the cue out position When Use Fading is disabled this cue point has no effect Cue Out Defines the position of the track where playback should stop and the track will be unloaded if configured this to skip silence at the end of a t
441. rameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REMOVEWHENPLAYED ON Set an open playlist to REMOVEWHENPLAYED Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT REMOVEWHENPLAYED OF Sets the current playlist to MARKWHENPLAYED E Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REMOVEWHENPLAYED OFF Sets an open playlist to MARKWHENPLAYED Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD PLAYLIST Loads a new playlist file to the current playlist clears all old entries Parameter filename on server Reply OK ERROR Should normally only be used directly after PLS CURRENT NEW PLS CURRENT APPEND PLAYLIST Appends a playlist file to the current playlist Parameter filename on server Reply OK ERROR Must denote a server sided filename PLS CURRENT APPEND FILE Appends an audio file to the current playlist Parameter filename on server Reply OK ERROR Must denote a server sided filename or guid PLS APPEND F ILE Appends an audio file to a playlist Parameter playlistname filename Reply OK ERROR Must denote a server sided filename or guid PLS CURRENT APPEND RANDOM Appends random audio file s from a media library to the current playlist Parameter autoplaylistname count Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available AutoPlaylistNames use MAIN AUTOPLAYLIST NAMES GET PLS CURRENT ADDSELECTED TOPLS Adds the currently selected tracks from the current playlist to another playlist
442. rameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR RADIO42 Confidential 247 ProppFrexx ONAIR las LS CURRENT LOAD C NEXT Loads the next free track to Player C of the current playlist Parameter none Reply O RROR Gl PLS LOAD C_ NEXT Loads the next free track to Player C of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT LOAD D NEXT Loads the next free track to Player D of the current playlist Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS LOAD D_ NEXT Loads the next free track to Player D of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT REWIND A Rewinds the current track of Player A of the current playlist to the Cue In position Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REWIND A Rewinds the current track of Player A of an open playlist to the Cue In position Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT REWIND B Rewinds the current track of Player B of the current playlist to the Cue In position Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REWIND B Rewinds the current track of Player B of an open playlist to the Cue In position Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT REWIND C Rewinds the current track of Player C of the current playlist to the Cue In position Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS REWIND C Rewinds the current track of Playe
443. rce Speaker Assignment If checked the windows control panel setting is used to detect the number of speakers for a soundcard WDM drivers only Only use this option if the correct number of supported speakers cannot automatically be detected due to bad drivers Async WM Decoder The windows media decoder wma can by synchronous decodes data on demand or asynchronous decodes in the background With the background decoding the data received from the WM decoder is buffered Application Application Priority Defines the thread priority for the user interface User Agent The User Agent request header sent to a server when an internet stream will be opened played Proxy Settings The proxy server settings in the form of user pass server port Specify to not use any proxy Specify an empty string to use the default proxy settings If only the wserspass part is specified then those authorization credentials are used with the default proxy server If only the server porf part is specified then that proxy server is used without any authorization credentials UI Performance The user interface performance defines the update frequency of various user controls mainly the peak level meters More frequent updates means a higher CPU usage High UI updates are more frequent Medium UI updates are medium frequent Low UI updates are less frequent Note For some controls the changes take only effect after a restart of
444. rce you to use any encoder nor forces you to install a certain one It leaves it fully to your responsibility and decision to use purchase and license the encoder of your choice The following encoder types don t need any additional configuration if installed and present on your machine ProppFrexx ONAIR might be able to determine its configuration automatically e WAV using a build in encoder incl support for BWF and RF64 e WMA using the Windows Media Foundation WMA encoder e OGG using the Ogg Vorbis encoder oggenc2 exe e MP2 using the TwoLAME encoder twolame exe e AACplus using the Winamp AAC encoder streaming only e FLAC using the FLAC encoder flac exe e MPC using the MPC encoder mpcenc exe or mppenc exe e ACM using any installed Windows Audio Compression Manager encoder Some encoders might require a license in order to use them legally to be obtained by you Please make sure to not infringe any patents or licenses RADIO42 Confidential 123 ProppFrexx ONAIR In addition to the above encoders ProppFrexx ONAIR might support the following encoder types which might require some additional configuration These ate e MP3 using any MP3 command line encoder of your choice e g lame exe or mp3sEncoder exe or any other encoder which supports reading sample data from STDIN and outputting the encoded data to STDOUT e CMDLN using any other available command line encoder of your choice the enco
445. re to re define or delete the recurrence settings A recurring program will be repeated in defined intervals If a program is not recurring it will only be executed once Control Commands Click here to define program specific control commands which will be executed whenever a program is started suspended resumed or stopped RADIO42 Confidential 193 ProppFrexx ONAIR Overlay Programs ate somewhat special as it allows you to define special program entries which are running in parallel to an existing program but suspend the currently running one E g if you want to define a news or advertising block which should start at 14 15 00 a clock you might define a second program in parallel to an existing one which for example starts at 14 00 00 and ends at 15 00 00 This second parallel program might now be defined as an Overlay As such the currently running program script will be suspended for the time of the overlay program Once the overlay program finishes the suspended program will be continued Using Scripts 6 Random T allsoul 1 None Figure 121 The Script Editor Name Defines a unique name of the script used to identify a script from a Program Script Mode Defines in which order the script lines are executed Sequential The lines are executed one after the other Once the end is reached it is started at the beginning again Random The lines are executed in random order Reload Defines which
446. ream to a SHOUT cast server in lets say 128kbps quality and in parallel also in 64kbps quality this would require to define two streaming servers Each streaming server streams the audio signal of a mixer channel one streaming server streams the audio signal of exactly one mixer channel whereas any other streaming server can stream the audio signal of the same or another mixer channel Make sure to configure your mixer setup in such a way that you have a mixer channel available which carries exactly the signal you want to stream In order to stream in MP3 or AACplus you must have installed and or licensed the appropriate encoder e g lame exe or Winamp in order to stream to a broadcast server See the chapter Encoding and Recording Settings above for more details The mixer channel being used as the source device for streaming might be muted RADIO42 Confidential 153 ProppFrexx ONAIR as the streaming server picks up the signal pre fading but after all DSPs have been applied Streaming Server This list contains all configured streaming servers Each entry represents one stream to be broadcasted Add Adds a new streaming server to the list of broadcast servers Remove Removes the selected streaming server from the list of available broadcast servers Edit Lets you configure all the details of the selected streaming server like the type of server the encoder etc see below for details Source Device
447. ress string oscdatal the OSC datal value as a string oscdata2 the OSC data2 value as a string oscdata3 the OSC data3 value as a string oscdatalaspan the OSC datal as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 oscdata3aspan the OSC data3 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 S oscdata2aspan the OSC data2 as a pan value string 1 0 1 0 S oscdatalasgain the OSC datal as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 oscdataZasgain the OSC data2 as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 S oscdata3asgain the OSC data3 as a gain value string 15 0 15 0 Receive Example Your external OSC client sends the following data 1 fader 0 5 You defined the following mapping to match this Address 1 fader Datal ANY 0 Data2 ANY 0 And assign this control command MIXER_OUTPUT_VOLUME_SET OUT1 oscdatal Which results to the following MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 0 5 Send Example In order to send a message to a remote OSC client you can use the EXEC SEND OSC control command When you want to set the fader value of the same OSC address to the current output mixer volume value you might use the following control command EXEC _ SEND OSC 1 fader f outputmixerlvolume Which results to the following OSC message 1 fader 0 5 Note that the f prefix will send a float value as the
448. retrieval Quick Monitor Position Indicates the position of the track currently loaded to the quick monitor player CZick to change the position QM Play Plays the track currently loaded to the Quick Monitor Player C Q QM Pause Pauses the track currently loaded to the Quick Monitor Player Shiftt Cil Q QM Stop Stops the track currently loaded to the Quick Monitor Player QM Fast Rewind Performs a fast rewind of the track currently loaded to the Quick Monitor Player by 10sec Key Lef QM Fast Forward Performs a fast forward of the track currently loaded to the Quick Monitor Player by 10sec Key Righ Add to QuickList Adds the track currently loaded to the Quick Monitor Player to its quick list Quick Monitor Caption Arrow Click on the small arrow icon at the lower right of the Quick Monitor Player caption to open the quick player list containing tracks you added to the quick list 2009 12 30 00 00 00 2009 12 30 03 00 00 2009 12 30 03 00 00 2009 12 30 08 00 00 Figure 17 The Scheduler Control Ribbon Page Scripts Shows all defined scripts Scheduler Shows the OnAir Scheduler Run Scheduler Runs or Stops the Scheduler If running the programs scripts within the scheduler are automatically executed at their defined times Shift F4 Current Program When the scheduler is running the currently active program and script together with their start and end time are shown Next Program When the sche
449. ries C ck here to manage your loaded script libraries or to add individual script libraries e g if they are not located within your script library path see below for details Global Song History Global Song History The size of the global song history to ensure that not the same entry will be queried twice Set to 0 to disable the global song history Note Extended history checking is based on the global song history A Lej C ick opens the Song History Editor allowing you to view and edit the current global song history entries More Global History Options C ck here to define more options for the global song history checking Figure 114 Global Song History Options RADIO42 Confidential 157 ProppFrexx ONAIR Use Extended History Check If checked an extended history check is performed which also checks for duplicate Artist and or Album entries If disable only duplicate Track file name entries are checked Use Strict Checks If checked the extended history checks are performed using exact case sensitive comparisons else a relaxed case insensitive comparisons is used Examples Strict Luther would not match luther Luther would not match Luther feat Jay Z Relaxed Luther would match luther Luther would match Luther feat Jay Z Force TAG Reading If checked reading meta data for tracks having no TAG data read in so far will be enforced else the extended history will not
450. river to create a virtual sub bus mixer channel This channel is further routed to the OUT output mixer channel OUT only the PLAY mixer channel is routed to this mixer channel for standard play out This channel uses eg the 1st soundcard device which is connected to the external mixer MON all inputs are routed to this mixer channel and such it carries the final mix down it might be connected back to the external mixer to monitor what is effectively being on aired eg using the 2nd soundcard device PLF the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for monitoring This channel uses eg the 3rd soundcard device which is connected to the external mixer Input Mixer Channels INP this input is further routed to the MON output mixer channel This channel uses eg a line in soundcard recording device and receives the final mix down of the external mixer as the input signal MIC7 this input is further routed to the MON output mixer channel This channel uses eg the 1st microphone soundcard recording device Monitoring of the microphone via the PFL channel can be done using the SND function of this input mixer channel or hardware monitoring MIC2 this input is also further routed to the MON output mixer channel This channel uses eg the 2nd microphone soundcard recording device Monitoring of the microphone via the PFL channel can be done using the SND function of this input mixer channel or hardware monit
451. rmation about a logial track e g as loaded by a media library It keeps the following information the only mandatory attribute is the Fi ename all other attributes are optional When a media library resp the related media entries are loaded whatever TAG and meta data is available will be loaded with it as available from the media library source If no TAG or meta data is available from the related media library source these missing information might need to be obtained at a later stage see the TAG and Meta Data Reading chapter below 1 Always available data Filename The fully qualified path and filename location URI UNC of the physical file The extension of the file name might determine the format and type of media entry E g any supported audio file extension will denote a playable audio entry any supported playlist extension will denote a playable embedded playlist entry a recognized document extension txt rtf html docx odt or any other extension will denote a non playable entry The prefix http or ftp of an audio file might denote if the audio should be streamed rather than directly played Depending on the type of media library being used the file name might be converted into a fully qualified file name and path as needed in general ProppFrexx ONAIR supports absolute and relative locations as well as UNC paths Playlist based Media Libraries If the file name given in the playlist is in relative notations
452. rrent playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAY NEXTNOFADE Plays the next track and ejects the current track of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT PLAY NEXTONLY Plays the next track only of the current playlist does not stop current Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS PLAY NEXTONLY Plays the next track only of an open playlist does not stop current Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECT CURRENT EjJects the current track in the current Player of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional if given it denotes the fade out time in ms PLS EJECT CURRENT Ejects the current track in the current Player of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter playlistname fadetime Reply OK ERROR The fadetime parameter is optional if given it denotes the fade out time in ms PLS CURRENT EJECTNOFADE CURRENT EjJects the current track in the current Player of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECTNOFADE CURRENT Ejects the current track in the current Player of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR RADIO42 Confidential 241 ProppFrexx ONAIR PLS CURRENT REWIND CURRENT Rewinds the current track in th
453. rt in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY_CART_6 Plays Pauses the 6th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_7 Plays Pauses the 7th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_8 Plays Pauses the 8th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_9 Plays Pauses the 9th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_10 Plays Pauses the 10th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_11 Plays Pauses the 11th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_12 Plays Pauses the 12th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_13 Plays Pauses the 13th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY_CART_14 Plays Pauses the 14th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_15 Plays Pauses the 15th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY_CART_16 Plays Pauses the 16th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_17 Plays Pauses the 17th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_18 Plays Pauses the 18th Cart in the Cartwall and only
454. rt_yyyy the program start year 4 digits 0000 9999 start_yy the program start year 2 digits 00 99 start _MM the program start month 2 digits 00 12 start _dd the program start day 2 digits 00 31 start dow the program start day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday start_week the program start Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 S S S tart_HH the program start hour 2 digits 00 23 tart_mm the program start minute 2 digits 00 59 tart_ss the program start second 2 digits 00 59 end_yyyy the program end year 4 digits 0000 9999 end_yy the program end year 2 digits 00 99 end_MM the program end month 2 digits 00 12 end_dow the program end day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday end_week the program end Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 end_dd the program st end art day 2 digits 00 31 end_HH the program end hour 2 digits 00 23 end_mm the program end minute 2 digits 00 59 end_ss the program end second 2 digits 00 59 fixstart the elements start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss fix_yyyy the elements start year 4 digits 0000 9999 fix_yy the elements start year 2 digits 00 99 fix _MM the elements start month 2 digits 00 12 fix dow the elements start day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday fix _week the elements start Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 fix dd the elements start day 2 digits 00 31 fix HH the elements
455. s system settings in the Windows sound management e g you might want to disable the playback capability of an input device or disable the microphone amplification and or certain input effects To do so open the Szart Menu and then click on Control Panel In the Large Icon View click on the Sound options or select Manage Audio Devices In the Sound dialog select the Recording tab For each recording device listed which you might want to use from within ProppFrexx right click on it and select Properties In the properties dialog of that input device select the Listen User Defined or Advanced tab and make the necessary changes Other Things Avoid connecting soundcard devices to USB FireWire hubs Avoid running any unneeded programs at the same time as ProppFrexx Turn off any software utilities that run in the background such as Windows Messenger calendars and disk maintenance programs Turn off any non essential USB devices while running ProppFrexx If your video display card supports it enable Bus Mastering in the manufacturer s Control Panel Finally Make sure to use a sufficient Playback Buffer If you experience dropouts during playback this might be an indication that your output buffer size is too small In such case try to increase the output playback buffer of your soundcard This can either be done directly within ProppFrexx using the mixer channel device configuration dialog or sometime within the soundcards driver panel
456. s Out all Carts in Parameter none Reply OK ERROR the Cartwall I if playing CW1l_ STOP_ALLSELECTED Stops Pauses Parameter Reply OK ERROR all selected Carts in the Cartwall I if playing CW1_STOP_ALL Stops Pauses Parameter Reply OK ERROR in the Cartwall I if playing CW1_ TOGGLE LOOP ALLSELECTED Toggles the Parameter loop state none for all selected Carts in the Cartwall I Reply OK ERROR CW2_OUTPUTVOLUME GET Gets the output volume value of the Cartwall I Parameter none Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB CW2_ OUTPUTVOLUME SET Sets the output volume value of the Cartwall II Parameter float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB Reply OK ERROR CW2_ OUTPUTPAN GET Gets the output balance value of the Cartwall II Parameter none Reply float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right CW2_OUTPUTPAN SET Sets the output balance value of the Cartwall II Reply OK ERROR Parameter float pan between 1 0 left and 1 0 right CW2_OUTPUT_GET Gets the output mixer o Parameter none Reply string f the Cartwall II output mixer name CW2_OUTPUT_SET Sets the output mixer o Parameter string mix Reply OK ERROR f the Cartwall II ername To get a list of available output mixernames see MIXER OUTPUT NAMES GET CW2 PLAYLIST NAMES GET
457. s and one input mixer channel all using the windows default soundcard device with the WDM DirectSound interface This is almost not what you really want The mixer setup contains two different steps 1 setting up the mixer channels 2 setting up the routing of the players to the mixer channels The first step is described in this chapter The setup of the routing is further described in the chapter General Configuration Settings Output Mixer Channels Input Mixer Channels a main Mixer OE Pee toaa Main Channel Strip E Be Be IE Oe Oe Figure 27 The Main Mixer Window You can define any number of output mixer channels and any number of input mixer channels An output mixer channel connects any of the ProppFrexx ONAIR internal players the DJ Players the PFL Player the Quick Monitor Player the Cartwall Players the Standby Players the MODStream Player the Overlay Player etc with a physical soundcard output An input mixer channel connects a physical soundcard input and servers as a recording channel The main channel strip hosts additional mixer functionalities and also represents a global volume control which effects all output mixer channels but not the inputs Each mixer channel is identified by a unique name and represents a stereo mixer Depending on your requirements and how you want to use ProppFrexx ONAIR resp how you want to embed it to your existing environment you might r
458. s dedicated parameters to be used Move Fader fader The MCU has 7 channel faders identified by the ID 0 thru 7 and one master fader identified by the ID 8 Use this command to move a fader to a certain position 0 0 minimum bottom thru 1 0 maximum top Syntax RADIO42 Confidential 309 ProppFrexx ONAIR EXEC SEND MIDI MCU fader id vol max EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU fader id vol max Parameters id int fader id 0 7 or 8 master vol float fader position volume 0 0 min thru 1 0 max max optional int the maximum fader midi value representing 0 dB or 1 0 If not given a maximum midi value of 16383 is assumed A fader volume within ProppFrexx ranges from infinite dB silent or 0 0 to 0 dB maximum or 1 0 The MCU midi fader volume range is always between 0 and 16383 however MCU doesn t define any specific upper fader range While a midi value of 0 always represents infinite dB silent or 0 0 the upper range limit 16383 might even define values above 0 dB To compensate for this fact you might specify a max parameter defining this upper fader range midi value representing the 0 dB value When given this ax value is used as the maximum midi value to be send to the MCU controller reflecting the maximum ProppFrexx volume level of 0 dB 1 0 Example 1 EXEC_SEND MIDI MCU fader 8 mainvolume Moves the master fader to the position as reflected by the macro
459. s seeking overhead but larger spikes used when a track is played reverse 92 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Update Period The update period is the amount of time between updates of the playback buffers of channels WDM driver only Shorter update periods allow smaller buffers to be set but as the rate of updates increases so the overhead of setting up the updates becomes a greater part of the CPU usage This value will only be used when the WDM driver is used and you have not specified any period value in the mixer channel device configuration settings resp used a period value of 0 Audio Threads The number of threads to use for updating playback buffers WDM driver only The number of update threads determines how many playback buffers can be updated in parallel each thread can process one stream at a time Additional threads can be used to take advantage of multiple CPU cores There is generally nothing much to be gained by creating more threads than there are CPU cores but one benefit of using multiple threads even with a single CPU core is that a slow updating stream need not delay the updating of other stream ASIO and WASAPI drivers use their own driver specific threading model Downmix If the source eg an audio track played with an internal player has more channels than the mixer output which is always stereo then a stereo down mix is created else only the front left and right channels are use
460. se profiles according to your current need amp b ProppFrexx ONAR Setup Wizard e ProppFrexx Mixer Setup Q ProppFrexx ONAIR Wizard completed You have successfully finished the setup wizard steps To apply the defined settings dick on Finish Profile Internal OnAir You might specify a mixer profile name to save the settings under Figure 9 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard Step 7 The mixer setup wizard will not be able to create a perfect setup for all environments Eg some users might want to create an individual real output instead of virtual for all DJ Players or even add more mixer channels In these cases select the best matching setup and adjust the mixer setup manually as explained in the following chapters Also note that you might run the mixer setup wizard again at any time later To do so just select the Mixer Setup Wizard menu item within the He p menu which is located at the top right of the main window RADIO42 Confidential 37 ProppFrexx ONAIR Registering ProppFrexx ONAIR When you launch ProppFrexx ONAIR for the very first time or have never so far registered it you will be asked to register your copy It is recommended to register your ProppFrexx ONAR license upon purchase Note that there are three different registrations modes available 1 Normal Registration The Ident Number is tied to your local machine 2 Harddisk Registration The Ident Number is t
461. sed the assigned control command s are executed which allows maximum flexibility Entries to these log files are created via the following control commands EXEC_WRITE_GLOBAL_LOG EXEC_WRITE PLAYLIST _LOG By default the EXEC_WRITE PLAYLIST _LOG control command is assigned to the system related OnTrackPlay event The above mentioned control commands take one parameter as an argument which denote the log filename to write to Using the same filename subsequently results in appending new entries to that respective log file Changing the log filename parameter results in creating a new log file and closing the previously used log file As such a log file will only be created and written to if you fire one of the above control commands from within the ProppFrexx event mechanism Log files are plain line oriented text files which might contain a header and a trailer line as well as any number of detail log entries The format of each entry is freely configurable via the following settings and macros The macros which might be used are defined in the Appendix Control Command Macros and are replaced at runtime with the appropriate values from the respective sender eg the track s meta data If you want to log your playlist or global events to any other target than a text file eg a database web site or dedicated application you might e g use one of following control commands EXEC_SEND_TCP EXEC SEND HTTP
462. see below into the internal ProppFrexx Standard Playlist Format pfp Supported Media Formats ProppFrexx ONAIR supports the following audio and playlist formats this includes local as well as network files and internet streaming formats in HTTP and FTP Playback decoding Mpeg Layer I III MP3 MP2 MP1 Wave and Broadcast Wave Format WAV AIFF BWF incl RF64 BEXT CART Ogg Vorbis OGG Windows Media Format WMA WMV Free Lossless Audio Codec FLAC Monkey s Audio APE Musepack MPC Advanced Audio Codec AAC AAC MP4 M4A Dolby Digital AC3 Apple Loosless ALAC Speex SPX True Type Audio TTA Opus Interactive Audio OPUS Audio CD CDA MIDI MOD Music Recording encoding Playlists MP3 via external command line encoder MP2 Wave and Broadcast Wave Format Format WAV BWF incl RF64 BEXT CART Ogg Vorbis OGG Windows Media Format WMA Advanced Audio Codec AAC MP4 M4A via external command line encoder Free Lossless Audio Codec FLAC Musepack MPC Opus Interactive Audio OPUS Windows Audio Compression Manager ACM Any other external command line encoder ProppFrexx Standard Playlist pfp Winamp Playlist m3u m3u8 Standard Playlist pls iTunes Library xml Windows Media Playlist wpl Sharable Playlist Format xspf 30 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR e Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language smil e mAirList
463. ser 13 command Parameter none Reply O ti W Bs O ps Gl A D Executes the user 14 command Parameter none Reply O EXEC_COMMAND US H T ve O v EXEC_COMMAND _US az A Oo Executes the user 15 command Parameter none Reply O ti ps ve O v Gl wv oO Executes the user 6 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND US EXEC COMMAND US Gl A N Executes the user 7 command 220 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_18 Executes the user 18 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND USER_19 Executes the user 19 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_20 Executes the user 20 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND USER_21 Executes the user 21 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_22 Executes the user 22 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_23 Executes the user 23 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND USER_24 Executes the user 24 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_25 Executes the user 25 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND USER_26 Executes the user 26 command Parameter none Reply OK ERROR EXEC_COMMAND_USER_27 Executes the user 27 comman
464. server to start STREAMING SERVER _STOP Stops a streaming server Parameter servername Reply OK ERROR servername the name of the streaming server to stop STREAMING SERVERS GET Gets a list of all streaming server names Reply string list of streaming server names one per line STREAMING SERVER_ISCONNECTED Gets if a streaming server is currently started and connected Parameter servername Reply bool True if connected False if not servername the name of the streaming server to check STREAMING SERVER _CHANGESOURCE Changes the source mixer channel of a streaming server 278 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter mixername servername Reply OK ERROR mixername the mixer channel name to use servername the name of the streaming server to change if missing all servers are changed STREAMING SETSONGTITLE Sets the song title for streaming servers Parameter songtitle servername Reply OK ERROR songtitle the song title to set servername the name of the streaming server to update if missing all servers are updated STREAMING SETSONGTITLE2 Sets the song title for streaming servers based on individual attributes Parameter Attribute value Attribute value Servername servername Reply OK ERROR Attribute value the song title attribute to set e g Title titlevalue or Artist artistvalue Servername servername the name of th
465. sing side effects So if you want better scratching effects you should disable the master tempo CDJ Pause Does Pause If enabled the PLAY PAUSE button of the DJ and PFL Player does really pause the playback else it will toggle between cueing mode stuttering and playback Auto ReplayGain Calculation If enabled the replay gain values will automatically be calculated for tracks not having any replay gain values set so far Note This applies only to tracks loaded to the DJ or PFL Player Show Ramp Time when Cued If the current track position is within the Ramp resp Outro time the DJ and PFL Player will show the remaining ramp outro time If this option is NOT selected it will only be displayed when the current track is actually playing Double Click Start CW I CW II If checked the cartwall I resp II players will be started on a double click else the players will start on a single click Vol Pan The default output volume and panning of the DJ Players PFL Player Cartwall I and II Players and the Quick Monitor Player If you for example want that your cartwall jingles always sounds louder than your DJ Players you might adjust that here else leave these controls to their default 0 dB centered Other Player Settings Load Track To Memory Tries to load the audio track into memory if the file size is not bigger than the value given Set to 0 to never load a track into memory and always play the track directly from the file l
466. slot or overlay container which will be evaluated resolved LoadFolder Specify a directory all files within this folder will be used Click on the button to open a dialog to select specify the appropriate entry Count Defines the number of entries to schedule only used for mode Sequential Random and Cartwall ignored with other modes Options Here you can specify various script line options and specific track related control commands to be executed with the tracks scheduled Click on the arrow icon to specify Track Control Commands incl a soundbed file to assign to this script line Filter Allows you to define additional selection filter criterias when querying entries from a media library only used for mode Sequential Random and Cartwall ignored with other modes Working with the Overlay Scheduler 196 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH STANDBY PLAYERS WORKING WITH STANDBY PLAYERS More to come soon RADIO42 Confidential 197 ProppFrexx ONAIR REMOTING EVENTS COMMANDS AND GPIO More to come soon 198 RADIO42 Confidential OTHER WINDOWS OTHER WINDOWS More to come soon Using the ONAIR Time Using the Station Visual Using the Control Room Using the Web Browser RADIO42 Confidential 199 ProppFrexx ONAIR USING THE MODSTREAM WATCHER More to come soon 200 RADIO42 Confidential THE ADVERTISING MANAGER THE ADVERTISING MANAGER
467. sovacsoponsvsoessvvesnsves Look AMA Peel iiniusiie iii TAG Reading Se WaveFrOinicssssssccssccssscssscsssccousesscesdesessces dees accuses dses tess cccsaes tess cecsaces tees escudees dees tescvscenscedtectne NS SEE NCCeSS COMER UAC APE 109 PIS Metal tice cestsecsvesdscetec E 115 Mixing arid Fading Settings sic icssssicsesssssssesssessssssiesesssieioseatsedosesssnbesesvsessessiedeseasiedesedbie s 117 Automatic Gue Point Detection ACPD a sssssesisisseissidtccescscccescsnccescanccessanccessanscessseccesssnsceseseccenssncgenssneconeceys 118 Manual Fading Manual Mixing Points c scessesseesseessessseesseessessseesseesseessseesseessessseesseesseessseesseesseesseesans 119 Other Mixing Defaults 0 0 120 Encoding and Recording Settings 123 Pn Od et Setup aissasssssscsssccasedbascsssccisdbesselsccssccansessscsisccoste ecsesecessscsscesecessseedscasesesscesascasssssscessscasesedscedsdssdessesedecen 123 Encod t RrOtles sisstsssvssssvssccsessssnsscssvecosnveososssesnneosesesescsscseseseonnsosessseonnscsessscounsoessceetnsecassceetnsesassceeenseseseceede sees 126 Encodine Seino 2eisckessccesccevccesesctiversscassscesscosscassssosssoasdeasseassconscousseassosnecossceasscozacous dasseosecouscouscessscoseteaseassecesiee 133 Recordin Setin een s 134 CET DRAP pin gs ssevssescsnscconsesossseconsesosssooensecossscnsnsesosscorsssecensccaanoscensoseanoscgnasteanosecnaseasosccnascoasosecnascoasosecnssceaassedssecess 134 Logging Settings viesissssssecss
468. srressrresnrrensrresseressrressee 186 The Quick Monitor Playetissicsisicsctecstcctsssissstecatscsbectiscstesstecatsctiocsbsnsiesstecasvculectiasabestecstestines 188 The Cross Padet A A R A A aati 188 RADIO42 Confidential 5 Table of Contents The Beat Wis play arser eer E AE E AEE E E 188 Direct Voice Trackin periei r e na a e a 188 Live Assist Operations nanenane e n naa a a ea 188 Automated and Scheduler Operations ss sssssssssessssessssesssreessstessriessrressrressrrensriennrrensrrensrrense 188 Usine the Tira ck bated anekse r n r e n aa e aea 188 WORKING WITH CARTWALLG cccccccccssssssssssssscccesscsssssecesess 189 STREAMING TO THE NETWORK eessseseeossesscosssscossssecossssecosssse 190 AUTOMATION ssssseesseseeossssceosssecossssecossesecossesecosseeeossesecosseseeosseseoo 191 Working with the Program Schedulet ss sesssssssesessessssesssresssreessreessreesnrrensreesnrrensreesnerensreessee 192 Usine Seri D SEE EE E EE E E E TE TEE EE E E T T 194 Working with the Overlay Schedulet sisssissisrsissiseissrisdinidsnsrsisnsiissisariniiersiiniiissiiasiieiiizsa 196 WORKING WITH STANDBY PLAYERS 0 0 0 0 ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 197 REMOTING EVENTS COMMANDS AND GPIO oaeee 198 OTHER WIN DOW Ss cactscaie aia ia ani aie 199 Using the ONAIR Tite sasssesicssasassassscavesasssnzasasensssenssvarassannnsensssansavasvsssnsnsonessonsavarvenansnsannseenseas 199 Using the Station Vistial sasisssssssssesesssscavesasssesavasecssse
469. ssary application files When you launch setup exe make sure that you have fully closed and exited any running instance of ProppFrexx ONAIR RADIO42 Confidential 17 ProppFrexx ONAIR Windows Optimizations for ProppFrexx Here are some general tips to optimize your Windows operating system Some of them might only be appropriate for Vista Windows 7 The Windows operating system is often defaulted for consumer usage as such some settings might not be appropriate for Pro Audio and 24 by 7 usage which might make it necessary to change them Do this only if you effectively experience any issues In general make your system as slim as possible meaning install and run only those applications which are really needed Installing many unused applications might lead to interference and might just use your system resoutces Disable all Network Cards and Audio Devices which are not used Disabling network cards and onboard audio devices which are not used prevent any interference and helps freeing up system resources In the Windows Device Manager window double click Nefwork adapters or Sounds then double click the Network Adapter or Sound Device card you want to disable Disable USB Power Management This optimization frees up bandwidth in the USB bus and can help resolve problems with device recognition and driver installation especially if you are using an USB soundcard or harddisk In the Windows Device Manager window double cl
470. sselasoesenvesstocstecsiasatscsvesabociusonianaesonvasevoesdnonsnatsstvevavoessnondosoesorvesstoes 135 4 RADIO42 Confidential Table of Contents Global and Playlist Logging 0 Event and Command Settings COO RGyoycataet Vo k 5ib0 lla ct pareemereseeres ter atest atte svt s0 1 So is a0 0F 0 s 138 Toputa d Output Settings s c ceein ceseetaosonncrentoredvonsenetonnsvensenedvondenesoensteasonodvondenesonsstetlonuts 139 Routing Settings anenissonsaneninnnananuninnnnnanini n n anaia i aii 140 GPIO and Remoting Settings ssnsanininnnnnnnenennnnennininnnna nainii 141 IROA DIE SE E E E ee ree cere eercererreer 142 MIDE DEeVicESkihiesssiiiossiisieisidiii iioii 143 Sena AOD Ey CES e cccrescesesescsescssescseseaesessstaessesedesesesccsasesesesesccsesesesesesccsasedeseseseesasedeieseseesesedeseseseesesedescssasesessseete 146 Game ott DECES aa A AA IN IE A G 148 Keyboard Hotkey Mapping sissssssscsssscssisissadessdesissesecedscetscesccccsscasecasecessscasccasscesssessseesecesscccsscasseassccescgousgauuegouees 149 Open Sound Control OSC ceececceesessseesseesseeseesseesseessneesssesseesssessssesseesseessseesseessessseesseesseessneesseesseessneesseesy 150 TO Warrior Control cceccsesscssssssscsscscsssssesescssssssssesesesscsceseesesesscsccsesesesscecscsesesesscscsesesesenscscssscsesenssceacsesenseseees 152 Velleman Control KB055 csccsssscsscsscssssssovcossisesseveesscseessssesscosscscssccsecsecseseedsdeesesssssesscesseseesecseceedsedeed
471. ssmpte the track position of the current playlist HH MM SS F cplplayercurrent the name of the current player of the current playlist cplplayernext the name of the next player of the current playlist cpllogfilenamecurrent the full filename of the currently used playlist log filename cpllogfilenamelast the full filename of the last used playlist log filename globallogfilenamecurrent the full filename of the currentl global log filename globallogfilenamelast the full filename of the last used global log filename progcurrentname the name of the currently running scheduler program prognextname the name of the next running scheduler program progcurrentscript the script name of the currently running scheduler program prognextscript the script name of the next running scheduler program progcurrenttime the time of the currently running scheduler program prognexttime the time of the next running scheduler program progcurrentdesc the description of the currently running scheduler program prognextdesc the description of the next running scheduler program machinename the local machine name username the currently logged in user name password the password of the currently logged in user userdomainname the windows user domain name RADIO42 Confidential 285 ProppFrexx ONAIR wnrwnrwrnnnn7n7n7nAnrnAnrnnHnnnnAHrHnAHrnnHnnrnAnrAnHrnAnrnHAnrnenHnnrAn7HnrHrnrAHrenHAnHnnHrnHnHnHrnYNrHH HHH DH sta
472. sssoesesossesoesesoes 92 General Audio Settings esineninnsnninininnnnnunani naniii iaaii 92 Audo RAHME panenna enn a n a En RA BPM Detection 7 IVAN Che sss sscsscsasseussnesssesssesaseasseessdesasessseezsaeassnsaccasdedsscesseeadeds ees desseeasseascdasseeasscasseds geaseeasseds dasseessetassseessensscadssastie 93 APPCL O a scessecsdoceaucvacasacesssecseeesscesscccssecssecdcccseecstecdscesscccsseasteedsecssseduses acesseccsedt 94 Replay Galma eeestis AAEE iN 94 Polder and Library Settings siisic sccsisscsssetssssesstosessseissedsssseiesozeisoeiesodssstietoasinoedssodssedeieivananies 95 Media Libraries EEEE LEE EEES 96 Manase Addional Media TIBANE Se E ERR aes aaracciaets 97 Carepall Libraries nena a e eter ereeteeeetrerenteceererestice treresterercteresterertreresterertteresterertteresterertrerssterastetrssrtre 100 Manace Additional Cartwall Tibtaties s ccccccccsccasccssccesssesssceseccsssessscasecesscesacessesssscesaseasecsseccsscesdecaestsacesacsasesive 100 Tira ty Automa Oty Opus si ssecscscccsscestescascassccsteesseccseceascesssccsecesscesssesuscesscesuessuecesaceascessscesaceacesssecseesscasseeds Other Folders and Paths Player Settings Player Defatlts siccii sssississssss uses aaiae Other Player Stent esis ssscss assess asssssassssssetsds caused ccasdscans ssccnsssscassdscassssscassdsscassddecassddscass decasssdsedss veccse dcesdec Playlist and Other Settings wwsssisissessssevsssasssevscsoasasecessonsavorsosvasasevepsnsanatsspva
473. sssssacessssseassvsaenssavtusssavadanvcassiaaacossstvadatocaensesacvesceadnasteanaaaaeocys 52 Figure 22 The Segue Eqtorsssisssissssssstssnsssacssssssedssssusnseaatvsssavsassvcesnseiacvssstvadetocuensesacoesseadensseaneaaeveys 53 Figute 23 The Quick Monitor Playetisissscsssssssssssssssssesssscsvasssscecssasecsssavadetocaeasesecvessavacenssaansaaeveys 53 Figure 24 The Quick Monitor Playetisissssssssssssissscssssssesssscsvasssscecssasacosssavasstoceensansevescavaanssaansaaacveys 54 Figure 25 The Standby Player Medium Size Layout ccc ssecssesessesessesessesssseensscensseensseanens 54 Figure 26 The MODStredim Player erreira iiini 54 Figure 27 The Main Mixer Window u cccsscessesssessssessssesssscsssscsssscsssscsssscsnssesssscansseansssensseensseanags 57 Figure 28 Mixer Setup Example Lesiscsscsscssssasssssssssssiesssscasadsnscecssasacessavadstsseensasacvescaadetssessaaaacbeys 58 Figute 29 Mixer Setup Example 2iscsisiscsscssssassssssssssssiesssscavadenscecssasacoescavadstscaensasacvescansdetssesssaaacbeys 59 Figure 30 Mixer Setup Example Jasni iian 60 Figure 31 Mixer Setup Example 4 ssisiscssscsssssssssssissssasesssssssaissvcasnsasasvesstvastvsannsasesvssannaeaseeataaaeabeys 62 Figure 32 Mixer Setup Example D aescuccvwities cucsans cestteaseoesdeusdevsteacseeatoesceuedauseusttregtotebevesvbtnersesstbess 63 Figure 33 Mixer Setup Example Gnerre ie i ae E E E custtrag tats O ERE 64 Figure 34s Mixer Channel MenM oiri nenene e o e E E O daa igrot
474. st Window Space Play Stop selected Track in Quick Monitor Left Fast Forward Quick Monitor Right Fast Backward Quick Monitor F11 PFL selected Track Shiftt F171 Mixing PFL of selected and next Track Alt F11 Opens the Segue Editor for the selected track s Ctri F11 Opens the Voice Tracking dialog Shift Alt Shift Alt Shift Alt Ctrl Ctrl L Toggle automatic Loading manual Loading U Toggle automatic Unloading manual Unloading P Toggle mark when played delete when played HI Shows Hides the info panel T Shows Hides the track info moderator window Shift Alt Shift Alt Alt KeyUp Move selected tracks up in the Playlist KeyDown Move selected tracks down in the Playlist Backspace GoTo JumpTo next track within the Playlist Cirl P Toggle the play state of the selected Track as played not played Alt Alt Alt Ctrl L Toggle Loop option for selected Track FE Toggle PauseAtEnd option for selected Track H Toggle Hook option for selected Track Ctrl Alt T Re Read Tags for selected Tracks B Calculate BPM for selected Tracks Ctrl Alt Ctrl Alt R Calculate ReplayGain for selected Tracks P Calculate AutoCuePoints for selected Tracks Alt 204 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Shift AH P Clear all CuePoints for selected Tracks Ctrl t AlttA Calculate All Tags ACPD ReplayGain for selected Tracks Ctrl Insert
475. st try and error Explorer Paths Specify the allowed paths to be shown in the directory explorer window as well as to which general access should be granted Each entry must be separated by a semicolon e g CA D Music will limit the access to the specified paths only Leave empty to give unlimited access to all drives and paths Note If specified a ProppFrexx ONAIR user can only use media entries which reference to a location within these defined paths As such this option allows you to grant limit file access to certain folders only A user might in this case for example only be able to add new playlist entries manually if the related audio file comes from the defined limit paths This applies only if UAC is enabled and you are not the Admin user Rescan Rescans the VST resp Winamp plug in directory for new plugins Info Shows information about the loaded VST resp Winamp plug ins RADIO42 Confidential 101 ProppFrexx ONAIR Player Settings This category contains the configuration of player settings and defaults Figure 70 Player Settings Configuration Player Defaults Fader Orientation Defines if positive values should be at the top or if negative values should be at the top of the tempo slider Fader Range Defines the default tempo slider range which can be either 8 to 8 16 to 16 or 30 to 30 Player Mode Defines the default tempo mode for the DJ and PFL Players the CDJ Mas
476. st window will be stacked in 2 rows if more than 2 players are used else they are aligned horizontally in one row Show Playlist Moderator Info If checked the moderator text and the track information of the currently select track of the current playlist will automatically be displayed in the Moderator Window Show Overlay Moderator Info If checked the moderator text and the track information of the currently select track of the current overlay will automatically be displayed in the Moderator Window Show Streaming Listeners If checked the broadcast server s listeners are displayed in the streaming server window Show Playlist Time Columns Left If checked the Playtime Backtime and Schedule time columns are shown fixed at the left of the playlist else they are shown fixed to the right Show Info Panel in Defines for which windows the track info panel should be displayed within playlists the find window the explorer window Show Tool Tips When checked help tool tips will be displayed over almost every control element If unchecked no tool tips will be displayed You can define the time in seconds a tool tip should be displayed Show Ramp Time when Cued If the current track position is within the Ramp resp Outro time the DJ and PFL Player will show the remaining ramp outro time If this option is NOT selected it will only be displayed when the current track is actually playing Station Name Specify the name to asso
477. start hour 2 digits 00 23 fix_mm the elements start minute 2 digits 00 59 fix_ss the elements start second 2 digits 00 59 RADIO42 Confidential 299 ProppFrexx ONAIR Overlay Macros Playing Command value will be resolved now the current date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss yyyy the current year 4 digits yy the current year 2 digits MM the current month 2 digits 01 12 dow the current day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday week the current Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 dd the current day 2 digits 01 31 HH the current hour 2 digits 00 23 mm the current minute 2 digits 00 59 ss the current second 2 digits 00 59 TAB the tab character t PIPE the pipe character CRLF the carriage return r and line feed n character CR the carriage return r character overlayname the name of the overlay overlaytype the start type of the overlay start the overlay start date and time in format yyyy MM dd HH mm ss tart_yyyy the overlay start year 4 digits 0000 9999 tart_yy the overlay start year 2 digits 00 99 tart_MM the overlay start month 2 digits 00 12 tart_dd the overlay start day 2 digits 00 31 tart _dow the overlay start day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday tart_week the overlay start Iso8601 week number 2 digits 00 53 tart _HH the overlay start hour 2 digits 00 23 start_
478. stname stopplayers stopimmediate closeafterstop Reply OK ERROR playlistname leave empty to stop the current playlist stopplayers stopimmediate closeafterstop True False PROGRAM RELOADSCRIPT Reloads a given script Parameter string scriptname Reply OK ERROR scriptname the name of the script to reload PROGRAM CURRENT GET Gets the current program running Reply string one line programname scriptname scripttime PROGRAM NEXT GET Gets the next program which will be due Reply string one line programname scriptname scripttime PROGRAM IMPORT Performs an automatic import of an external program scheduler log file Parameter format logFilename trackBaseFolder options splitOption separatePro gramAndOverlay playlistOutputFolder Reply OK ERROR format the import format name to use logFilename filename of the log file to import trackBaseFolder the folder containing the audio tracks options the import options to use splitOption to create separate scheduler entries separateProgramAndOverlay how to handle spot break groups playlistOutputFolder the folder where the resulting playlist files the path and 262 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX should be created PFL_ ISOPEN Gets if the PFL Player is open Parameter none Reply bool True if set False if not PFL_OUTPUTVOLUME_GET Gets the output volume value of the PFL Player Para
479. story track s meta data track album 02album the 2 4 history track s meta data track album 03album the 34 history track s meta data track album 04album the 4 history track s meta data track album 99album the 99 history track s meta data track album nextyear the next track s meta data track year Olyear the 1 history track s meta data track year 02year the 2 4 history track s meta data track year 03year the 34 history track s meta data track year 04year the 4 history track s meta data track year 99year the 99 history track s meta data track year nextgenre the next track s meta data track genre Olgenre the 1 history track s meta data track genre 02genre the 24 history track s meta data track genre 03genre the 3 history track s meta data track genre 04genre the 4 history track s meta data track genre 99genre the 99t history track s meta data track genre nextduration the next track s duration as a string O1lduration the 1 history track s duration as a string 02duration the 2 history track s duration as a string 03duration the 34 history track s duration as a string 04duration the 4 history track s duration as a string 99duration the 99 history track s duration as a string Olplayedat the 1st history track s duration as a string O2playedat O3playedat O4playedat 99playedat the 274 history track s duration
480. string 0 0 1 0 outputmixer9levelrhui the right level of the 9 output mixer as a string 0 12 inputmixeriname the name of the 1st input mixer inputmixer2name the name of the 294 input mixer inputmixer3name the name of the 34 input mixer inputmixer4name the name of the 4 input mixer inputmixer5name the name of the 5 input mixer inputmixerlvolume the volume of the 1st input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer2volume the volume of the 224 input mixer as a string 0 0 lt 1 0 inputmixer3volume the volume of the 34 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixer4volume the volume of the 4 input mixer as a string 0 0 F 1 0 inputmixer5volume the volume of the 5 input mixer as a string 0 0 1 0 inputmixerlpan the 1s mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 inputmixer2pan the 2 4 mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 inputmixer3pan the 3 mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 inputmixer4pan the 4 mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 inputmixer5pan the 5 mixer channel pan as a string 1 0 1 0 inputmixerlpanasfloat the 1s mixer channel pan asa string 0 0 1 0 RADIO42 Confidential 289 ProppFrexx ONAIR wnruwnrwrnAnnn7nN7FYrYrYnAHrHennHnnnHn7nHrYnAHreHnHAnrnennnn7tHnHrnHrnAHrAnAnrnHnHHnHnHYHYeHYeHeHeHnHeHnHneHnHAHnH H HHeHHeHrHeH HHH HH inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu
481. t device see below for details Parameter string cmd paraml paramN Reply OK ERROR Note cmd denotes the command to send paraml to paramN depend on the cmd see below for details EXEC_SEND MIDI2_SETZONE Sets the Midi zone on the 2 MIDI Server Parameter int zone Reply OK ERROR Note zone denotes the zone value 1 Any Zone EXEC_SEND_MIDI2_GETZONE Gets the Midi zone on the 2 MIDI Server Parameter none Reply int zone ERROR Note zone denotes the zone value 1 Any Zone EXEC_SEND MIDI2_SHORTMSG Sends a Midi short message on the 2 MIDI Output device Parameter string status channel datal data2 data or string status datal data2 data Reply OK ERROR Note status and channel will be combined into the status byte of the ShortMessage so leave channel to 0 if not needed You might provide datal and data2 separately or data as a combined value Each token can be expressed as a decimal or a hex value if preceding 0x Eg 0x90 1 60 0x7F means 0x90 NoteOn 1 Channel 1 60 Middle C Ox7F Velocity 127 EXEC_SEND MIDI2_SYSEXMSG Sends a Midi system exclusive message on the 254 MIDI Output device Parameter string bytes Reply OK ERROR The bytes must be seperated by a space character and can be any ASCII string if enclosed in quotes byte number value or a HEX value if prefixed with 0x which will be sent to the output
482. t line has the following parameters Mode Defines what this script line should actually do the content of the En ry field depends on this value Sequential Returns new track s from the given media library by sequentially picking the next tracks from the given library Random Returns new track s from the given media library by randomly picking the next tracks from the library Cartwall Returns new track s from the given cartwall library by randomly picking the next tracks from the library LoadTrack Returns an audio track file directly If the referenced file is actually a playlist it will be returned as a single embedded playlist entry Note This will not be checked against any song history but added LoadPlaylist Returns the content of a playlist file directly All tracks contained in the referenced playlist will actually be returned Note The playlists entries will not be checked against the song history but added Execute Executes another script dynamically recursive and returns the entries as returned by that other script Command Executes the given control command s and then goes to the next script line returns no media entries Advert Returns the tracks as defined in the referenced advertising slot RADIO42 Confidential 163 ProppFrexx ONAIR Placeholder Returns a non playable placeholder entry Entry The value of this field depends on the Mode selected Sequential References a media l
483. t mixer MIXER_INPUT SELECT is used see MIXER_INPUT_ON_GET Gets a mixers ON value Parameter mixername Reply bool True If no parameter is given MIXER_INPUT_SELECT if set the False if not last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_ON_TOGGLE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT Toggles a mixers ON value the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER INPUT _ON_ON Sets a mixer to ON Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_ON_OFF Sets a mixer to OFF Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT_LOCK_GET Gets a mixers LOCK value Parameter mixername Reply bool True MIXER_INPUT SELECT if locked False If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer if unlocked is used see MIXER_INPUT LOCK _ TOGGLE Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given MIXER INPUT SELECT Toggles a mixers LOCK value the last selected input mixer is used see MIXER_INPUT LOCK Sets a mixer to LOCKED Parameter mixername Reply OK ERROR If no parameter is given M
484. ta data files as well as TXXX mAirList ID3v2 file TAGs In addition ProppFrexx supports reading DRS2006 dBase dbf files All cue and hook points most options the type title artist comment the amplification etc will be read and converted accordingly So no need to tag all your files again e And many More An ONAIR Time control informs you about the current time incl a quarter and hour countdown an analog and digital clock A customizable Station Visual control incl your station logo as well as DJ pictures or live FFT visuals A printing system to print your playlists or scheduler setup incl PDF XML or HTML export etc 28 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR Tools Beside ProppFrexx ONAIR six tools applications are installed as well which you can find start from the Windows Start menu resp directly from within the installation folder ProppFrexx Meta Data Editor The ProppFrexx Tagger is a standalone meta data editor which can be used to edit any available TAG data D3v1 v2 OGG Vorbis APE Monkey WMA ASF M4A iTunes RIFF INFO BWF BEXT and CART etc within your audio file This not only allows your editors to maintain any standard TAGs like Artist Title Composer ISRC Grouping Mood Genre CoverArt etc but also gives you the ability to pre define cue or hook points volume envelops track voice inserts etc Beside storing the meta data directly within your audio file the ProppFre
485. tatus Bar The status bar at the bottom of the main window displays a busy indicator and the current resp last action performed On the right side the CPU usage and the current date and time is displayed Busy Indicator When red any background task is currently performed eg reloading of media libraries reading or writing of meta data information running encoder jobs etc Click on the indicator to show any running background task incl the number of outstanding items for it Status Message Shows the current resp last action performed by ProppFrexx ONAIR Progress Bar When intensive background tasks are running a progress bar is displayed to indicate its progress CPU Shows the current CPU usage in percent A value in brackets behind the processor usage displays the portion of the audio processing in percent If any of the values stays above 60 70 over a significant amount of time this might indicate that your machine is quite exhausted with the actions performed by ProppFrexx ONAIR You might click on the CPU value to toggle between processor only usage or processor and audio usage Date and Time Displays the current date and time You might click on the value to bring the ONAIR Time window into your view About Click on the exclamation mark to show the about dialog of ProppFrexx ONAIR RADIO42 Confidential 51 ProppFrexx ONAIR Internal Players ProppFrexx ONAIR has the following internal players Each player sup
486. tch if the RATING is less than 100 r 40 lr 61 Will match if the RATING is between 40 and 60 r 40 lr 61 amp a toto Will match if the RATING is between 40 and 60 and the ARTIST contains toto Here is a more detailed overview about string vs numeric filter expressions 166 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR a numeric filter values for rating bpm agel age2 age3 and count tag value should be less than key tag value should be equal to key tag value should not be equal to key else tag value should be greater or equal to key Example b 120 bpm is greater or equal to 120 Ib 120 bpm is less than 120 b 120 bpm is exactly 120 I b 120 bpm is not exactly 120 b string filter values for title artist album mood grouping isrc and genre tag value should not contain key case insensitive check tag value should be equal to key case sensitive check tag value should not be equal to key case sensitive check else tag value should contain key case insensitive check Example t paul title contains paul case insensitive It paul title does not contain paul case insensitive t Paul title is exactly Paul case sensitive l t Paul title is not exactly Paul case sensitive c string filter values for year
487. te operate almost anything within ProppFrexx ONAIR via almost any general purpose input output GPIO eg via TCP MIDI Serial I O GamePort etc see the chapter Using the Remote Control Monitor for mote information In addition you might define here if this ProppFrexx instance operates as the Master or Slave instance as well as manage your remote clients And the Mixer button allows you to open the external mixer control window only available on Vista Windows 7 Important Note ProppFrexx ONAIR doesn t change the external volume level of the used soundcard devices itself In order to change or adjust the volume level of the soundcard output and input devices you can either use the respective sound control panels of those devices soundcards or the windows sound control panel or you might use the build in external mixer control which is a better replacement of the windows sound control panel The faders of the main channel and the mixer channels only change the internal volume level Saving and Loading a Mixer Setup When you click on the SETUP button of the main channel strip the following popup window will be displayed allowing you to load and save your mixer setup Load the entire mixer setup Save the entire mixer setup Figure 40 Load and Save Mixer Setup You might define as many setups as you like Each setup contains all defined mixer channels output and input the mixer presets and all FX DSP settings
488. ted Doubke Click to start stop the server TCP Remote Control Client If a client is connected the IP address of the remote control client is shown Double Click to kick disconnect this client MIDI Remote Control Server Shows the status of the MIDI Input and MIDI Output remote control server Doubk Click to start stop the server SERIAL Remote Control Server Shows the status of the SERIAL Input and SERIAL Output remote control server Double Click to start stop the server GamePort Remote Control Server Shows the status of the GamePort Input remote control server Double Click to start stop the server IO Warrior Remote Control Server Shows the status of the IO Warrior Input remote control server Double Click to start stop the server Note currently IO Warrior is NOT implemented 80 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The Mixer Channel Strip Mixer Channel Name Right Click opens the mixer channel menu Double Click opens the mixer channel setting dialog DSP Section Left Click opens the DSP editor Pan and Gain Section Mixer Channel On Off Mixer Channel Mute Unmute Right Click slides the fader to the talk over level Mixer Channel Fader Double Click reset to 0dB Peak Level Meter Right Click opens the level meter menu Send To Button SND Right Click opens the SND2 menu Recording Button Right Click opens the recording menu Figure 48 Mixer Channel Strip The above figur
489. ted Carts in the Cartwall II if playing Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW2_FADEOUT ALL Fades Out all Carts in the Cartwall II if playing 274 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Parameter none Re ply O eal RROR CW2_STOP_ALLSELECTED Pa Re ramete ply O Stops Pauses all selected Carts in the Cartwall II if playing Trs None RROR Gl CW2_STOP_ALL Pa Re ramete ply O Stops Pauses all Carts in the Cartwall II if playing r none K ERROR CW2 TOGGLE LOOP _ALLSELECTED Pa Re ramete ply O Toggles the loop state for all selected Carts in the Cartwall II r none ERROR GPIO KEYBOARD CHANGE MAPPING Ke yboard Loads a different Keyboard Mapping file to the Remote Control Server Parameter mappingname Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension GPIO MIDI CHANGE MAPPING Se rver Loads a different MIDI Mapping file to the Remote Control MIDI Parameter mappingname Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension GPIO SERIAL CHANGE MAPPING Se EVEL Parameter mappingname Reply OK ERROR Specify just the mapping name without any path or extension Loads a different SERIAL Mapping file to the Remote Control SERIAL GPIO OSC CHANGE MAPPING Se rver Parameter mappingn
490. ted Search Find and Explore ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with super fast search and retrieval tools Beside scanning and or monitoring your hard disk respective certain network folders all your defined media libraries can be quickly accessed to find relevant tracks on the fly Depending on your quality of meta data this also includes searching for similar tracks This allows you to find the right track at the right time eg search by artist album title BPM genre rating mood etc e Integrated Web Browser ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated web browser This web browser can be used to support ONAIR operations eg to display station artist current track moderation information etc or to display your custom web pages for interactive listener communication e Integrated Message Center with RSS ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with a central message center which allows you to not only get informed by external events like scheduler alerts or control room messages but also to read any internet RSS feed like current news and weather reports or traffic control reports ete e Integrated CD Ripping and Burning Support ProppFrexx ONAIR also allows you to directly rip or burn Audio CDs Ripping includes automatic track lookup and tagging via MusicBrains FreeDB org and Amazon e mAirList DRS2006 Compatibility For users who have previously used mAirList or DRS2006 we make the switch easy ProppFrexx ONAIR supports reading mlp playlist files mmd me
491. ter Caution the text is written from right to left if the text is shorter than 2 characters the remaining left most character on the display remain unchanged Examples EXEC SEND MIDI MCU assignmentx AP Displays AP on the assignment display Update the LCD display Icd The MCU LCD display contains 2 lines having 55 resp 56 characters each 2 x 56 112 characters maximum Typically there are 7 displayed characters per channel with the exception on certain controllers of channel 8 which is limited to displaying the first 6 characters internally however the LCD always stores 2 x 56 characters A line wrap is automatically carried out if the text written to the upper line overflows Syntax EXEC SEND MIDI MCU lcd line pos text length EXEC SEND MIDI2 MCU lcd line pos text length Parameters line int line O upper line 1 lower line pos int pos 0 1st char 55 last of line text string text max 112 char 56 per line capped to 112 if needed length optional int length 1 112 right pads truncates the text to length 0 none Example EXEC SEND MIDI MCU lcd 1 0 outputmixerlname 7 Writes the name of the 1st output mixer channel to the lower line of the display at position 0 eft most and truncates or right pads the mixer name to a total length of 7 characters Device Query devicequery 314 RADIO42 Confidential
492. ter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECT D Ejects the current track in Player D of the current playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECT _D Ejects the current track in Player D of an open playlist FadesOut on UseFading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECTNOFADE A Ejects the current track in Player A of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECTNOFADE A Ejects the current track in Player A of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname 246 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECTNOFADE B Ejects the current track in Player B of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECTNOFADE B Ejects the current track in Player B of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT _EJECTNOFADE C Ejects the current track in Player C of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS EJECTNOFADE C Ejects the current track in Player C of an open playlist no Fading Parameter playlistname Reply OK ERROR PLS CURRENT EJECTNOFADE D Ejects the current track in Player D of the current playlist no Fading Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLS _EJECTNOFADE D Ejects the current track in Player D of an open playlist no
493. ter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER_INPUT SELECT Note ASIO only not all soundcards drivers support ADM see MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2AUTO_ GET Gets a mixers AUTO SND2 value Parameter mixername Reply int O Off 1 SND2 at Maximum or 2 SND2 at Minimum If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT MIXER OUTPUT _SND2AUTO_ SET Set the mixer AUTO SND2 value Parameter mixername mode 0 Off Minimum Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected output mixer is used see MIXER OUTPUT SELECT 1 SND2 at Maximum or 2 SND2 at MIXER_INPUT_SND2AUTO GET Gets a mixers AUTO SND2 value Parameter mixername Reply int O Off 1 SND2 at Maximum or 2 SND2 at Minimum If no parameter is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT see MIXER_INPUT_SND2AUTO SET Set the mixer AUTO SND2 value Parameter mixername mode 0 Off Minimum Reply OK ERROR If no mixername is given the last selected input mixer is used MIXER INPUT SELECT 1 SND2 at Maximum or 2 SND2 at see MIXER_OUTPUT_SND2MIXER_GET Gets a mixers SND2 Mixer value SND2 Parameter list of mixer names currently mixername RADIO42 Confidential 235 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply string list of SND2 mixer names seperated by If no parameter is given the last selected output mixer is us
494. terTempo mode is only available if you select Enable Master Tempos CDJ Player The player operates like a DJ CD Player Tempo changes affect the playback speed tempo and pitch CDJ MasterTempo The player operates like a DJ CD Player Tempo changes affect the playback tempo but keep the original pitch and speed Vinyl 33 RPM The player operates like a 33rpm turntable Tempo changes affect the playback speed tempo and pitch scratching is possible Vinyl 45 RPM The player operates like a 45rpm turntable Tempo changes affect the playback speed tempo and pitch scratching is possible WaveForm Select how the players should render a visual WaveForm for an audio track A WaveForm will make it easier to find cue points and to get an overview about the actual track Stereo A stereo wave form with independent left and right channels will be rendered Mono A mono wave form with combined left and right channels will be rendered Dual Mono Two overlaid mono wave forms with independent left and right channels will be rendered Half Mono A mirrored upper half mono wave form with combined left and right channels will be rendered Never A wave form will never be rendered at all 102 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR WaveForm Limit Defines the limit in seconds up to which a WaveForm will be rendered If the track duration is above that limit no WaveForm will be rendered Player PFL Zoom Distance Def
495. th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW ELECT CA RT 28 Selects the 28th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW ELECT CA RT 29 Selects the 29th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW ELECT CA RT_30 Selects the 30th Cart in the Cartwall and only this Parameter none Reply OK ERROR one CW as LAY CART Plays Pauses certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1_CART_NAMES The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall with 1 GET Note starting CW1_PLAYONLY_CART Plays certain Cart s in the Cartwall I if not already Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART_NAMES The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall with 1 playing GET Note starting CW1_STOPONLY CART Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall I if not already Parameter cartid cartid cartid Reply OK ERROR stopped To get the list of available Carts use CW1l_CART NAMES GET Note The IDs are the positions of the Carts in the Cartwall starting with 1 CW1_FADEOUT_CART FadesOut Stops certain Cart s in the Cartwall I Par
496. that in such case some features might not be available So let us assume you already have various playlists available and each playlist represent your database of playable tracks audio files Whenever you want to play a track you can create a logical playlist within ProppFrexx ONAIR This is where the Playlist window comes into play in which you can arrange all your tracks eg add them from one of your media libraries drag drop from the windows explorer etc This logical playlist defines the order of tracks to be played Each logical playlist has up to four DJ Players by default only 2 DJ Players are configured The tracks from the playlist are loaded in sequential order from the playlist to these players and can now be played out from there Each DJ Player can be freely assigned to any output mixer channel strip of the main mixer within ProppFrexx ONAIR Various options are available to support you with these tasks This goes from automatic playback and mixing to fully manual operations As you might not always want to operate ProppFrexx ONAIR in a manual fashion an extensive scheduler and scripting engine is available You can define any number of scripts in which you describe how and what tracks should be automatically added to logical playlists and you can setup programs which are assigned to a scheduler control and define when new logical playlists should be created and what script should be executed along with it Gust like in Outlook
497. the Rzbbon Bar manual mixing takes place which means the automatic mixing cue points might not be used because the current track hasn t reached them yet In such case the following settings define how manual mixing a manual next track advance should be carried out When you manually advance to the next track the current position of the currently playing track is considered to be the manual Fade Out cue point Mix Delay Time Defines the time in milliseconds between a manual Fade Out position and the manual Nex track position and thus defined the delay between the Fade Out operation and the effective start of the next track When Use Fading is enabled the current track will be manually faded out Fade In Length Specifies the length in milliseconds of the manual fade in operation for MODSttream and Overlay Players only Regular tracks of a playlist will always use their defined cue points as specified above to ramp in Fade Out Length Specifies the length in milliseconds of a manual fade out operation of the current track unless the Cue Out position is reached first Cartwall I Fade Out Length Specifies the length of the fade out operation for Cartwall I players in milliseconds When you fade out a cartwall player the track will not be stopped immediately but faded out by this time Cartwall II Fade Out Length Specifies the length of the fade out operation for Cartwall II players in milliseconds When you fade out a cartwal
498. the application Replay Gain Not all audio tracks sound equally loud eg because different tracks are mastered at different levels so when random playing the volume keeps changing The solution to this is to store the ideal Replay Gain for each audio track Replay Gain is a process to normalize the perceived loudness of an audio track Replay Gain works by first performing a psychoacoustic analysis of an entire audio track to measure peak levels and perceived loudness The difference between the measured perceived loudness and the desired target loudness is calculated this is considered the ideal replay gain value the target loudness is 89 dB SPL The gain value and the peak value are then stored as metadata in the audio file TAG data without altering the original audio data allowing ProppFrexx ONAIR to automatically attenuate or amplify the signal so that tracks will play at a similar loudness level once calculated This avoids the common problem of having to manually adjust volume levels when playing audio files from albums that have been mastered at different levels Should the audio at its original levels be desired eg for burning back to hard copy the metadata can simply be ignored For most modern tracks the replay gain value leads to an attenuated volume level so that there is enough head room for quiet tracks which needs to be amplified 94 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Beside the standard
499. the default Application User Data Folder or the configuration directory as defined by the config command line option see above By using this command line option you can enforce ProppFrexx ONAIR to retrieve and store the above mentioned configuration files at the given path location This might for example be useful if you want to share a global and common configuration of your libraries and mixing settings for different ProppFrexx instances e g installed on different machines within a network at a single central location When doing so be careful with making changes to these global config files as different ProppFrexx instances might overwrite each others changes To prevent such scenario make sure to use a single dedicated ProppFrexx instance for making changes to your library collection add or remove libraries and for making changes to your mixing settings RADIO42 Confidential 41 ProppFrexx ONAIR usbReg By default ProppFrexx ONAIR uses a machine related registration This means the registration process ties the Ident Number and the registration data to the local computer and stores the registration information to the users windows registry HKEY_CURRENT USER This means the registration is only valid on this computer PC and if the machine configuration changes e g your CPU motherboard or network settings change your registration might become invalid as the Ident Number might change with it As an alternative you can e
500. the internal web browser Web URLs Specify the default Web URLs which should be available for all users in the web browser Seperate multiple entries with a semicolon Each entry has to be only the http address of the web site to use E g http www radio42 com http www proppfrexx de MODStream Monitoring 170 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Check MODStream eyery Defines the interval in seconds how often the MODStream will try to connect to the given URL address when monitoring is started Start Delay Time Defines the time in seconds to wait before the MODStream actually starts playing after it was connected This delay time allows a user to manually cancel the start in order to not interrupt the current program Delay with Select all the media types for which a start of a MODStream should automatically be delayed Show Overlay Countdown If checked a countdown will be shown in the ONAIR Time clock until the overlay is started Stream Timeout Defines the time in seconds until a connected MODStream automatically disconnects and stops the MODStream player in case silence is detected Set to 0 to disable silence detection for MODStreams When a MODStream is playing and the level is for more than this time below the defined silence threshold the MODStream player is closed Update Song Title If checked MODStream title changes will be used to update the streaming server song titles Any o
501. the layout of all windows are saved when the application is closed Big Font When checked the font used in the playlist window will be 50 larger MediaType Colors Click here to define individual colors for each media entry type to be used within the cartwalls and playlists This is an example card Figure 72 Define Media Type Colors RADIO42 Confidential 105 ProppFrexx ONAIR In the above dialog you might first select a media entry type for which you want to define a specific color and then you can specify the foreground and background color to use The example cartwall cart will display the colors accordingly Save Layout To C ick here to save the current layout to another user overwriting the current user s layout Reset Config Click here to restore all default settings This will take effect after the next restart of ProppFrexx ONAIR and will remove all audio folder mixing output input routing setting files etc and thus restore all defaults Reset Layout C ick here to restore the default layout This will take effect after the next restart and will remove all custom layout setting files and thus restore all defaults TAG Reading amp WaveFrom Force TAG reading If checked TAG information will be read immediately whenever a track is loaded to a playlist This might affect the time it takes to load a playlist or media library significantly Ask If checked you will be asked when adding new entries to a
502. ther Stuff Auto Lock ProppFrexx UI Defines the time in minutes after ProppFrexx ONAIR will automatically lock its user interface when no user activity is present Set this value to 0 to disable automatic locking If UAC is disabled the Master Password is used to unlock the User Interface else the user login will unlock it Playback History Count Defines the number of maximum entries in the playback history Set this value to 0 to disable the playback history The playback history can be displayed and modified at any time by c icking on caption arrow in the ribbon main header AutoPlay group Exclude Select all the media entry types which should NOT be added to the playback history Overlay and Advertising Management Advertising Storage Path Specifies the directory which contains your advertising management data which is the directory used by the ProppFrexx Advertising Manager application and the folder in which the overlay scheduler calendar file is placed Note The overlay scheduler calendar file is also placed into this folder So even when you are not using the advertising functionality but only the overlay scheduler you MUST provide a folder here Stand Alone Overlays If checked the overlay scheduler works independed from the program scheduler If unchecked the overlay scheduler only works when also the program scheduer is running RADIO42 Confidential 171 ProppFrexx ONAIR WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES A me
503. thin categories C ck on a category to the right of the dialog to change it General Audio Settings This category contains general audio and application settings Figure 64 General Audio Configuration Audio Engine Playback Buffer The default playback buffer length in milliseconds WDM driver only The minimum length is 1ms above the update period Increasing the length decreases the chance of the sound possibly breaking up on slower computers but also increases the latency for DSP FX Note The buffer size can also be set directly in the device configuration dialog of a mixer channel This value will only be used when the WDM driver is used and you have not specified any buffer value in the mixer channel device configuration settings resp used a buffer value of 0 Recording Buffer The default buffer length in milliseconds for recording channels WDM Input driver only Unlike a playback buffer where the aim is to keep the buffer full a recording buffer is kept as empty as possible and so this setting has no effect on latency Unless processing of the recorded data could cause significant delays there should be no need to increase this This value will only be used when the WDM driver is used and you have not specified any buffer value in the mixer channel device configuration settings resp used a buffer value of 0 Reverse Block Length Length of blocks in milliseconds to be used with reverse streams Larger blocks mean les
504. this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_19 Plays Pauses the 19th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_20 Plays Pauses the 20th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_21 Plays Pauses the 21th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_22 Plays Pauses the 22th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_23 Plays Pauses the 23th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR PLAY _CART_24 Plays Pauses the 24th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one RADIO42 Confidential 267 ProppFrexx ONAIR Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW as LAY CART 25 Plays Pauses the 25th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW as LAY CART 26 Plays Pauses the 26th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW las LAY CART 27 Plays Pauses the 27th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW as LAY CART 28 Plays Pauses the 28th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW gsl LAY CART 29 Plays Pauses the 29th Cart in the Cartwall and only this one Parameter none Reply OK ERROR CW
505. thout saving PLS_CLOSE_ALL_NOPROGRAM Closes all currently open playlists started and used by the scheduler Reply OK ERROR without saving except those PLS CURRENT NAME GET Gets the current playlist name Parameter none RADIO42 Confidential 237 ProppFrexx ONAIR Reply string playlistname PLS CURRENT FILENAME GET Gets the current playlist filename Parameter none Reply string playlistfilename PLS FILENAME GET Gets the filename of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply string playlistfilename PLS CURRENT _TOTALLENGTH_GET Gets the current playlist total length in seconds Parameter none Reply long totallength PLS TOTALLENGTH_ GET Gets the total length in seconds of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply long totallength PLS CURRENT REMAININGLENGTH GET Gets the current playlist remaining length in seconds Parameter none Reply long remainlength PLS REMAININGLENGTH GET Gets the remaining length in seconds of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply long remainlength PLS CURRENT _TRACKCOUNT_GET Gets the current playlist total track count Parameter none Reply int trackcount PLS _TRACKCOUNT_ GET Gets the total track count of an open playlist Parameter playlistname Reply int trackcount PLS CURRENT _TRACKREMAINING GET Gets the current playlist remaining track count Parameter none Rep
506. timedia ACM files can be recognized by their filename extension acm You might use ACM to support any arbitrary encoding format Figure 98 ACM Encoder Settings Encoder Type Specifies the encoder type of the selected ACM codec Select ACM Codec C ck here to open the codec selection dialog to select your target codec to be used CMDLN Encoder Settings 132 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Figure 99 CMDLN Encoder Settings Use Variable Bitrate Use Variable Bitrate VBR Note Defines if the encoders CBR or VBR command line string should be used Bitrate The general bitrate in kbps Note Sets the bps resp kbps macro value Mode The general encoding mode Note Sets the mode macro value Quality The general encoding quality Note Sets the quality macro value Option The general encoding option Note Sets the option macro value Use A If checked the A value is used else the B value is used Note Sets the user macro value Encoding Setting Back in the general configuration settings the following encoding and recording settings can be configured DSP Chain 32 Bit Use 32 Bit resolution for any encoding task else encoding will use 16 Bit DSPs Here you can specify up to four DSPs which might be used during any encoding run Note This DSP chain will not be used for Streaming Servers Mixer Channel Recording Encoding Output Path Specifies the default d
507. tion Returns a float value by applying a numeric conversion on a given integer mum value using and optional bitmask shift operation plus an optional conversion format Syntax TOFLOAT num mask shift conv pl p2 Parameters num the numerical integer value to perform the conversion on mask an optional bitmask to apply to the num value if 0 no mask is applied shift the number of bits to shift the zum value after applying the mask gt O right shift lt O left shift 0 no shift 304 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX conv the conversion function name to apply to the num value after applying the shift linear linear conversion to a float value 0 0 p2 p1 the max value num might get not be zero p2 scale factor multiplier must be greater than zero centered centered conversion to a float value p2 p2 p1 the max value num might get not be zero p2 the max result value must be greater than zero Note p7 2 represents the centered position If mum is below this centered value a negative value is returned if num is above this centered value a positive value is returned if num is equal to the centered value zero is returned signed signed conversion to a float value p2 p2 p1 the max value num might get not be zero p2 the max result value must be greater than zero Note p1 represents the centered position If num is below this centered value a positive
508. tion dialog Edition the edition to register Basic Premium Professional Enterprise The following steps are required to complete your registration process L Provide the above information to RADIO42 a by sending an email to proppfrexx radio42 com b by entering your name and email to the appropriate fields and by clicking on the Request Keys button note an email client must have been installed on your PC in order to work Wait until you receive an email from RADIO42 containing the payment link or make a direct payment using the purchase links on our web site Pay your license fee via PayPal Wait until you receive back an email from RADIO42 containing your registration data this will contain a serial number registration key and validation code This might take some hours up to a couple of days Now enter your customer name email serial number and registration key in the respective fields exactly as obtained Click on the Register button You will now be prompted to enter your validation code Click OK to close the dialog If you entered your registration data correctly you can now use ProppFrexx ONAIR and will not be prompted for registration again Note that with the standard registration the Ident Number is tied to your local machine So it is not possible to run ProppFrexx ONAIR with the same registration data on a different machine You MUST obtain a valid license and separate regis
509. tionname your configured station name stationurl your configured station Url address userstationname the users configured station name userstationurl1 the users configured station Url address userfirstname the users configured first name userlastname the users configured last name usernickname the users configured nick name userphone the users configured phone useremail the users configured email userim the users configured IM useraddress the users configured address userdescription the users configured description userdescriptionshow the users configured show description userimageuser the users configured user image filename userpictureuser the users configured user picture base64 encoded userimageshow the users configured web image filename userpictureshow the users configured web picture base64 encoded userimageweb the users configured show image filename userpictureweb the users configured show picture base64 encoded userotherpage the users configured other page userirecfilenamelast the users last instant recording filename uservtfilenamelast the users last voice track recording filename TAB the tab character t PIPE the pipe character CRLF the carriage return r and line feed n character CR the carriage return r character LF the line feed n character routedja the routing for DJ Player A routedjb the routing for D
510. titlenext the next track s meta data title name lstrackartistcurrent the current track s meta data artist name lstrackartistnext the next track s meta data artist name lstrackalbumcurrent the current track s meta data album name lstrackalbumnext the next track s meta data album name lstrackgenrecurrent the current track s meta data genre string lstrackgenrenext the next track s meta data genre string lstrackyearcurrent the current track s meta data year string plstrackyearnext the next track s meta data year string lstrackgroupingcurrent the current track s meta data grouping string lstrackgroupingnext the next track s meta data grouping string lstrackmoodcurrent the current track s meta data mood string lstrackmoodnext the next track s meta data mood string lstrackratingcurrent the current track s meta data rating string lstrackratingnext the next track s meta data rating string lstrackisrccurrent the current track s meta data ISRC lstrackisrcnext the next track s meta data ISRC plstracktypecurrent the current track s meta data media entry type string lstracktypenext the next track s meta data media entry type string lstrackbpmcurrent the current track s meta data BPM lstrackbpmnext the next track s meta data BPM lstrackdurationcurrent the current track s effective duration CueIn to CueOut lstrackdurationnext the next track s effectiv
511. to that position LoopPoints A list of loop entries consisting of a loop type and a loop start and lopp end position value which might be used with the integrated Loop Sampler The loop start and end position denote a range within the media entry which can either be looped in the sampler or skipped while playback The Additional Meta Data might be obtained saved from to the following sources e A pfp playlist file e A database based media library columns e A database based meta data table columns e A ProppFrexx Meta Data pfmd file e 6A special proppfrexx user TAG attribute within the audio file Depending on the geneal setting option Force MetaData Reading additional meta data has priority over playlist based meta data and is performed in the following order until found Default 184 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH MEDIA LIBRARIES 1 Playlist based meta data 2 Meta Data File pfmd 3 Meta Data TAG proppftexx Force MetaData Reading 1 Meta Data TAG proppfrexx 2 Meta Data File pfmd 3 Playlist based meta data Note only in effect if the Use MetaData File option is set Accessing Media Libraries Reloading Media Libraries TAG and Meta Data Reading Editing Media Entries The Find Window The Directory Explorer RADIO42 Confidential 185 ProppFrexx ONAIR WORKING WITH PLAYLISTS More to come soon The Playlist Window The DJ Players The PFL Player
512. to certain folders only A user might in this case for example only be able to add new playlist entries manually if the related audio file comes from the defined limit paths This applies only if UAC is enabled and you are not the Admin user Initial Ribbon Page The ribbon page to display initially for the users Show Controls Select the user interface controls which should be available to the users Control Commands C ick here to define the user definable control commands which will be shown in the User Control Gallery of the Ribbon Bar This allows you to define 50 shortcuts to any control command s available see the chapter REMOTING EVENTS COMMANDS AND GPIO for more information 110 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR RT http www radio42 com playHiFi pls 0 true true Figure 77 Define User Control Commands Users Click on the Users button to define ProppFrexx users and assign their profile plus additional user settings in the following dialog Bernd Standard Operator Figure 78 Define ProppFrexx ONAIR Users In the upper part of this dialog the available users are listed Select a user to edit the related user settings below To add a new user just type in the username password select the user profile and click on the Add button Username Defines the user login name Password Defines the login password cannot be empty and should be a secure password
513. to your Autostarf group in the Windows Start menu When you start ProppFrexx ONAIR for the very first time the mixer setup wizard will be launched automatically The mixer setup wizard simplifies the process of creating your mixer setup the definition of your output and input mixer channels and their soundcard usage to integrate ProppFrexx ONAIR into your existing hardware environment and guides you through a series of simple steps hy ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard S ProppFrex Mixer Setup Welcome to the ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard This wizard simplifies the process of creating your mixer setup to integrate ProppFrexx ONAIR into your existing hardware environment and guides you through a series of simple steps Figure 3 ProppFrexx ONAIR Mixer Setup Wizard 32 RADIO42 Confidential ABOUT ProppFrexx ONAIR In the first step you can select one out of six available integration types which are listed below Note that you can at any time later extend you mixer setup and add new mixer channels and settings manually So these six integration types just represent some typical setups as a starting point So you might select the model which is the closed one to your actual use case hy ProppFrexx ONAIR Setup Wizard e ProppFrex Mixer Setup Hardware Environment Integration Please select the typical use of ProppFrexx ONIR in your existing hardware environment 1 No external Mixer no Microphone 2 No
514. tput when using a nonstop mixer Muting Unmuting the mixer channel M To mute a mixer channel you might click on the M button Click on the M button again to activate it When muted the M button is displayed in red MUTE The mixer output generates only silence UNMUTE The mixer output is active Depending on your device configuration see Mute Unmute muting might either mute the source s of the mixer channel the mixer channel itself or even the external device RADIO42 Confidential 83 ProppFrexx ONAIR Using the Dynamic Amplifier AGC Click on the AGC button of the mixer channel to open the AGC settings window a blue button indicates that the DSP is active The dynamic amplification DSP allows you to automatically adjust the gain of the audio level being processed automatic gain control AGC The level meter on top shows the applied gain effect when active Figure 50 The Dynamic Amplifier AGC ON OFF Turns the dynamic amplifier on or off Preset Selects a predefined preset profile Quiet Quiet volume level in dB Rate Amplification adjustment rate in dB Target Target volume level in dB Delay Delay in milliseconds before increasing level Gain Gain amplification level in dB Using the EQ Click on the EQ button of the mixer channel to open the EQ settings window a blue button indicates that the DSP is active The 10 band parametric peaking equalizer DSP allows you to ad
515. tration data for each machine you want to run ProppFrexx ONAIR RADIO42 Confidential 39 ProppFrexx ONAIR on Note that there are three different registrations modes available see command line options below for details 1 Standard Registration The Ident Number is tied to your local machine 2 Hard Disk Registration The Ident Number is tied to your hard disk 3 USB Device Registration The Ident Number is tied to your USB Device Make sure to select the proper registration mode prior to registering However you can and must use the exact same registration data for each system user If you have multiple windows users who should use ProppFrexx ONAIR with their Windows account each user is required to enter the same registration data once again at first startup Alternatively or during the time until you actually receive your registration data you might use the demo version of ProppFrexx ONAIR which has the limitation that the demo only runs for 4 consecutive hours until it automatically closes and needs to be restarted manually after and in addition a short 2 kHz tone will be played every so often in one of your mixer channels To use the demo version simply click on the Use DEMO Version button ProppFrexx ONAIR Demo Version i You are using the unregistered Demo Version The Demo Version will automatically shutdown after 4 hours Figure 12 Using the ProppFrexx ONAIR Demo Version When using
516. tually played by a DJ Player and or to adjust any track settings in advance eg the tempo the EQ the FX the cue points etc Therefore the PFL Player has exactly the same features as the DJ Player however only one instance of the PFL Player is available at any time and thus only one track can be played by the single PFL Player at any time The PFL Player can be freely routed to any available output mixer channel typically to a dedicated output mixer channel which is different to the output mixer channel s used by the DJ Players AANOANAUACAOAOTO AO OONAN RANAMA INN Pr 1 Greg Gauthier amp Tony L feat Michelle Weeks By Your Side PAUSE Figure 21 The PFL Player 52 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Segue Editor This is a special PFL player which can be invoked directly from any playlist window entry A F77 The segue editor allows you to preview and arrange the mix cue points in a visual fashion via simple drag and move operation It will always display two main tracks the current one first and the subsequent next track allowing you to quickly navigate through the playlist entries In addition any track inserts will be shown as well You can arrange the tracks on the time line by simply dragging them to a new location directly record new track inserts voice overs attenuate the volume of the track inserts change the tempo of the tracks in real time non destructive etc Any cu
517. tus the elapsed and remaining time of Player B of the current playlist Reply string status duration elapsedtime remaintime rampoutro PLS CURRENT PLAYER C TIME GET Gets the status the elapsed and remaining time of Player C of the current playlist Reply string status duration elapsedtime remaintime rampoutro PLS CURRENT PLAYER D TIME GET Gets the status the elapsed and remaining time of Player D of the current playlist Reply string status duration elapsedtime remaintime rampoutro PLS CURRENT TIME GET CURRENT Gets the status the elapsed and remaining time of the current Player of the current playlist Reply string status duration elapsedtime remaintime rampoutro PLS CURRENT NEXTSCHEDULEDTIME G Gets the next item due to be scheduled ET Reply string elementName elementTime elementName FT FixTimeElement OL Overlay PG Program STANDBY PFL Starts Stops the PFL Player for the current track in a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY PLAYPAUSE Plays Pauses the current track in a Standby Player UseFading No Eject Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 FadesOut on STANDBY PLAYSTOP Plays Stops the current track in a Standby Player UseFading Eject Parameter standby 1 99 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and
518. type if you want to create a local WMA media server ProppFrexx ONAIR is the server HOMEcast MP3 Server Use this type if you want to create a local SHOUT cast compatible streaming server ProppFrexx ONAIR is the server Connect at Startup Start the server automatically when the application starts or a global re connect is issued Reconnect on Error If checked the server will automatically try to reconnect if the connection could not be established or is somehow dropped Specify a time in seconds to wait between each reconnect try Address The server IP address DNS or publishing URL Note In case of WMA this specifies the publishing point on a Windows Media server Port The port address to be used with this streaming server Mountpoint The ICEcast server mount point to use RADIO42 Confidential 155 ProppFrexx ONAIR Stream ID The SHOUTcast v2 stream id to use leave empty to use the legacy SHOUT cast v1 protocol e g required for Live365 servers Make Public Make this server public If checked the server will be marked as a public available server e g a public SHOUT cast server will be listed in the shoutcast directory Username The authorization user name to be used when connecting the streaming source leave empty to use the server default user Password The authorization password to be used when connecting the streaming source Clients Number of maximal allowed clients to connect WMAcast only
519. u can not move the playlist entries which are loaded to a DJ Player d but you can directly drag amp drop tracks to playlist entries which are loaded to a DJ Player which might replace them if not playing e unplayed tracks can not be moved above the playlist entries which are loaded to a DJ Player f played marked as played tracks might be moved down however since you might want to toggle their state to play them again 116 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Max Marked Defines the number of entries which should be kept in the playlist when the option Mark Tracks as Played is activ Set this to 0 to keep all marked entries within the playlist Continuous Backtiming If checked the schedule and backtime of a playlist window will be continuously updated every 2 seconds if the backtime is set to Start with current Time and no DJ Player is currently playing At No Fading Defines further options when Use Fading is turned Off Supress ACPD If checked Automatic Cue Point Detection ACPD will be supressed when Use Fading is turned Off No Cue Points If checked no Cue Points will be used when Use Fading is turned Off Force Fade Out If checked Fading will be used for the DJ Players regardless of the Use Fading option Note This applies to the Play Nex and Play Current commands only and only effects fade out operations Load Recursive If checked playlist entries which are itsel
520. ubbing Right Mouse drag and drop until pressed If in cueing mode Changes the current track position in both modes Using the S z t key increases the sensibility Using the A key decreases the sensibility If playing Jogging shortly changes the playback speed if effects are enabled it changes its depth Scrubbing direct pitch changes from 100 to 200 Ctrl Scrubbing direct scratching vinyl mode If cued Jogging changes the current track position in both modes Using the S z t key increases the sensibility Using the A key decreases the sensibility Ctrl Scrubbing direct scratching vinyl mode CP Cue Points Click Sets the Cue Point to the current position if not set Click Starts playback of the Cue Point until clicked if set Right Click Remove the Cue Point if set 210 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX Database Libraries SQL The following SQL statement DDL defines the table structure which might be used to load DB based playlists resp to lookup DB based meta data here on a MySQL example You might actually use any ODBC driver to load the content of such database table s as a playlist media or cartwall library Each table therefore represents one playlist CREATE TABLE library LOCATION varchar 380 NOT NULL URATION bigint 20 NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 NTRYTYPE varchar 20 DEFAULT NULL D varchar 40 DEFAULT N TIONS int 11 NOT NUL D F m
521. uch the playlist will execute the given script as long as the program runs which is typically until a new program is started by the scheduler The playlist s script will during that time query new entries to the playlist by executing the script whenever needed If all script lines have been executed the script will loop meaning start from the beginning resp the defined LoopLine Program Gives any program entry a unique name Type Just for info each program might get a different color in the scheduler Description Allows you to further describe the program entry just for information Script Identifies the script to execute when the program is started select an existing click on New to define a new one or click on the Edit button to modify an existing selected one Reload Script before Start If checked the Script content is reloaded before the program will actually start Start Type Defines if the program should start exactly at the given Start Time fixed or if it might be delayed soft Fixed When a Fixed start is specified the program will start at exactly this time and any currently playing track will be stopped immediately Soft In case of Soft start the remaining playtime of a currently playing track will be evaluated If the remaining playtime is less than the given Maximum Delay the track will play til the end until this program is started If the remaining time is bigger than the Maximum Dela
522. udes for example WAV BWF MP1 2 3 WMA OGG FLAC APE MPC AAC M4A etc e Full TAG Reading and Writing Support ProppFrexx ONAIR supports almost any meta data format TAGs including ID3v1 ID3v2 APE OGG Vorbis WMA M4A iTunes BWF etc e Support for almost any Recording Format ProppFrexx ONAIR supports encoding or transcoding from and to almost any audio format via freely configurable command line encoders This also includes on the fly recording of any mixer channel eg for immediate voice tracking on air checks or archival purposes e Full Broadcast Wave Format Support ProppFrexx ONAIR fully supports the Broadcast Wave Format BWF This includes reading and writing of BEXT and CART chunks as well as RF64 e Unlimited Media Library Support ProppFrexx ONAIR supports almost any playlist format e g m3u pls wpl xspf iTunes xml smil etc Any playlist can serve as a media library representing a RADIO42 Confidential 23 ProppFrexx ONAIR database of tracks which can be used any time during operations In addition ProppFrexx ONAIR fully supports embedded playlists playlists treated as a single continous track You can also define Folder based media libraries incl an automatic synchronization feature as well as Database based media libraries allowing you to integrate any existing content on the fly For large setups a remote media library server is available as well Integrated Streaming Support ProppFr
523. ue ot a comma separated string list None 0 ClearAllCuePoints 256 ClearAllEventEntries 512 ClearAllVolumePoints 1024 SupressACPD 2048 RecalcACDP 4096 KeepStreamLoading 8192 LoopEntry 16384 StopAtEnd 32768 SupressFading 65536 KeepStreamAliv 131072 SupressOverlay 262144 SuppressGloablLogging 524288 SuppressPlaylistLogging 1048576 SupressBacktiming 2097152 SkipDuringAutoPlay 4194304 UseHookCuePoints 8388608 SupressTrackInsertTransition 16777216 AutoPlayNext 33554432 StopAutoPlay 67108864 StartAutoPlay 134217728 YEAR The release date as a string in the format YYYY MM DD RATING ProppFrexx expects that the rating value is a numeric string and scales from 0 to 100 O Unknown 1 20 Poor 21 40 Average 41 60 Good 61 80 VeryGood 81 100 Excelent BPM The beats per minute as a double value REPLAYGAIN The tracks replay gain value to use as a double value in dB between 100 0 and 0 0 0 0 maximum or 0 0 dB 100 0 silent 6 0 6 dB REPLAYPEAK The tracks replay gain peak value to use as a double value logarithmic between 0 0 and 1 0 0 0 silent 1 0 maximum or 0 0 dB 0 5 6 dB INITIALTEMPO The initial track tempo to use as a double value percentage between 50 0 and 50 0 0 0 no tempo change INITIALGAIN The initial track gain to use as a double value logarithmic between 0 0 and 2 0 0 0 silent 1 0 n
524. ue to multiply e g 2 0 odd makes the mum value odd num num p1 1 p1 the value to multiply e g 2 0 none uses zum unmodified p1 not used p1 see the above notes for the conv parameter format the style to format the output which can contain the following placeholders 0 replaces with the corresponding digit if one is present otherwise 0 replaces with the corresponding digit if one is present otherwise no digit multiplies num by 100 and inserts a percentage symbol in the result string Yo multiplies num by 1000 and inserts a per mille symbol in the result string defines sections with separate format strings for positive negative and zero You might use the literal as the standard decimal separator and the literal as the standard group separator else enclose any other characters within a literal Example 1 TOSTRING S outputmixerlvolume todb 1 0 0 0 dB Will result to 6 0dB assuming the macro outputmixerlvolume will resolve to 0 5 12 0dB assuming the macro outputmixerlvolume will resolve to 0 25 Example 2 TOSTRING outputmixerlpan none 0 RO00 LO0 center Will result to R50 assuming the macro outputmixerlpan will resolve to 0 5 150 assuming the macro outputmixerlpan will resolve to 0 5 center assuming the macro outputmixerlpan will resolve to 0 0 TOFLOAT converts an integer numeric value to a float representa
525. uilder dialog Instant Recording C ick on this item to open the instant recording dialog for the selected mixer channel This allows you to directly record new tracks eg for voice overs etc Figure 61 Instant Recording Dialog Please refer to the Instant Recording chapter for more info 90 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR Recreate and Reset C ck on this item to recreate and reset the entire mixer channel Normally this is never needed but if your external soundcard device driver breaks you might use this item to reset the driver which might introduce a short break in the audio signal Move Left Move Right Rearranges the position of the mixer channel strip in the mixer window to the left resp right of the current position Add Mixer Channel Remove Mixer Channel As already explained in the section Adding Removing new Mixer Channels you might use these items to create a new mixer channel strip or remove this mixer channel strip from the mixer setup Visual This item allows you to display a visual FFT representation of the current audio signal processed by the mixer channel Four different visual styles Spectrum A B WaveLine and VoicePrint are available Cick on the arrow to open the visual window C ick on the plus sign to change the visual style Figure 62 Mixer Channel Visual Window Additional Input Mixer Channel Functionality To open the input mixer channel menu rightclick on
526. ult Media Type When reading media libraries which doesn t fully support meta data information such as M3U or Folder libraries you might use this value to specify a default media entry type for all entries in the library having no media type set so far The media type is widely used within ProppFrexx ONAIR e g to perform filtering special mixing and dedicated event execution eg Automatic Cue Point Detection might be limited to certain media types only resp might use different mixing parameters Sorted If checked the media library will automatically be sorted descending by the last modification date when reloading This is only available applies to folder based libraries Auto Watch If checked the selected media library will automatically be monitored In this case any external change to the library will automatically be handled This is only available applies to playlist or folder based libraries This allows you for example to monitor a folder based library when you now manually copy delete or rename an audio file within the folder of the library the related track s will automatically be added remove or changed accordingly as such the library is automatically kept in sync with your physical folder content For playlist based media libraries this option will reload the entire playlist library whenever the playlist file changes Cartwall Libraries Cartwall libraries are special media libraries which are only available within the c
527. ume RADIO42 Confidential 59 ProppFrexx ONAIR 3 Complex using no external mixer one microphone Output Mixer Channels PLAY all internal players except the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for standard play out Use the NONE driver to create a virtual sub bus mixer channel This channel is further routed to the OUT output mixer channel Preselect the PFL output channel in the SND function of this channel OUT only the PLAY mixer channel is routed to this mixer channel for standard play out This channel is further copied to MON mixer channel pre fading and uses eg the 1st soundcard device which is eg connected to external speakers MON the OUT output and the MIC input are routed to this mixer channel and such it carries the final mix down of what is effectively being on aired This channel uses eg the 2nd soundcard device which is eg not connected to any external speakers alternatively it might also use the 1st soundcard device but this channel is then muted via the M button PLF the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for monitoring This channel uses eg the 3rd headphone soundcard device Input Mixer Channels MIC this input is further routed to the MON output mixer channel This channel uses eg the microphone soundcard recording device Monitoring of the microphone via the PFL channel can be done using the SND function of the input
528. ur Windows Explorer Types of Media Libraries ProppFrexx ONAIR supports the following media library types Playlist based Media Libraries The list of media entries is directly gathered from the playlist file itself As such a playlist file can be seen as a small but effective list containing all entries for this media library When a playlist based media library is loaded the resp playlist file is read in with all its information ProppFrexx supports various different playlist file formats such as m3u pls wpl smil xml xspf mpl pfp dbf Depending on the playlist file format used a playlist file might contain none some or all meta data E g a m3u playlist file basically only contains the file location of a track but no additional meta data as such the meta data must be read in from any of the other available soutces typically the audio files TAG data A pfp ProppFrexx Playlist Format playlist on the other hand might contain all meta data as such this is the recommended playlist format to be used with media libraries as only this playlist format might ensure that additional TAG reading is not needed during any search and find operation as the meta data might already be stored inside this playlist format Note A pfp playlist format even if capable of saving all meta data can of course only save those meta data as available at that time I e if you create a new pfp playlist and want to make sure that
529. uted Each mapping entry therefore works like a filter For each incoming MIDI short message all mapping entries are checked If the incoming MIDI short message matches one of the defined MIDI messages status byte datal byte and optionally data2 byte is checked the related control command s is executed For each MIDI short message you must add a separate mapping entry If you for example have 4 output mixer channels defined in ProppFrexx e g OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 you would need to also define 4 mapping entries e g OxBl 0x07 gt MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT1 mididata2asvol OxB2 0x07 gt MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT2 mididata2asvol RADIO42 Confidential 145 ProppFrexx ONAIR 0xB3 0x07 gt MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT3 mididata2asvol OxB4 0x07 gt MIXER OUTPUT VOLUME SET OUT4 S mididata2asvol Use the Record button in the MIDI Message Mapping dialog to get a live incoming MIDI short message Meaning the status datal and data2 bytes will change according to the live recorded incoming MIDI message This makes it simple to know what message is send by your external MIDI control device when you change any of its controls Serial I O Devices When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR offers serial input and output support for any COM port Serial input enables ProppFrexx to recetve messages send from an external device co
530. utomatically calculated based on these settings for individual tracks or type of tracks to ensure non stop and silence free play out In addition you can freely define your own volume curves above that Full Replay Gain Support ProppFrexx ONAIR fully supports automatic replay gain adjustments either peak level normalization only and or adjustment of the perceived psychoacoustic loudness Full VST and DSP Support ProppFrexx ONAIR supports various DSP formats including VST and Winamp DSPs 32 bit version only Besides that ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated 10 band EQ Dynamic Amplifier and a Compressor Limiter per single mixer channel Automatic BPM Detection ProppFrexx ONAIR comes with an integrated BPM detection allowing you to synchronize and mix tracks with a perfect beat match Flexible Remote Control Support ProppFrexx ONAIR can be remotely controlled via several freely configurable interfaces eg TCP IP MIDI Serial I O GamePort Keyboard Hotkeys OSC IO Warrior Velleman K8055 D amp R Airence Mixer etc This allows you to operate ProppFrexx not only via the user interface but also via almost any external device perfect integration with your existing DAW controllers should be guaranteed Almost everything what you can do via the user interface you can also do via the remote control interfaces Open Sound Control OSC ProppFrexx ONAIR fully supports the Open Sound Control OSC protocol This for example lets y
531. ve mode 1 True master 0 False slave wruwnrnn7n7n7n7F Yr YNHYHr HH HUH HH 282 RADIO42 Confidential APPENDIX mwrnenwnrvnvrysAnrnAnrnnnHnHrHnNYYrHHreHnAHrnnnnnnrnAnrHrnAHnHenHAnHrnHenHHnHHrHnAHrenHAnrenenHnnnnnHHnHAHnreHnHrenAeHnrnHnHHnH HH UN NH schedulerrunning the Scheduler status 1 True active 0 False inactive isoverlayshown the Overlay status 1 True yes 0 False no isoverlaywaiting the Overlay status 1 True yes 0 False no isoverlayplaying the Overlay status 1 True yes 0 False no isoverlaymanualplayout the Overlay status 1 True enabled 0 False disabled lineinfeed the line in feed mixer name islineinfeed the line in feed status 1 True enabled 0 False disabled mainvolume the main volume as a string 0 0 1 0 cplname the name of the currently active playlist cplfilename the location of the currently active playlist file cpltotalsec the total length of the playlist in whole seconds cplremainsec the remaining length of the playlist in whole seconds cpltotalcount the number of tracks in the playlist cplremaincount the number of remaining unplayed tracks in the playlist cplcurrenttrack the index of the track in the playlist cpltracknamecurrent the current track s meta data track name Le artist title cpltracknamenext the next track s meta data track name Le artist title cpltracknamea the track s meta data track name of DJ
532. ve playlist to DJ Player A B C D Note If the player already contains a loaded track that one will be ejected first Alt Ciri F5 F6 F7 F8 PFL A B C D Starts or stops PFL for DJ Player A B C D A F5 F6 F7 F8 TalkOver If enabled the master volume of the main mixer will be lowered to allow talk over Note the talk over level can be adjusted in the general settings dialog F11 User Commands In this gallery all 50 user definable control command assignments will be shown see the chapter General Configuration Settings for more information on how to assign control commands This allows you to define 50 shortcuts to any control command s available The Header Bar Figure 19 The Header Bar The header bar at the top right location of the main window displays the currently logged in user if user access control is enabled allowing you to change the user settings as well as the user password It shows the current OnAir OffAir status and it further it allows you to lock the ProppFrexx ONAIR user interface eg to prevent unauthorized access and provides to the help system Current User Shows the currently logged in user name C ck to open the user settings menu Change Password Allows you to change the password of the currently logged in user Change User Settings Changes the user specific settings of the currently logged in user Ci r F 3 Lock Locks ProppFrexx ONAIR or logs off the current user
533. volume Ctri Left Slides the fader from its current position to the position identified by the click position Shiftt Left Jamps the fader from its current position directly to the position identified by the click position Double Click Resets the fader to the 0 dB position RADIO42 Confidential 81 ProppFrexx ONAIR Cirl Double Click Slides the fader from its current position to the 0 dB position Mouse Whee Increases or decreases the fader position by small changes Shiftt Mouse W heel Increases or decreases the fader position by large changes Keyboard Controls Page Up Increases the fader position by large changes Page Down Decreases the fader position by large changes Up Arrow Increases the fader position by small changes Down Arrow Decreases the fader position by small changes Home Resets the fader to the 0 dB position End Resets the fader to the dB position Ctrl Home Slides the fader to the 0 dB position Ctrl End Slides the fader to the dB position Various other faders are used within ProppFrexx ONAIR at other places eg the tempo fader of a DJ Player the cross fader of the Playlist etc All these fader use exactly the same keyboard and mouse controls so they are not explained again for the other faders Using the Peak Level Meter The peak level meter displays the current audio level of the stereo mix down of the mixer channel A right click on the meter opens the peak
534. w icon or by double clicking on the category name Underneath each category you will find the category related system events which allow you to assign control command s to these events Just cick into the related Command s column on an event to directly edit the control command s or cick on the Edit button to invoke the Control Command Builder Figure 102 Direct editing of control commands RADIO42 Confidential 137 ProppFrexx ONAIR You can assign multiple control commands to one event Each line in the above editor represents one control command to be executed So make sure to place all parameters of one control command within the same line When multiple control commands are assigned to one event they are executed one after the other in the order they appear in the list Please refer to the Appendix Control Commands for details about the available control commands their use and the needed parameters Control Command Builder For convenience it is recommended to use the Control Command Builder Figure 103 The Control Command Builder Within the Control Command Builder you can easily edit any control command s In the upper half the assigned control commands are listed Each line represents one control command Select an entry in this list to display its details in the lower half When changing any of the parameters of an existing control command make sure to cek on the Set button to save these changes
535. which is receiving the MIDI short messages to remotely control this ProppFrexx ONAIR instance Output Select the MIDI output device to use only used if you want to send MIDI short messages via control commands to a MIDI device RADIO42 Confidential 143 ProppFrexx ONAIR MIDI Control Enabled If checked the MIDI remote control server is automatically start when the application starts Mapping 1 2 Select the MIDI message mapping file to use To create a new mapping definition file just type in a new name and click on flash icon button which invokes the MIDI Message Mapping dialog see below Auto Pair MIDI Messages 1 2 Some controllers might actually use two sub sequent short messages to construct a paited message representing a single value range this to support paired values with a higher resolution 16384 instead of 128 values Set this option to automatically detect paired messages for coarse fine resolutions Monitor C ck here to inspect incoming MIDI short messages Watch the incoming MIDI short messages and how they trigger the defined control command execution In the MIDI Message Mapping dialog you can now translate any incoming MIDI short message into any ProppFrexx Control Command Meaning when a certain MIDI short message arrives it will trigger the execution of the given ProppFrexx control command T OUT mididata2asvol Figure 108 Define MIDI Message Mapping Status The full MIDI status
536. x Meta Data Editor will launch the meta data editor tagger ProppFrexx Advertising will launch the advertising manager ProppFrexx Medial ibraryServer will launch the media library server ProppFrexx Watcher will launch the watcher application ProppFrexx Time will launch the clock tool ProppFrexx ONAIR UserManual will open this document Desktop Icons The following desktop icon will be created S ProppFrexx ONAIR You might double click on this icon to launch the main application 16 RADIO42 Confidential INSTALLATION Uninstalling ProppFrexx ONAIR If you really need to uninstall ProppFrexx ONAIR you might do so by opening the Windows Control Panel and select Software In the list of installed components select ProppFtrexx ONAIR and click on Remove All installed files will now be removed from your system After the uninstall process is done some files might be left on your system These files relate to all user files created after the installation i e your user configuration settings etc You can find these files in the following directories Application User Data Folder eg C Documents and Settings username Application Data radio42 ProppFrexx ONAIR resp CA Users username AppData Roaming radio4 2 Propp Frexx ONAIR In order to remove these files also you need to do so by manually deleting them Updating ProppFrexx ONAIR For convenience ProppFrexx ONAIR contains a menu
537. xer5rec tmixer6 rec tmixer7rec tmixer8rec tmixer9rec tmixer5autorec putmixer6autorec tmixerl1l tmixerl1l tmixerl1l tmixerl1l tmixerll tmixerll tmixer21 tmixer21 tmixer21 tmixer21 tmixer21 tmixer21 tmixer31 tmixer7mute tmixer8mute tmixerlautorec tmixer2autorec tmixer3autorec tmixer4autorec tmixer7autorec tmixer8autorec tmixer9autorec evel evel evel evel evel evel evel evel evel evel evel evel evel the 4 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off the 5th mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off the 6 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off the 7 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off the 8 mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off the 9th mixer status 1 True On 0 False Off is the 1st output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 2 4 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 34 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 4 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 5 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 6 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 7 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 8 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is the 9 output mixer muted 1 True yes 0 False no is SND active for the 1st output mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is SND active for the 2 4 output mixer 1 True yes 0 False no is SND active for the 3 output mixer is SND active fo
538. xx Tagger also allows you to save separate meta data files along with the audio if you don t want to make any modification to your source files ProppFrexx Media Library Server This tool runs as a tray application in the background and can run on any machine within your network and can provide so called Remote Media Libraries to any ProppFrexx ONAIR instance The ProppFrexx Media Library Server manages playlist folder or database based media libraries defined on a central server repository A ProppFrexx ONAIR instance can attach to any Media Library Server and use those central libraries query media entries from those servers just as if they had been defined locally This allows you to e g store all your audio content on a central secured shared network drive which is accessible by all ProppFrexx ONAIR instances and let the central Media Library Servers manage those content libraries Long running TAG reading synchronization refresh and availability tasks can now be moved to a central Media Library Server instead of running within ProppFrexx ONAIR In addition the Media Library Server allows direct access to the audio files from any attached ProppFrexx ONAIR instance even if they are else not directly accessible from the ProppFrexx ONAIR instance this by temporarily transferring the audio file from the server to the client This tool might be essential in larger multi studio setups where a central audio content server is required which can a
539. y This might be needed if for whatever reason the _synced_ pfp file got unsynchronized and therefore needs to be resynchronized Double Click on a media library entry in the tree list to edit its parameters Figure 69 Edit Media Library Properties The following parameters are available per media library Location The location of the media library read only Defines the access path of the library e g the path to a playlist file or the access parameters to a database based library RADIO42 Confidential 99 ProppFrexx ONAIR Category Specify the category under which the new media library should be created used only as a grouping criteria within the media library management dialogs Comment Any descriptive comment text just for info in the media library management dialogs History Defines the size of the library song history A value of 0 disables the song history A value of 1 set the song history to the total number of tracks contained in the library Double Click Opens the song history editor dialog Clear History at Reload If checked the selected media library will clear its song history with every load or reload else the song history will never be cleared and always keep the last used tracks in the history Don t Reload If checked the selected media library will be excluded from automatic reloading Instead this media library will only be loaded at startup or if a script triggers the reload Defa
540. y player to use between 1 and 99 filename fully qualified path to a playlist file to load to the stack STANDBY LOADSTACKSCRIPT Loads a script to the stack of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 scriptname count Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 scriptname the name of the script to use count number of track to take from the script O one loop STANDBY OUTPUT GET Gets the output mixer of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply string output mixer name standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY OUTPUT SET Sets the output mixer of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 mixername Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 mixername the name of the output mixer to use STANDBY OUTPUTVOLUME GET Gets the output volume value of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply float volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 STANDBY OUTPUTVOLUME SET Sets the output volume value of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 volume 0 0 1 0 Reply OK ERROR standby denotes the standby player to use between 1 and 99 volume between 0 0 silence and 1 0 0dB STANDBY OUTPUTPAN GET Gets the output balance value of a Standby Player Parameter standby 1 99 Reply float pan between 1 0 le
541. y the track is stopped immediately and the program starts on time 192 RADIO42 Confidential AUTOMATION Manual The program will be shown right on time but needs to be started manually also note that you need to stop and close the current program manually in this case Auto Will use either Soft or Manual depending on the current AutoPlay setting In case of AutoPlay the Soft start type will be used In case AutoPlay is turned off the Manual start type will be used Fixed Soft TimeUpdateSynce Instead of starting the program in a new playlist window any existing scheduler playlist window will be reused and a TimeUpdateSync entry is used to change the running script Start Time The date and time when the program should start End Time The date and time when the program should end Note This setting is just for information when in continuous mode as any program script runs in this default mode as long as a new program script is started or as defined in the Overlay Duration A duration is automatically determined by the Start and End Time However you might alternatively specify a duration here so that the End Time will be calculated accordingly Mixing Time Is the mix time in milliseconds between two programs which is the mixing time of the last track of the previous script and the first track of this script When a new script is started the first track of that script is played this milliseconds before
542. y those output channels are affected which have their Apply Master Volume flag set in their Output Device Configuration The Ta kOver resp the Ta kUser button allows you to duck the volume of the configured output mixer channels and optionally unmute the configured input mixer channels see the chapter Using Ta kOver for more information The external mixer button might be used to slide the master volume to the defined talk over level without actually executing the talk over functionality right click Five mixer preset slots allow you save and restore the FX DSP settings of all mixer channels with just one click see the chapter Using Mixer Presets for more information A preset contains only the FX DSP settings of the mixer channels including the mixer channel s fader volume Pan and Gain settings the On Off and the Mute Unmute state the SND and REC settings but not the device configuration of the mixer channels itself The SETUP button allows you to manage multiple mixer setups in parallel see the chapter Saving and Loading a Mixer Setup for more information The mixer setup contains the definition of the output and input mixer channels with their entire device configuration plus all defined presets 72 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR The RCM Remote Control Monitor button allows you to monitor your GPIO Remoting devices servers Remoting allows you to execu
543. you are adding new entries from a playlist file to the playlist window you will be asked to specify a default entry type for the playlist which you want to add RADIO42 Confidential 115 ProppFrexx ONAIR Backtime until Automatic backtime calculation is only performed for playlists having up to this number of playlist entries For playlists having more entries you ll need to perform a manual backtime calculation Number of Players Defines the number of available DJ Players per playlist window either 2 3 or 4 Update Stream in Playlist If checked internet stream title changes will also be changed within the playlist Meaning when an internet stream is playing the playlist entry information will be updated as the stream title changes More C ck on this button to define more playlist format dependent options in the following dialog Figure 81 Edit Playlist Options Change DJ Player with Playlist If checked the tracks loaded to a DJ Player will be changed according to the playlist This means when you delete an entry from the playlist which was already loaded to a DJ Player and it is not currently playing the DJ Player will be ejected accordingly This setting also impacts the order of tracks within playlist a played marked as played tracks will be moved to top of the playlist entries which are loaded to a DJ Player b unplayed tracks should be below the playlist entries which are loaded to a DJ Player c yo
544. your external mixer Multiple inputs might then also be combined into a separate output mixer channel by routing all or some input mixer channels to this separate output In such case the separate output might then be used for streaming 62 RADIO42 Confidential WORKING WITH ProppFrexx ONAIR 5 Complex using an external mixer with microphones Output Mixer Channels OTHER all internal players except the DJ Players the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel Use the NONE driver to create a virtual sub bus mixer channel This channel is further routed to the PLAY output mixer channel DJ the DJ Players are routed to this mixer channel Use the NONE driver to create another virtual sub bus mixer channel This channel is also further routed to the PLAY output mixer channel PLAY this channel is used for standard play out as it receives the signal from the OTHR and PLAY mixer channels This channel uses eg the 1st soundcard device which is connected to the external mixer PLF the PFL Player and the Quick Monitor Player are routed to this mixer channel for monitoring This channel uses eg the 2nd soundcard device which is connected to the external mixer ONAIR no players are routed to this mixer channel but as the inputs are routed to this channel this output receives the final mix down of the external mixer it might be connected back to the external mixer to monitor what is effectively
545. ype of rule to apply This can be either Accept or Deny meaning should the incoming connection be denied or accepted if the rule matches Rule Value Defines the actual rule value to use meaning the IP address to validate Note that you might use an asterisk at the end of an IP address to specify valid IP address ranges Also note that the IPv4 as well as the IPv6 protocol is supported This means that if a client connects via IPv4 an IPv4 address is transmitted and checked whereas if a client connects via IPv6 an IPv6 address is transmitted and checked This might enforce you to define two rules if necessary one using IPv4 and one using IPv6 addresses Up Moves the selected rule up in the list Down Moves the selected rule down in the list Add Adds a new remote access limit rule to the end of the list Remove Removes the currently selected rule MIDI Devices When activated ProppFrexx ONAIR offers MIDI input and output support MIDI input enables ProppFrexx to receive short messages send from any MIDI controller and translate them into control commands so that the MIDI controller can remotely control any ProppFrexx ONAIR functionality MIDI output enables ProppFrexx to send MIDI short messages to the MIDI device to remotely control this device ProppFrexx supports 2 different MIDI Input devices to be used and one MIDI output device to be used Input1 2 Select the MIDI input device to use this is the MIDI input device

ProppFrexx ONAIR User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents